Trump Administration Fires Majority of Voice of America Journalists, Ending an Era of U.S.-Funded Global News

In a sweeping move that effectively ends most operations of the U.S.-funded international broadcaster Voice of America (VOA), the administration of  President Donald Trump has fired hundreds of journalists, citing deep-rooted inefficiencies, waste, and political bias. The mass dismissals have wiped out nearly all remaining staff at the organization, marking the end of an 83-year-old institution that once stood as a beacon of American journalism abroad.

Established during World War II as a counter to Nazi propaganda, Voice of America has long functioned as a key tool of U.S. public diplomacy, offering independent news coverage in dozens of languages to countries with restricted or no press freedoms. But on Friday, the Trump-appointed leadership of VOA announced the termination of 639 employees, stating that the action was necessary to fulfill the administration’s promise to downsize the federal government.

“Today, we took decisive action to effectuate President Trump’s agenda to shrink the out-of-control federal bureaucracy,” said Kari Lake, who had been appointed by Trump to head VOA. Her announcement confirmed the mass firings, which followed months of internal uncertainty and political tensions.

Steve Herman, VOA’s chief national correspondent, described the sweeping staff cuts as “a historic act of self-sabotage.” For Herman and other veteran journalists within the organization, the decision dismantles an institution with a legacy of promoting press freedom and truth in places where such ideals are often under siege.

Among those terminated were members of the Persian-language service, a team that had recently been recalled to work after Israel launched strikes on Iran. However, their return to duty was short-lived. According to the Associated Press, several of the Persian reporters had stepped outside for a cigarette break on Friday when the termination notices were issued. Upon returning, they were denied re-entry to the building.

The scale of the dismissals has been staggering. Since March, over 1,400 employees — more than 85% of the agency’s staff — have lost their positions. Only 50 individuals are expected to remain on board across VOA, the Office of Cuba Broadcasting, and the U.S. Agency for Global Media (USAGM), which oversees and funds VOA and other similar outlets.

The decision to eliminate most of VOA’s workforce aligns with a March directive issued by Trump ordering the maximum possible elimination of VOA and USAGM within the boundaries of the law. The presidential order marked the culmination of a long campaign by Trump and his allies to rein in federally funded media outlets, which they accused of harboring left-leaning biases and straying from their original missions.

A group of three VOA journalists who have been involved in ongoing litigation to prevent the network’s closure issued a joint statement responding to the latest wave of firings. “It spells the death of 83 years of independent journalism that upholds US ideals of democracy and freedom around the world,” they wrote. The statement reflects deep concern that the dismantling of VOA undermines a historic American commitment to supporting free expression across the globe.

VOA, along with related outlets such as Radio Free Europe and Radio Free Asia, has earned a reputation for providing reliable and independent news coverage in regions notorious for media suppression. Its reporters have operated in hostile environments like China, Russia, Cambodia, and North Korea, often at great personal risk, to bring credible journalism to audiences otherwise subjected to state propaganda.

Despite the international praise VOA has garnered over the years, critics within the U.S. have accused the agency of political bias. Dan Robinson, a former VOA correspondent, wrote in an opinion piece last year that the organization had turned into a “hubris-filled rogue operation often reflecting a leftist bias aligned with partisan national media.” This perception appears to have fueled support within conservative political circles for scaling back or completely defunding VOA and similar outlets.

Trump’s antagonism toward VOA fits into his broader narrative of opposition to U.S. media institutions. Throughout his presidency, Trump repeatedly criticized major media organizations, labeling them as “fake news” and encouraging his supporters to distrust mainstream journalism. He also pushed for defunding other federally supported public media, including National Public Radio (NPR) and the Public Broadcasting Service (PBS), arguing that they too displayed political bias and no longer served the public interest.

While Trump’s efforts to cut public media funding faced resistance in Congress, his appointees were able to implement substantial administrative changes within USAGM. By replacing leadership and pushing forward with aggressive layoffs, the administration sought to reshape or dismantle media entities it viewed as adversarial or inefficient.

The closure of VOA’s core operations, however, is not without consequences. It marks a significant shift in how the United States engages in international broadcasting and public diplomacy. For decades, Voice of America has represented an American commitment to the free flow of information and the power of factual journalism in confronting authoritarian regimes. The agency’s motto, “A free press matters,” now hangs in stark contrast to the dismantling of its newsroom.

Kari Lake defended the decision, stating that the layoffs were an overdue response to internal dysfunction and mismanagement. The administration, she emphasized, aimed to “restore credibility and focus” to U.S. global media operations. However, critics view the mass firings not as a course correction, but as an ideological purge that sacrifices an essential democratic institution.

As the dust settles, the future of VOA remains deeply uncertain. With only a fraction of its workforce remaining and its global operations gutted, many fear that its ability to fulfill its original mission has been permanently compromised.

In a media landscape increasingly divided along political lines, the demise of a respected international broadcaster like VOA sends troubling signals about the United States’ commitment to defending press freedom, both at home and abroad. For the journalists who once worked there, and for the global audiences who depended on its coverage, the closures represent not just a bureaucratic change, but the end of an era.

Steve Herman’s words continue to resonate: the dismantling of VOA is indeed “a historic act of self-sabotage” — one that may not be easily reversed.

Massive Credential Leak Exposes Billions of Login Details, Say Cybersecurity Experts

A recent investigation by cybersecurity researchers at Cybernews has revealed that billions of login credentials have been compromised and compiled into online datasets, granting cybercriminals what experts describe as “unprecedented access” to users’ personal accounts used in everyday digital life.

In a newly published report this week, Cybernews detailed its discovery of 30 publicly exposed datasets, each brimming with a massive number of login credentials. In total, these datasets hold an estimated 16 billion compromised credentials. The leaked information reportedly spans a wide variety of platforms, including some of the most frequently used services like Google, Facebook, and Apple.

The magnitude of the leak is startling. Sixteen billion credentials amount to roughly twice the number of people on the planet today. This figure underscores the likelihood that many affected individuals had more than one account exposed during the breaches. However, Cybernews researchers pointed out that “there are most certainly duplicates in the data,” meaning that not all of the 16 billion entries represent unique users or accounts. Because of this, the team clarified that “it’s impossible to tell how many people or accounts were actually exposed.”

What makes this leak particularly concerning is that the compromised credentials did not originate from a single cyberattack or breach of a single organization. Rather, the report explains that the data appears to have been stolen across numerous cyber incidents that took place over an extended period. These stolen credentials were later compiled and, for a brief time, publicly available online. It was during this exposure window that Cybernews researchers stumbled upon the extensive troves of data.

One key suspect behind the widespread theft is infostealers—types of malicious software that covertly infiltrate a victim’s system to extract private and sensitive information. Cybernews noted that these infostealers are the most likely culprits in this situation. These malware variants are designed to bypass traditional security barriers and can often go unnoticed by the victim, which makes them a favored tool for cybercriminals looking to harvest login credentials and other valuable digital assets.

Despite the discovery, many questions linger about the true scope of the breach, including how many users have been impacted, which services have been most affected, and who currently holds the stolen login credentials. The answers remain unclear. But cybersecurity professionals consistently emphasize the increasing frequency and scale of such data breaches in today’s interconnected world. In response, experts are renewing calls for consumers to adopt what they refer to as strong “cyber hygiene.”

If there is concern that your account information might have been included in this latest leak, the most immediate action to take is updating your passwords. This is particularly important for those who reuse the same or similar credentials across multiple sites. Using repeated login combinations greatly increases the risk that a single compromised password could lead to multiple account takeovers.

Additionally, for individuals who struggle to remember numerous complex passwords, cybersecurity experts recommend the use of password managers. These tools can safely store and organize unique passwords for various accounts, reducing the temptation to reuse credentials. Another modern alternative is the adoption of passkeys, which provide a simpler and often more secure method of signing in to digital services.

Furthermore, experts strongly advise enabling multifactor authentication wherever possible. This extra layer of protection adds a second verification step, usually involving a code sent to your phone, an email verification, or a USB authenticator key. While this doesn’t prevent your password from being stolen, it makes it significantly more difficult for hackers to access your accounts even if they have your login credentials.

The Cybernews report underscores the urgency for users to take proactive steps to protect their online identities. As cyber threats continue to evolve, staying vigilant and adopting better security habits may be the only way for individuals to safeguard their data in a digital landscape where breaches are becoming alarmingly routine.

Google’s AI Search Shake-Up Deepens Crisis for Digital News Media

Google’s recent pivot toward AI-driven search has sent shockwaves through the digital news media industry, accelerating an already alarming decline in web traffic and ad revenues. News outlets that once relied heavily on search engine referrals are now grappling with the consequences of AI features that provide users with direct answers, bypassing the need to click through to original sources.

As the Wall Street Journal reports, Google’s latest AI-powered search tools—including the controversial AI Overviews and its chatbot-like AI Mode—are rapidly changing how people consume information. Instead of directing users to original news websites, these tools summarize or answer queries directly, causing a steep drop in referral traffic. This shift is cutting off news publishers from vital streams of ad revenue and paid subscriptions.

For many in digital media, this is not just a technological evolution—it is an existential crisis. News publications, already battered by the internet’s transformation of the media business model, are now being further destabilized by the emergence of AI-generated search results that remove the incentive for users to visit the source.

The impact has been staggering. According to the Wall Street Journal, Business Insider experienced a dramatic 55 percent drop in search traffic between April 2022 and April 2025. In response, the company laid off around 21 percent of its staff in May. Business Insider CEO Barbara Peng stated that the company had to “endure extreme traffic drops outside of our control.”

As digital outlets scramble to respond, opinions are divided over the right course of action. Nicholas Thompson, CEO of The Atlantic, acknowledged the challenge ahead: “Google is shifting from being a search engine to an answer engine,” he told the WSJ. “We have to develop new strategies.”

While some media companies are exploring new approaches to adapt to the AI age, others are turning to the courts. The New York Times has taken a more aggressive stance, filing a lawsuit against OpenAI and Microsoft, accusing them of copyright infringement for allegedly using its content to train AI models without permission or compensation.

This legal pushback stems from a growing sense of frustration among publishers, many of whom believe that their original content is being exploited by AI firms. The rise of AI-enhanced search, especially on platforms as dominant as Google, is deepening this rift. As AI tools increasingly scrape and repackage content, the underlying business model of journalism—producing high-quality content supported by traffic and advertising—is becoming harder to sustain.

Ironically, Google is also facing disruption from the very technology it is embracing. Earlier this year, Apple executive Eddy Cue revealed during a federal court hearing that Google search traffic through the Safari browser had declined for the first time in two decades. The decline signals that even Google’s long-standing grip on search could be weakening as AI changes the digital landscape.

Google, however, disputes this claim. The company insists that the total number of searches continues to rise. Still, it is pressing forward with its AI ambitions. “This is the moment that propels us forward in our ability to achieve our mission and really deliver a transformed search experience for users,” said Nick Fox, Google’s head of knowledge and information, in an interview with Adweek.

Yet this “transformed” search experience could spell disaster for the very media ecosystem that supports it. Google’s AI-generated summaries and direct answers are built on top of news content, data, and analysis produced by professional journalists. If those journalists lose the financial incentive to create, the source of this information may begin to dry up.

This feedback loop is dangerous. As Google increasingly relies on AI to curate and summarize content, it may be undermining the creators of that content to such a degree that future search results become filled with AI-generated information with no grounding in original reporting. In the worst case, this could devolve into what critics describe as an “incestuous swamp of AI-generated nonsense.”

Research has shown that Google’s AI Overviews tend to favor large, established news outlets. While this may provide some cushion to major players in the industry, it leaves smaller, independent publishers struggling for relevance. This disparity threatens to create an even more uneven playing field, where only the most powerful media brands can survive the AI era.

In light of these developments, the media industry is being forced to explore alternative revenue models. Traditional sources of income like ad revenue from web traffic and subscriptions may no longer be enough. As AI-driven tools erode the relationship between readers and original content creators, media companies must find new ways to sustain their operations and maintain journalistic integrity.

Legal disputes are likely to intensify as publishers push back against what they see as unauthorized use of their copyrighted materials. The question of whether AI companies can freely use scraped content from the open web without compensation remains unresolved and is at the heart of ongoing litigation and policy debates.

Danielle Coffey, CEO of the trade association News/Media Alliance, offered a scathing critique of Google’s new AI Mode in a statement last month. “Links were the last redeeming quality of search that gave publishers traffic and revenue,” she said. “Now Google just takes content by force and uses it with no return, the definition of theft.”

Her comments reflect the growing anger in the publishing world, where many feel that tech companies have taken advantage of journalistic labor without giving anything back. The sentiment underscores the urgency for regulatory and structural changes that can balance innovation with fair compensation for content creators.

As the digital media and tech worlds collide, the stakes could not be higher. If newsrooms continue to lose revenue, the quality and quantity of news content will inevitably suffer. This not only affects the financial health of media companies but also poses a broader threat to an informed public and a functioning democracy.

Google’s embrace of AI in its search engine may be a leap forward in technology, but it also represents a step backward for many in the media industry. The outcome of this transformation will likely depend on how well publishers, regulators, and tech companies can navigate the complex ethical, legal, and economic challenges now confronting the information ecosystem.

In the meantime, journalists and media leaders are left grappling with a rapidly shifting landscape, trying to reinvent their strategies while holding onto the core principles that define quality journalism. Whether they succeed will help determine the future of the news—and the future of search itself.

Trump Moves to Strip $1.1 Billion in Funding from NPR and PBS in Broader Cultural Battle

President Donald Trump took a new step on Tuesday in his ongoing clash with prominent cultural institutions by formally asking Congress to rescind $1.1 billion in federal funding that had been allocated to public broadcasters for the next two years. This move targets organizations such as NPR and PBS, both of which have long been in the crosshairs of conservative criticism over alleged partisan bias.

To move forward, this rescission request requires a simple majority in both the House and Senate within 45 days. Given Republicans’ narrow majorities in both chambers, the proposal could succeed with only minimal dissent from within their ranks.

The momentum for this move had been building for months. Earlier this spring, a House subcommittee hearing laid the foundation, with Republican lawmakers using the platform to accuse NPR and PBS of promoting partisan viewpoints. During that hearing, they argued for the removal of federal support funneled through the Corporation for Public Broadcasting (CPB) to local public media outlets and their national counterparts.

At the hearing, PBS President and CEO Paula Kerger warned about the severe impact such cuts could have, particularly in rural areas where public stations often serve as the main providers of local programming and essential services. In a statement issued Tuesday following Trump’s request, Kerger said, “Without PBS member stations, Americans will lose unique local programming and emergency services in times of crisis. There’s nothing more American than PBS and we are proud to highlight real issues, individuals, and places that would otherwise be overlooked by commercial media.”

Similarly, Katherine Maher, President and CEO of NPR, expressed concern not only about the financial impact on local radio stations but also about the legality of the request. “The proposal, which is explicitly viewpoint-based and aimed at controlling and punishing content, violates the Public Broadcasting Act, the First Amendment, and the Due Process Clause,” she said in a statement. Maher warned that the abrupt withdrawal of funding would lead to “immediate budget shortfalls,” resulting in program cancellations and layoffs at public radio stations.

The move to eliminate public broadcasting funds is part of a broader $9.4 billion package of proposed budget clawbacks from the White House, which also includes cuts to foreign aid programs. House Speaker Mike Johnson emphasized that the proposed cuts had been developed with guidance from a government efficiency task force led by billionaire Elon Musk. “We thank Elon Musk and his DOGE team for identifying a wide range of wasteful, duplicative, and outdated programs, and House Republicans are eager to eliminate them,” Johnson stated, expressing eagerness to act swiftly on the president’s proposal.

However, opposition is expected in the Senate, where even some Republicans have expressed reservations. Senator Susan Collins of Maine, who chairs the Senate Appropriations Committee, objected to a proposed cut in the widely respected PEPFAR initiative — a U.S. program for combating HIV/AIDS that was launched under President George W. Bush. “I will not support a cut in PEPFAR, which is a program that has saved literally millions of lives and has been extremely effective and well run,” she said, though she avoided commenting directly on the proposal to defund public broadcasting or whether there would be enough Republican senators to halt the measure.

This request comes after conservative lawmakers voiced dissatisfaction with a recently passed House budget deal — approved only after Trump’s personal visit to Capitol Hill — which they said would significantly increase the federal debt. Still, while the $1.1 billion cut to public broadcasting is symbolically significant, its financial impact on the national debt is minimal. The U.S. national debt stands at a staggering $36 trillion, and the amount Trump seeks to rescind covers the full CPB budget through the end of September 2027. That funding was originally approved in March as part of a temporary spending bill signed by the president.

Public broadcasting has traditionally drawn bipartisan support, but it has become a lightning rod for criticism in recent years, especially from conservatives who claim it leans left politically. Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene, a prominent ally of Trump, exemplified this view during the spring subcommittee hearing, saying, “NPR and PBS have increasingly become radical, left-wing echo chambers for a narrow audience of mostly wealthy, white, urban liberals and progressives.”

Despite such criticism, not all Republicans agree with Trump’s proposal. Alaska Senator Lisa Murkowski voiced her support for continued federal funding for public broadcasting, emphasizing its importance in states like hers. In rural areas, public radio and TV often provide critical services, including access to news, education, and emergency alerts.

Several prominent Democrats have also strongly opposed Trump’s push to defund public broadcasting. Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer and Senator Patty Murray, the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, criticized the move as politically motivated. “President Trump is looking to go after PBS and NPR to settle political scores and muzzle the free press, while undermining foreign assistance programs that push back on China’s malign influence, save lives, and address other bipartisan priorities,” the two senators said in a joint statement.

Representative Dan Goldman of New York, who serves as the Democratic co-chair of the House Public Broadcasting Caucus, echoed those concerns. In May, he led a letter addressed to House appropriators that was signed by 106 Democratic lawmakers, urging the continued financial support of public broadcasters. “Without federal support for public broadcasting, many localities would struggle to receive timely, reliable local news and educational content, especially remote and rural communities that commercial newsrooms are increasingly less likely to invest in,” the letter stated. It emphasized that in places like Alaska, Minnesota, North Dakota, and Texas, public radio often remains “the only weekly or daily news source in their communities.”

While Trump’s rescission request may satisfy elements of his base and allies within Congress who seek to slash government spending and challenge perceived media bias, it has also ignited a broader debate about the role of public broadcasting in American society. The fate of the proposal now lies with lawmakers in both chambers, many of whom must balance partisan priorities against the needs of their constituents — particularly in rural America where public media often fills a void left by commercial broadcasters.

In essence, the latest effort by Trump to cut public media funding serves not only as a fiscal maneuver but also as part of a broader ideological campaign, reflecting deepening divisions over the future of American media and its role in public life.

PHARMAGEDDON Unleashed at Cannes: A Documentary That Aims to Shake the Pillars of Big Pharma

Cannes, France – On May 28, 2025, a powerful new documentary titled PHARMAGEDDON made its bold debut at the Cannes Film Festival, offering a fearless look into the pharmaceutical industry’s far-reaching influence on modern medicine. The film, directed by acclaimed filmmaker Donal O’Neill and produced by globally recognized health activist Dr. Aseem Malhotra, sets out to question long-held assumptions about healthcare and the role of big pharmaceutical companies in shaping medical narratives.

In a dramatic unveiling at an exclusive cocktail reception hosted at the prestigious Carlton Hotel, the filmmakers presented the official poster and an early preview of the documentary. The event featured a fiery and revealing discussion led by Dr. Aseem Malhotra, a British cardiologist who has long stood at the forefront of the global movement for healthcare reform. Known for his criticism of over-prescription, the pharmaceutical approach to Covid-19, and flawed dietary guidelines, Dr. Malhotra did not hold back in pointing to what he sees as a deeply broken system.

Dr. Malhotra’s involvement in this new cinematic project coincides with his recent appointment as Chief Medical Officer at the initiative “Make America Healthy Again.” He was also a key contributor to the MAHA report released on May 22, 2025. During the evening, Dr. Malhotra shed light on what he described as deeply rooted structural failures within healthcare systems. “We have a pandemic of misinformed doctors and unwittingly harmed patients,” he stated during his passionate address at the Carlton Hotel. “Medical knowledge is under commercial control, and the benefits of drugs are grossly exaggerated. PHARMAGEDDON is our fight to reclaim truth and prioritize patient health over profits.”

The film’s message is as bold as its title, aiming not just to inform but to spark a global reckoning over how medicine is practiced and promoted. The Cannes event served as both a launchpad and a rallying cry for those looking to challenge the pharmaceutical status quo. With its provocative content and high-profile contributors, the documentary is already drawing intense interest and discussion within medical, political, and cinematic circles.

Dr. Malhotra, never one to shy away from controversy, engaged in an unfiltered question-and-answer session that night. His responses drew attention to the ethical dilemmas facing today’s doctors and questioned the motivations behind many common treatments. Known internationally for raising awareness about what he terms “over-medication” and pharmaceutical lobbying, Malhotra emphasized the urgent need for transparency and reform.

The film itself is not just limited to the views of its producers. It features a compelling array of influential voices including Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Dr. Fiona Godlee, Jay Bhattacharya MD, and Dr. Vandana Shiva. These contributors explore the wide-ranging consequences of an industry that often prioritizes profit over people. Together, they shine a light on issues such as the rise of diet-related diseases, manipulated drug data, and a culture of dependency on medication.

Building on the themes first introduced in the digital release First Do No Pharm, PHARMAGEDDON expands the conversation and elevates its call to action. With a full global release scheduled for later in 2025, the filmmakers are determined to reach a diverse and widespread audience. Their goal is not merely to entertain or shock, but to motivate a fundamental shift in how health and wellness are approached across the globe.

Donal O’Neill, who brings his own passion and experience to the project, spoke about the obstacles the film faced during production. “After years of censorship, PHARMAGEDDON is our chance to break through,” O’Neill declared at the Cannes event. “We’re ready to work with Hollywood and the new administration to turn the page on a broken system. If you can give us wings, please do.” His comments underscored the gravity of the task at hand: to dismantle years of commercial influence on scientific integrity and patient care.

The documentary positions itself not simply as a critique, but as a call to arms. It advocates a radically different model of healthcare—one that centers on prevention, dietary intervention, and a more cautious use of pharmaceutical drugs. With mounting evidence pointing to the overuse and over-promotion of medications for chronic conditions, the filmmakers argue that it’s time for a new paradigm in health.

While the premiere in Cannes was glamorous, the film’s message is grounded in real-world urgency. By spotlighting the unseen mechanisms that drive medical advice and pharmaceutical sales, PHARMAGEDDON hopes to encourage viewers to ask tough questions. Why are some treatments pushed despite questionable benefits? Who funds the research that shapes medical education? And what are the long-term consequences of medicating rather than preventing illness?

Dr. Malhotra’s track record lends further weight to the film’s thesis. He has consistently called out flaws in healthcare systems worldwide and has taken personal risks to advocate for more patient-centered approaches. His collaborations with Donal O’Neill signal a union of investigative filmmaking and medical activism designed to reach audiences both emotionally and intellectually.

In addition to raising awareness, the film aims to inspire policy change. With key figures like Robert F. Kennedy Jr. participating, there is an unmistakable political undertone to the documentary. It targets not just doctors and patients, but lawmakers and regulators who have, according to the film’s creators, failed to shield the public from harmful corporate practices.

With its official unveiling now complete, the countdown begins for the film’s global release later in the year. Public health experts, policymakers, and the broader public are expected to weigh in as the film travels from film festivals to mainstream theaters and eventually digital platforms.

At its core, PHARMAGEDDON is a plea for integrity. It calls for the medical world to step back from its entanglement with profit-driven models and reconnect with the original mission of medicine: to heal. With the combined efforts of its outspoken cast, committed producers, and an increasingly receptive global audience, the film aims to ignite a healthcare revolution.

More than a documentary, PHARMAGEDDON sets itself apart as a global movement advocating for a health-first model of medicine. As O’Neill and Malhotra prepare for the next phase of their campaign, the buzz from Cannes signals that the world may finally be ready to confront the uncomfortable truths behind the white coat.

BBC’s Bold Digital Leap Marks the End of Traditional TV Era

There was a time when the television set was the focal point of every household, a glowing screen around which families would gather to connect, be entertained, and stay informed. Whether it was soap operas or urgent news reports, television played a central role in shaping how generations engaged with content. However, that golden period now seems like a distant memory in a world dominated by rapid digital progress. The dominance of traditional TV is waning, giving way to streaming and digital platforms that better align with today’s fast-paced, on-demand lifestyle.

In a major announcement that reverberated through media industries around the globe, the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC), long viewed as a paragon of trustworthy journalism and historic broadcasting, has unveiled a radical new strategy. Tim Davie, the BBC’s Director General, has announced that the broadcaster plans to discontinue all of its conventional television channels by the 2030s, transitioning completely to digital and online platforms.

“It’s a seismic shift,” said media analysts, highlighting the historic nature of this development. The BBC itself sees this as an unavoidable transformation. The reality is stark: fewer than one in four viewers from its previous audience base now rely on traditional television broadcasting. Even for a media giant like the BBC, which has stood for integrity and masterful storytelling since the early 1900s, the linear TV model has become increasingly unsustainable.

This shift isn’t happening in isolation. It is emblematic of a broader worldwide trend, and its effects are being felt keenly in countries like India. Television was once a cultural glue in India, with millions tuning in simultaneously to watch iconic serials or nightly news broadcasts. Today, while television sets still occupy physical space in many Indian homes, they are often left untouched. The proliferation of smartphones has drastically changed how people consume media. Now, news updates, entertainment programs, and even live sports events are being watched on mobile devices.

The familiar tradition of families sitting down together in the evening to watch the news has largely disappeared, replaced by instant news alerts, social media feeds, and video clips shared online. With younger viewers abandoning conventional TV, Indian broadcasters are facing growing financial strain. Advertising revenues are plummeting, and maintaining traditional channels has become increasingly difficult. To stay afloat and relevant, many local and regional TV networks are now making substantial investments in digital-first strategies.

The shift currently underway recalls past transitions in the media landscape — like the shift from radio to television. Older generations still recall the wonder of early radio broadcasts, often heard during the early morning hours, or the painstaking process of adjusting rooftop antennas to get a clear television picture. But today’s younger viewers, raised on mobile phones and Wi-Fi, are unlikely to even recognize an antenna, let alone experience the anticipation of waiting for a weekly episode to air at a specific time.

Now, over-the-top (OTT) platforms, YouTube channels, podcasts, and short-form videos dominate the media environment. Today’s audiences crave immediate access to content that is interactive, tailored, and available on demand. In contrast, traditional television, with its fixed schedules and passive viewing model, has become increasingly obsolete in the eyes of digital-native consumers.

Still, this does not mark the end of storytelling or content creation. Rather, it signals a profound evolution in how stories are told and shared. While the television set may no longer be the centerpiece of the household, storytelling remains as powerful as ever — just adapted to newer, smaller, and more portable screens. As the medium evolves, the essence of narrative continues to thrive, offering fresh ways to inform, inspire, and bring people together.

The BBC’s move toward a fully digital future can be seen as both a warning and a tribute. On the one hand, it underscores the rapid and inevitable decline of traditional television; on the other, it honors the legacy of TV’s transformative impact over the decades. By recognizing this shift and adapting accordingly, the BBC is not abandoning its mission but reshaping it for the realities of a connected, mobile-first generation.

“The platform may change, but the message endures: storytelling, in any form, still has the power to shape the world,” a poignant reminder that while technology may shift, the core human desire for narrative remains undiminished.

In the years ahead, as other global broadcasters observe and perhaps follow suit, this shift may redefine how entire populations engage with news and entertainment. But one thing is clear: television, once a powerful unifier of societies, is moving into its next chapter — not vanishing, but transforming. The audience is still there; it’s just watching from a different screen.

FBI Issues Urgent Warning Over Sophisticated AI-Powered Scams That Mimic Trusted Voices and Faces

We were warned. The latest wave of cyberattacks powered by artificial intelligence is so advanced that traditional methods of detecting fraud may no longer be sufficient. In the past 24 hours alone, warnings have been issued to Gmail and Outlook users, cautioning them that malicious emails are now so convincingly crafted they appear flawless. Meanwhile, voice calls that sound like they’re from familiar contacts may, in fact, be deceptive traps.

The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) has raised a serious alarm following the emergence of “an ongoing malicious text and voice messaging campaign.” This attack strategy utilizes fake text and voice messages that seem to originate from “senior U.S. officials,” and has managed to deceive many targets. These include “current or former senior U.S. federal or state government officials and their contacts,” making the threat especially severe and far-reaching.

In response, the FBI has delivered a clear message: “If you receive a message claiming to be from a senior U.S. official, do not assume it is authentic.” The primary intent behind these attacks is to lure recipients into clicking links disguised as legitimate communications, ultimately stealing login credentials and sensitive data.

According to Max Gannon of Cofense, “it is important to note that threat actors can also spoof known phone numbers of trusted organizations or people, adding an extra layer of deception to the attack.” He further noted that “threat actors are increasingly turning to AI to execute phishing attacks, making these scams more convincing and nearly indistinguishable.”

The FBI’s latest advisory expands upon their ongoing series of alerts related to the rapidly growing use of AI in cybercrime. People are urged to “verify the identity of the person calling you or sending text or voice messages” before engaging, no matter how familiar the communication may seem.

While checking email addresses, phone numbers, and website links is still advised, the truth is that AI-generated scams have become so accurate that typical mistakes and oddities are increasingly rare. Digital clones can now create replicas that are virtually perfect.

The FBI also encourages people to watch for subtle flaws in digital content. These could include “distorted hands or feet, unrealistic facial features, indistinct or irregular faces, unrealistic accessories such as glasses or jewelry, inaccurate shadows, watermarks, voice call lag time, voice matching, and unnatural movements.”

Voice cloning presents a similar challenge. The agency advises listening carefully to verbal communication. “Listen closely to the tone and word choice to distinguish between a legitimate phone call or voice message from a known contact and AI-generated voice cloning, as they can sound nearly identical.”

Still, the FBI concedes that “AI-generated content has advanced to the point that it is often difficult to identify.” In such cases, common sense becomes the best defense. One should ask: Is this a call or message I would logically expect? Am I being urged to take an action that benefits a scammer or a cybercriminal? What could their motive be?

As Ryan Sherstobitoff from SecurityScorecard advises, “to mitigate these risks, individuals must adopt a heightened sense of skepticism towards unsolicited communications, especially those requesting sensitive information or urging immediate action.”

The danger often escalates when these texts, calls, or voice messages include a link. Clicking on such a link could result in stolen credentials or the unintentional installation of malware. The FBI stresses, “Do not click on any links in an email or text message until you independently confirm the sender’s identity.” The agency also warns to “never open an email attachment, click on links in messages, or download applications at the request of or from someone you have not verified.”

ESET cybersecurity specialist Jake Moore also weighed in following the FBI’s warning. He stated, “it’s vital people think with a clear head before responding to messages from unknown sources claiming to be someone they know.” Moore pointed out that with the “newer, impressive and evolving technology, it is understandable why people are quicker to let down their guard and assume that seeing is believing.” He added, “Deepfake technology is now at an incredible level which can even produce flawless videos and audio clips cleverly designed to manipulate victims.”

A timely report from Help Net Security underscores Moore’s concerns. The report warns people not to “assume anything is real just because it looks or sounds convincing.” It adds, “Remember the saying, seeing is believing? We can’t even say that anymore. As long as people rely on what they see and hear as evidence, these attacks will be both effective and difficult to detect.”

In a striking coincidence, Reality Defender published a deepfake security guide just three days before the FBI’s latest public advisory. The guide emphasizes that “deepfake threats targeting communications don’t behave like traditional cyberattacks… Instead, they exploit trust.” It also cautions that “a cloned voice can pass legacy voice biometric systems. A fake video call can impersonate a company executive with enough accuracy to trigger a wire transfer or password reset.”

Moore offered practical guidance on how to avoid falling victim to these AI-driven attacks. “To protect yourself from smishing scams and deepfake content avoid clicking on links in unexpected or suspicious text messages — especially those that create a sense of urgency, even when it looks or sounds like the real deal,” he said. “Never share personal or financial information via text messages and always verify via trusted communication channels.”

The growing sophistication of these cyber threats calls for a shift in how we approach digital trust. No longer can we rely solely on familiar visuals, voices, or communication formats to determine authenticity. The line between real and fake has been blurred by AI tools capable of generating nearly undetectable impersonations.

In summary, the era of easily spotting phishing scams and suspicious messages may be over. As the FBI and cybersecurity experts warn, skepticism and independent verification must become standard practice. With AI-generated messages becoming indistinguishable from authentic ones, people must exercise caution, remain vigilant, and always verify identities through known, reliable methods before taking any action.

Pope Leo XIV Urges Release of Jailed Journalists, Defends Free Speech in Historic First Public Address

Pope Leo XIV made a powerful appeal on Monday for the release of journalists imprisoned around the world, stressing the vital importance of free speech and a free press. Addressing thousands of media professionals gathered in Rome to cover his historic election as the first American pope, Leo underscored his commitment to press freedom during his first meeting with members of the general public.

The newly elected pontiff, a 69-year-old Augustinian missionary, received a warm standing ovation as he entered the Vatican auditorium. His appearance marked his initial public engagement following the 24-hour conclave that resulted in his election last week.

In his remarks, Pope Leo emphasized the moral responsibility of journalists to use their words to promote peace, oppose violence, and amplify the voices of the marginalized. Speaking with clarity and conviction, he expressed solidarity with reporters who have been jailed for their efforts to uncover and share the truth.

“The church recognises in these witnesses — I am thinking of those who report on war even at the cost of their lives — the courage of those who defend dignity, justice and the right of people to be informed, because only informed individuals can make free choices,” he stated, earning renewed applause from the crowd.

He added, “The suffering of these imprisoned journalists challenges the conscience of nations and the international community, calling on all of us to safeguard the precious gift of free speech and of the press.”

Leo began his speech with a few words in English, injecting a touch of humor by joking that the audience’s response at the end of his address would mean more than the initial ovation he received upon arrival. He then transitioned to Italian to convey his main message, expressing appreciation for the press’s coverage of the papal transition.

He urged the assembled journalists to embrace their role as communicators of peace, emphasizing the immense power of words in shaping the world. “Peace begins with each one of us: in the way we look at others, listen to others and speak about others,” he said. “In this sense, the way we communicate is of fundamental importance: we must say ‘no’ to the war of words and images, we must reject the paradigm of war.”

The Pope’s words carried a strong appeal for ethical journalism and the peaceful use of media in a time when conflict and misinformation continue to threaten societal stability. He highlighted the importance of communication that builds understanding rather than division.

Following his brief but impactful address, Pope Leo took time to interact with those seated near the front. He greeted several journalists personally and walked down the central aisle of the audience hall, shaking hands with many attendees. He signed autographs and even posed for selfies, offering a down-to-earth touch to the otherwise formal occasion.

Some journalists later shared snippets of their private conversations with the pope, revealing that discussions are underway for Leo to visit Turkey. The planned trip would commemorate the 1700th anniversary of the Council of Nicea, the first ecumenical council in Christianity and a significant milestone in Catholic-Orthodox relations.

There were also moments of light-hearted interaction. A few reporters offered to play tennis with the pope or organize a charity doubles match. Known for being an avid tennis player, Leo responded with a laugh, “But we can’t invite Sinner,” a joking reference to Jannik Sinner, the world’s top-ranked tennis player who was competing nearby at the Italian Open.

The event echoed a similar gathering in 2013 when Pope Francis addressed journalists following his election as the first Latin American pope. At that time, Francis explained his choice of name, inspired by St. Francis of Assisi, and shared his vision for “a church which is poor and for the poor!”

Over the course of his 12-year papacy, Pope Francis frequently spoke about the importance of journalism and its essential role in society. As recently as January, Francis made his own appeal for the release of imprisoned journalists during a Holy Year event focused on the media.

Pope Leo’s message on Monday reinforced that tradition, but with a renewed urgency and personal touch shaped by his background as a missionary and his American roots. His call for ethical journalism and protection of press freedom resonated deeply in a room filled with professionals who often risk their safety to report the truth.

The audience hall was packed with some 6,000 journalists who had traveled to Rome from around the globe to cover Leo’s unexpected election. Many in attendance viewed the pontiff’s address as a bold and welcome affirmation of the importance of their work at a time when journalists face increasing threats, censorship, and persecution in many countries.

By focusing on the theme of peaceful communication and the plight of imprisoned reporters, Pope Leo drew a clear line connecting the Church’s values with the need for transparency, justice, and access to information. His remarks were widely seen as a call to action not only for political leaders and the international community, but also for media organizations and individuals who shape public discourse.

In a time marked by war, political instability, and digital misinformation, Leo’s message served as both a blessing and a challenge. The Pope urged journalists not just to report on the world’s problems but to serve as beacons of integrity and compassion in their storytelling.

This historic first public appearance offered a glimpse of Pope Leo XIV’s priorities and leadership style. Grounded in faith but attentive to the challenges of the modern world, he used his platform to champion a free and ethical press, appealing to both conscience and courage.

As the Vatican prepares for the potential trip to Turkey and Leo begins to shape the direction of his papacy, Monday’s speech stands as a strong opening chapter. It reminded the world that the Church remains committed to truth, justice, and the people who fight to uphold them.

With warmth, humor, and unwavering resolve, Pope Leo XIV has made it clear that his pontificate will stand firmly in defense of the freedom of speech and the press—a message that, like the journalists he addressed, will echo far beyond the walls of the Vatican.

NYT Calls Pahalgam Attack a ‘Terrorist’ Act Amid Ongoing Backlash and India’s Retaliatory Strikes

After sustained criticism regarding its initial coverage of the Pahalgam massacre, The New York Times has for the first time labeled the attackers as “terrorists” in a headline, marking a clear shift in its editorial stance. This change comes as India launched Operation Sindoor, a precision military operation targeting terrorist camps situated in Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (PoK).

The revised front-page headline on the NYT website now reads, “India Strikes Pakistan Two Weeks After Terrorist Attack in Kashmir.” This is a significant departure from earlier language used by the publication, which typically described such attackers as “militants” or “gunmen.” The altered terminology follows increasing pressure from Indian commentators, diaspora communities, and American lawmakers who argued that the original reporting understated the brutal nature of the April 22 massacre in Jammu and Kashmir’s Baisaran Valley. That attack claimed the lives of 26 civilians, including 25 Indian tourists and one Nepali citizen.

Even though the headline has been revised, criticism of the NYT persists. Many observers have taken issue with the continued use of terms such as “Indian-administered Kashmir” and “Indian-controlled side of Kashmir” within the article itself. Critics argue this wording reflects a Pakistani point of view and fails to acknowledge Jammu and Kashmir as an inseparable part of India. This choice of language, they contend, reinforces an international narrative that undermines India’s sovereignty over the region.

In its coverage of India’s military response, the NYT did note that the Indian government stated it had targeted “only known terror camps.” The report also highlighted that the strikes were described by Indian officials as “measured, responsible and designed to be non-escalatory.” The article further included statements from Indian authorities claiming that the action was based on concrete evidence linking Pakistan-based terrorists to the Pahalgam massacre.

This apparent shift in editorial tone by The New York Times follows sharp backlash over its initial headline, which read, “At Least 24 Tourists Gunned Down by Militants in Kashmir.” This phrasing triggered significant outrage across social media platforms, particularly when the U.S. House Foreign Affairs Committee criticized the terminology publicly. The committee reposted the headline with the word “militants” crossed out and “terrorists” written boldly in red.

In its post on X (formerly Twitter), the committee wrote, “Hey, @nytimes, we fixed it for you. This was a TERRORIST ATTACK plain and simple. Whether it’s India or Israel, when it comes to TERRORISM, the NYT is removed from reality.” The comment underscored the frustration of many who believe the international media often fails to label acts of terrorism accurately, especially when the victims are from countries like India.

The reaction was not confined to social media alone. According to sources, American officials and Indian diplomats alike privately raised concerns about the NYT’s portrayal of the massacre. They suggested that describing the brutal killings as a “shooting incident” rather than a terrorist attack did a grave injustice to the victims and skewed the global perception of the threat posed by cross-border terrorism.

Indian officials maintain that Operation Sindoor is a direct and proportionate response to the Pahalgam killings, and that it was carried out with restraint to avoid broader escalation. The military action was designed to send a clear message to terrorist groups operating out of Pakistan and PoK without pushing the situation into a full-blown conflict.

Despite the efforts of The New York Times to revise its language, media analysts and Indian observers continue to scrutinize the global press for how it presents stories involving terrorism in South Asia. Many feel that selective language choices not only shape global opinion but also impact international policymaking and diplomatic relations.

The use of euphemisms like “gunmen” or “militants” is seen by some critics as an attempt to soften the blow of atrocities that should be unequivocally described as terrorism. They argue that this selective framing can create a perception of moral ambiguity where there should be none. In the case of the Pahalgam massacre, where innocent tourists were deliberately targeted, the expectation was that global media outlets would not hesitate to call it an act of terrorism.

Meanwhile, Indian voices across the world have taken to social platforms and opinion columns to call out what they see as a pattern of underreporting or misreporting acts of terror when the victims are Indian. The Indian diaspora in the United States has been particularly vocal, with several advocacy groups organizing campaigns to challenge what they describe as media bias and narrative dilution.

Diplomatic circles are also closely watching how global media outlets report on India’s response to terrorism. While some international reports have highlighted India’s emphasis on restraint and precision, others have raised concerns about potential regional escalation. Indian officials have repeatedly stated that the objective of Operation Sindoor is to target terror infrastructure without provoking a broader confrontation.

“We acted based on specific intelligence and aimed only at terrorist facilities,” one Indian official was quoted as saying in the NYT article. “This is not about escalation—it’s about justice and deterrence.”

In India, there is a growing belief that the international community, including its media, must take a stronger and more consistent stand against terrorism, regardless of where it occurs. For many Indians, the Pahalgam attack was a stark reminder of the ongoing threat posed by cross-border terrorism, and the muted initial international response added to their frustration.

Although The New York Times has now used the word “terrorist” in its headline, critics argue that such changes are often reactive and too little, too late. The pressure that finally led to this editorial adjustment did not come from within the publication’s own standards of reporting, but from outside voices demanding accuracy and fairness.

As India continues to carry out what it describes as “targeted, proportionate” strikes against terror groups, the spotlight remains not just on military and diplomatic developments but also on how media outlets narrate such events. The global perception of terrorism—and the resolve to confront it—depends greatly on how stories are told, what words are used, and whose voices are amplified.

Ultimately, the controversy surrounding the NYT headline highlights the power of language in shaping international understanding. For victims and their families, recognition of their suffering in accurate and unambiguous terms is a crucial step toward justice and global solidarity against terrorism.

IAPC 10th Annual International Media Conference Inaugurated In Pennsylvania

The 10th annual International Media Conference and the 12th anniversary celebrations being organized by the Indo-American Press Club (IAPC), the largest organization representing media professionals of Indian origin in North America, was inaugurated at The Woodlands Inn and Resort in Poconos, Pennsylvania on May 3rd, 2025 with the lighting of the Traditional Lamp by honored dignitaries, guests, IAPC leaders, Ginsmon Zachariah, and Chapter leaders, and, media leaders from across the world.

The theme for this year’s conference was “Media at the Crossroads: Truth, Technology, and Global Responsibility” a topic that holds immense significance in today’s interconnected and rapidly changing media world. Dozens of media persons from the United States, Canada and India participated at the power packed conference, which included workshops and panel discussions on social media influence.IAPC 10th Annual International Media Conference Inaugurated In Pennsylvania 1

Attended by renowned journalists, media professionals, writers, and community leaders, the conference provided a perfect setting for discussions on media excellence, role of media in a fast changing media landscape, innovation and challenges faced by the mainstream media, and global collaboration. Marking a decade of fostering connections among media professionals, the conference provided a vital platform for networking, knowledge-sharing, and building meaningful collaborations.

Dr. Indranil Basu Ray, Chair of IAPC BOD, among his many plans for the organization that he has been chosen to lead, stated, “I am planning to start a new channel magazine every week called Indian American News with the objective of sharing news as well as to advertise  IAPC and generating funds to manage IAPC needs,” Dr. Basu Ray shared his plans to organize a larger IMC in the United States and a media conference in India.

In his inaugural address, Dr. Babu Stephen highlighted the role of media, the challenges faced by journalists across the globe, and the contributions and achievements of the Indian American Diaspora in the United States.

Participants at the Conference were part of insightful panel discussions, keynote speeches, and interactive sessions led by media experts, offering valuable perspectives on the evolving world of journalism. With digital transformation and press freedom remaining critical global issues, the conference facilitated discussions on key challenges and potential solutions shaping the future of journalism.

Romy Mathew, a  journalist and author of The Citizen Jounralist at the Manorama News; Gopikrishnan, a renowned cartoonist and social commentator at 24 News; Smuruthy Paruthikad, Executive Editor and author at Reported TV; and, Madhu Saji Senior News subeditor at Mathrubhumi News, shared with the IAPC delegates their perspectives on the Role of Media in the modern world, in the face of many headwinds faced by journalists to be objective and authentic in reporting.

On May 4th, these famed journalists, who came all the away form India to be part of the IMC, led an insightful and thought provoking seminar on the challenges and opportunities faced by the media landscape today. They were joined by James Chacko and Joseph at the Seminar. Contributing to the lively discussion.

Dr. Eapen Daniel led a powerful seminar on Influence of Digital Transformation Mainstream Journalism. Ajay Ghosh, James Kureekatil, and Varghese Korason were other panelist at the seminar. Brain Drain was the topic discussed by the 3rd seminar led by Dr. Indranil Basu Ray, who was joined by Prakash Shah, Rohit Vyas,  James Kureekatil, and Varghese Korason.IAPC 10th Annual International Media Conference Inaugurated In Pennsylvania 3

IAPC honored Dr. Satheesh Kathula, Dr. Anju Vallbhaneni, and Dr. Babu Stephen with Lifetime Achievement Awards for their accomplishments and contributions to the larger society during the inaugural ceremony. Kimberly Pine, Director at Ignite Investments was recognized for her role in the success of the Ignite Investments through raising capitol for private equity placements and fostering investor relationships with high-net-worth clients.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, a board-certified hematologist and oncologist from Dayton, Ohio, practicing Medicine for over two decades, is  the President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI). A clinical professor of medicine at Wright State University-Boonshoft School of Medicine,  Dr. Kathula has authored several scientific papers and articles in medical journals and has authored a book, describing his journey as an immigrant physician. Dr Kathula’s love for his motherland has manifested in him setting up humanitarian and medical projects in India. The most important of them is establishing a state-of-the-art pharmacy college in Warangal in Telangana, where he grew up.

In his address, Dr. Kathula stressed the vital role being played by the media in a fast changing world, and of the many noble initiatives of AAPI benefitting the people of India and the United States. “One in seven patient encounters in the United States is with a physician of Indian origin. AAPI, the largest ethnic medical organization in the United States, represents the over 100,000 physicians of Indian Origin in the United States,” he said.

Anju Vallabhaneni is a highly committed leader with extensive expertise in global delivery and a deep passion for community service. He is the National President of ITServe Alliance, a non-profit association representing over 2,500 IT companies across the United States. Anju’s impressive academic background and his leadership and strategic vision have been instrumental in managing businesses with revenues ranging from $5 million to over $100 million. He is deeply involved in philanthropic efforts, actively supporting over ten non-profit organizations. His commitment to giving back to the community highlights his belief in the importance of social responsibility.

In his response after being honored with the Lifetime Achievement Award, Vallabhaneni, while speaking about ITServe, said, “Mentoring, Networking, Education, Investing, Giving Back to the Community are only some of the numerous benefits ITServe offers to its 2,500 member companies.” In addition to his many professional accomplishments, Vallabhaneni said, “What gives me joy is that I am able to give back to the community through my support to various not for profit organizations.”

Dr. Babu Stephen, a past chairman of the Board of Directors of the Indo-American Press club, was honored with the award for his contributions to the Indian American community. He is the CEO of DC Healthcare Inc, and the president of SM Reality LLC in Washington, and has been politically well-connected in both Washington DC and Kerala. He has dabbled in media and having arrived in America over four decades ago, and has been among the first generation of Indian community builders here. In his acceptance speech for the award for excellence in business, he recounted the Indian American community’s landmark achievements in all walks of life here – and we have only started, he said.

IAPC President Azad Jayan delivered the welcome address and the General Secretary of IAPC Shan Justus proposed vote of thanks. The event was eloquently emceed by Patricia Umashankar, Brioona Gins, and Sameera Kavanal. Jenson Kuriakose entertained the participants  with  his melodious songs from Malayalam movies.

Through annual conferences, networking events, and training programs, IAPC has played a key role in advocating for ethical journalism while strengthening the connection between Indian American media professionals and mainstream journalism.

As the media landscape continues to change, this conference serves as a critical forum for innovation, ethical discourse, and collaboration, ensuring that journalists remain at the forefront of truth, integrity, and impactful storytelling.

Since its inception in 2013, the Indo-American Press Club has become a leading voice for Indian-origin journalists in North America. With active chapters in multiple cities—including Alberta, Atlanta, Connecticut, Dallas, Houston, New Jersey, New York, Niagara, Philadelphia, Toronto, Vancouver, and Washington, DC—the organization continues to champion press freedom, journalistic integrity, and professional development. For details on registration, participation, and sponsorship opportunities, visit the official IAPC website at www.indoamericanpressclub.com

Trump Signs Executive Order to Cut Federal Funding for NPR and PBS Over Alleged Bias

President Donald Trump issued an executive order late Thursday night that directs the Corporation for Public Broadcasting (CPB) to halt federal funding to National Public Radio (NPR) and the Public Broadcasting Service (PBS), citing what he described as their “biased and partisan news coverage.” The directive instructs the CPB to “cease federal funding for NPR and PBS” as far as legally possible. Legal experts suggest the order could face challenges in court.

According to a White House statement released on Friday, both NPR and PBS have received “tens of millions of dollars in taxpayer funds each year to spread radical, woke propaganda disguised as ‘news.'” The administration argued that public funding is no longer justifiable in the modern media environment.

The executive order notes, “Unlike in 1967, when the CPB was established, today the media landscape is filled with abundant, diverse, and innovative news options. Government funding of news media in this environment is not only outdated and unnecessary but corrosive to the appearance of journalistic independence.”

Trump and several of his allies, including billionaire Elon Musk, have repeatedly accused NPR and PBS of pushing left-leaning narratives. Executives from both organizations have consistently rejected these accusations. Just last month, Trump demanded their defunding on Truth Social, calling them “RADICAL LEFT ‘MONSTERS’ THAT SO BADLY HURT OUR COUNTRY!”

NPR and PBS receive approximately $500 million annually in public funding, although NPR claims that less than 1% of its budget actually comes from federal sources. The remainder is largely generated through sponsorships and donations.

Despite this relatively small portion of public funding, Trump contended in his executive order that the CPB had failed to uphold its mandate of fairness and impartiality. “Which viewpoints NPR and PBS promote does not matter. What does matter is that neither entity presents a fair, accurate, or unbiased portrayal of current events to taxpaying citizens,” Trump stated.

The White House also listed a number of reports it considered examples of bias and sensationalism in NPR and PBS coverage. These included stories about transgender issues and NPR’s retraction for previously using the term “illegal” to describe undocumented immigrants, aligning with The Associated Press’s language standards.

NBC News reached out to NPR for a response, but the organization did not provide a comment immediately.

In response to the executive order, Paula Kerger, president and CEO of PBS, issued a strong statement on Friday criticizing the move. “The President’s blatantly unlawful Executive Order, issued in the middle of the night, threatens our ability to serve the American public with educational programming, as we have for the past 50-plus years. We are currently exploring all options to allow PBS to continue to serve our member stations and all Americans,” she said.

Patricia Harrison, who leads the CPB, emphasized the organization’s independence from presidential authority. “CPB is not a federal executive agency subject to the President’s authority. Congress directly authorized and funded CPB to be a private nonprofit corporation wholly independent of the federal government,” Harrison explained.

She added that Congress had intentionally structured the CPB to prevent any governmental oversight. “When Congress created the CPB, it forbade any government agency or official from directing, supervising, or controlling it,” Harrison stated.

Kate Riley, president and CEO of America’s Public Television Stations, also expressed serious concerns. In her Friday statement, she said, “This order defies the will of the American people and would devastate the public safety, educational and local service missions of public media — services that the American public values, trusts and relies on every day.”

Riley highlighted the critical role of local stations, particularly in underserved communities. “More than 160 local TV stations across the country, particularly those in rural areas, offer a lifeline in hundreds of communities where there is no other source of local media,” she added.

Last month, NPR had already voiced alarm over a draft memo sent to Congress that proposed similar funding cuts. In a statement at the time, an NPR spokesperson warned, “Eliminating funding for the Corporation for Public Broadcasting would have a devastating impact on American communities across the nation that rely on public radio for trusted local and national news, culture, lifesaving emergency alerts, and public safety information.”

Kerger, in an earlier statement, emphasized the importance of bipartisan support for public media. She said, “There’s nothing more American than PBS, and our work is only possible because of the bipartisan support we have always received from Congress.” She added that defunding PBS would “disrupt the essential service PBS and local member stations provide to the American people.”

In a related development, three CPB board members were dismissed via email earlier this week, leaving only two members in place. The removed members have filed a lawsuit, although their lawyers failed to demonstrate any immediate, irreparable harm to either the individuals or the organization. As a result, a judge mandated that the Trump administration must provide at least 48 hours’ notice before installing acting or interim replacements. Official CPB board appointments require presidential nomination and Senate confirmation.

The Committee to Protect Journalists weighed in on Wednesday with a report criticizing Trump’s broader approach to media. The report stated that Trump’s executive actions during his initial 100 days in office had a “chilling effect and have the potential to curtail media freedoms.” It pointed specifically to restrictions on press access to the president and renewed investigations by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) into media organizations, including NBC News.

A former NPR editor, Uri Berliner, also made headlines last year when he resigned and penned an op-ed for a conservative outlet criticizing NPR’s ideological stance and lack of political diversity. Despite his critiques, Berliner clarified he did not support efforts to defund NPR.

The Trump administration has previously taken steps that opponents view as hostile to the press. Journalists have been barred from Oval Office briefings, and reporters have been removed from designated media workspaces at the Pentagon. These actions have sparked concern among media watchdogs and civil rights groups, who argue the moves reflect a pattern of undermining press freedom.

As legal and legislative battles over the executive order unfold, the future of public broadcasting remains uncertain. But for now, NPR, PBS, and the CPB are vowing to resist what they view as an overreach of presidential authority and a threat to independent journalism.

Indo-American Press Club Announces Awardees for 10th Annual International Media Conference in Pennsylvania

The Indo-American Press Club (IAPC), the largest organization representing media professionals of Indian origin in North America, has announced the awardees who will honored at the 10th annual International Media Conference from May 3 to May 5, 2025 at The Woodlands Inn and Resort in Poconos, Pennsylvania.

The Media Conference will have participation from renowned journalists, media professionals, writers, and community leaders for discussions on media excellence, innovation, and global collaboration.

Marking a decade of fostering connections among media professionals, the conference will provide a vital platform for networking, knowledge-sharing, and building meaningful collaborations. Attendees can expect insightful panel discussions, keynote speeches, and interactive sessions led by media experts, offering valuable perspectives on the evolving world of journalism.

With digital transformation and press freedom remaining critical global issues, the conference will facilitate discussions on key challenges and potential solutions shaping the future of journalism.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula. Lifetime Achievement Award 2025

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, a board-certified hematologist and oncologist from Dayton, Ohio, practicing Medicine for over two decades, is the President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI).

Dr. Kathula is a clinical professor of medicine at Wright State University-Boonshoft School of Medicine, Dayton, Ohio, and is a Diplomate of the American Board of Lifestyle Medicine. He has authored several papers and articles in medical journals and has authored a book, describing his journey as an immigrant physician. The book is being released today at our Conference.

Dr. Kathula has dedicated his career to treating patients and actively supporting various nonprofit organizations. He strongly believes that acquiring new knowledge is crucial for professionals, especially physicians, with a changing healthcare environment. Recently, Dr. Kathula acquired a certificate from Stanford University in Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare. He graduated in May 2024 from Harvard University completing a “Global Healthcare Leaders Program.”

Dr. Kathula was the President and founding member of the Association of Indian Physicians from Ohio, President of the Miami Valley Association of Physicians of Indian Origin as well as the President of the ATMGUSA (Association of Telugu Medical Graduates in USA). In addition, he has worked with the Ohio State Medical Association on various issues. He has been actively involved in community service locally, nationally, and internationally for the last two decades. He was awarded ‘Man of the Year – 2018’ by the Leukemia and Lymphoma Society.

Not satisfied with his personal and professional achievements, Dr. Kathula has been active in the Indian community. With the objective of enabling Physicians of Indian Origin to give back to their motherland, India, he organized the Global Healthcare Summit is New Delhi, India in October this year.

Dr Kathula’s love for his motherland has manifested in him setting up humanitarian and medical projects in India. The most important of them is establishing a state-of-the-art pharmacy college in Warangal in Telangana, where he grew up. Named the Pathfinder Institute of Pharmacy and Educational Research (PIPER), the non-profit with Dr Kathula as the Chairman, provides quality education and has already graduated over 1,000 students who are now working in different parts of India and abroad. He conducted several medical camps close to his native place and donated a defibrillator, water purification plant, and library to his native place.

In 2024, Dr. Kathula was honored with the Inspirational Award given by Raising Awareness of Youth with Autism (RAYWA) Foundation for his contributions to the country, particularly in the field of healthcare, and his

Anju Vallabhaneni – Lifetime Achievement Award 2025

Anju Vallabhaneni is a highly committed leader with extensive expertise in global delivery and a deep passion for community service. He is the National President of ITServe Alliance, a non-profit association representing over 2,500 IT companies across the United States.

Anju’s impressive academic background includes an Engineering degree and an MBA. His career spans more than 25 years, during which he has served as President and CEO of several companies in North America, Latin America, and India.

His leadership and strategic vision have been instrumental in managing businesses with revenues ranging from $5 million to over $100 million.

In 2002, Anju founded United Software Group (USG), a company that has seen tremendous growth under his guidance. Over the past two decades, USG has expanded to employ over 2,000 professionals worldwide. The company’s success has been recognized on a national scale; Inc. 5000 listed USG among America’s Fastest-Growing Private Companies, and it was ranked #107 in the US-Midwest region in 2024.

Anju’s dedication extends beyond his professional achievements. He is deeply involved in philanthropic efforts, actively supporting over ten non-profit organizations. His commitment to giving back to the community highlights his belief in the importance of social responsibility.

Beyond his professional and philanthropic endeavors, Anju is also a seasoned athlete. He has completed more than 25 marathons, demonstrating his discipline, perseverance, and dedication in both his personal and professional life.

Anju is also a seasoned athlete, having completed over 25 marathons. Anju Vallabhaneni’s multifaceted career and contributions make him a deserving recipient of the Lifetime Achievement Award 2025, a testament to his enduring impact on the IT industry and his unwavering commitment to community service and personal excellence.

Prakash A. Shah. Lifetime Achievement Award 2025

Prakash Shah, Chairman and Chief Executive of First Growth Mortgage and Realty Group, is the current President of the Global Organization for the People of Indian Origin (GOPIO) International. He is a Founding Life Member of GOPIO, Asian American Hotel Owner’s Association (AAHOA ), National Federation of Indian Association and the New York City based India Chamber of Commerce of America, which he led for 15 Years, He is a former Chairman of New Jersey Development Authority and President Clinton’s Appointee to the Board of $108 Million  Southern Africa Fund for 12 Countries of Southern Africa and Chair of the Board’s Investment Committee,

Prakash Shah served as the Chairman of New Jersey Development Authority under Governors Florio and Whitman. Mr. Shah was the Global Ambassador of GOPIO and later on, he was the Convener of the GOPIO Convention 2024 in New Jersey.

Mr. Shah, a well-respected leader in the Indian diaspora community, has more than 45 years of experience in the areas of mortgage banking, international investment banking, venture capital, financial management, computer systems and management sciences. Prior to founding First Growth, a financial company, Mr. Shah was concurrently Managing Directo of Asian Oceanic Group (a merchant banking group based in New York, Hong Kong and Singapore). Mr. Shah was Vice President of American Express Bank Ltd. and was responsible for the strategic planning and management information systems departments.

Mr. Shah was elected as a Hillary Clinton Delegate to the Democratic National Convention. Mr. Shah received a B.S.M.E. degree from the University of Baroda (India) in 1967, an M.S. degree in Management Sciences from Stevens Institute of Technology in 1969, and in 1971, completed course work for a Ph.D. at New York University. Mr. Shah holds Real Estate and Title Insurance Producer Licenses and is a Certified Hotel Administrator (CHA) and Certified Hotel Owner (CHO).

Dr. Vemuri S Murthy, MD, MS, FAHA, FICS. Lifetime Achievement Award 2025

Dr. Vemuri S. Murthy is an alumnus of Guntur Medical College and All India Institute of Medical Sciences, New Delhi, India (General Surgery). A former Chicago Anesthesiologist (and Department Chairman) for over thirty years, he is currently an Associate Professor (Adjunct) in the Department of Emergency Medicine at the University of Illinois College of Medicine in Chicago, Illinois, USA.

Dr. Murthy introduced the resuscitation training model for Indian Medical Colleges at Dr.NTR University of Health Sciences in 2012. He has been affiliated with the American Heart Association (AHA) for over thirty years in various capacities, such as Member of the International Committee, National Faculty and Advisor to AHA International Training Centers in India.

Dr. Murthy is a visiting professor at various Indian medical institutes, such as the All India Institute of  Medical Sciences.He chaired many Resuscitation and Emergency Medical Care Conferences in India, AHA ReSS sessions program in the USA, lectured at acclaimed US Medical Universities and authored resuscitation-related Journal articles and Cardiology book chapters. He is the co-investigator of a ground-breaking Cardiac Arrest Registry in India, “Warangal Area Cardiac Arrest Registry”.

Dr. Murthy founded Chicago Medical Society’s Community CPR Project SMILE (Saving More Illinois Lives through Education) in 2011. As an Advisor to the Odisha State Government (Health and Family Welfare), he initiated India’s first State Governmental community CPR training project in Odisha in 2023. He also founded the first Indo-US Community Health and CPR Training Center at the National India Hub, Schaumburg, Illinois, USA (2024).

Dr. Murthy, a past President of the Chicago Medical Society and Indian American Medical Association (Illinois), has received several prestigious national and international awards including two Lifetime Achievement Awards and a Medal of US Congress as “Global Champion of Resuscitation” for his professional and community service contributions in the USA and India. He has  been contributing to Indo-US News media articles and videos raising awareness of Heart disease and Cardiac Arrests among Indians and Indian diaspora for over two decades.

Sam Maddula. Lifetime Achievement Award 2025

Sam Maddula, Founder & CEO of Bank’s Apothecary Specialty Pharmacy, is an esteemed leader, entrepreneur, and committed philanthropist. His life transformed dramatically when his parents discovered an Eye Camp set up by the Eye Foundation of America (EFA) in 1987 in Andhra Pradesh. This camp enabled him to overcome legal blindness and poverty, changing his life trajectory from darkness to light.

After earning his doctorate in pharmaceutical studies from Rutgers University, Maddula founded a specialty pharmacy in 2010, focusing on mental health and substance disorders. His leadership propelled Bank’s Apothecary Specialty Pharmacy to generate $350 million in annual revenue, becoming the largest independently held behavioral health specialty pharmacy with operations in 16 states.

With over 15 years of experience driving growth and innovation in healthcare and specialty pharmacy, Maddula’s expertise spans business, medicine, and philanthropy. His ventures aim to improve lives through healthcare innovation and support both for-profit and non-profit initiatives. He established the Maddula Foundation, contributing significantly to healthcare and educational initiatives for underserved communities.

Maddula serves on the Executive Advisory Council Board at the University of Washington School of Pharmacy, the Board of Directors at Liguori Academy, and the Eye Foundation of America. He is a renowned speaker on healthcare, philanthropy, and leadership, with two decades of experience as a pharmacist, clinician, and CEO. Maddula mentors aspiring pharmacists and continues to advocate for a more equitable society through various non-profits and civic organizations.

A passionate philanthropist, Maddula has contributed significantly to the Eye Foundation of America and mentors the next generation of leaders. His commitment to giving back is evident in his active involvement in community service and advocacy for societal change.

Madhavan B. Nair. Lifetime Achievement Award 2025

Madhavan B. Nair (MBN) is a Chartered Financial Consultant and esteemed community leader, renowned for his dedication to public service, cultural involvement, and philanthropy. Based in New Jersey, he has long committed himself to advancing the well-being of the Indian-American community through various leadership roles and grassroots initiatives.

Professionally, Mr. Nair is the Principal and owner of MBN Insurance & Financial Services Inc., where he has built a strong reputation for trust, integrity, and service. His entrepreneurial career provided a solid foundation for his broader involvement in community development.

Mr. Nair is the Founder and Patron of the North American Malayalee Association of Malayalees (NAMAM), established in 2010 with the objectives of supporting and uplifting Indian culture and heritage among Indian immigrants in the USA. From 2018 to 2020, he served as President of FOKANA (Federation of Kerala Associations in North America), extending his leadership both across North America and internationally. Under his stewardship, FOKANA’s relief efforts during the COVID-19 pandemic and the Kerala floods received widespread appreciation.

In 2017, Mr. Nair established the MBN Foundation as the principal vehicle for his philanthropy. Upon retiring from full-time business in 2025, he dedicated himself entirely to advancing its mission. Today, the Foundation is devoted to nurturing student skill development and championing cancer-prevention initiatives—addressing urgent needs in education and healthcare to deliver lasting impact.

In 2023, Mr. Nair published two essay collections—’Sunlit Signs’ (in English) and ‘Veyil Kaazhchakal’ (in Malayalam)—in which he reflects on political developments, pivotal historical events, and pressing global affairs.

Leveraging his professional achievements and unwavering commitment to social causes, Mr. Nair has firmly established himself as a distinguished and influential leader within both the Indian American community and the larger society.

Rohit Vyas — Lifetime Achievement Award 2025

Rohit Vyas is an acclaimed documentary filmmaker and a veteran international broadcast journalist whose distinguished career spans over four decades across television, print, and documentary media. As the former News Director, Senior Vice President, and Principal Nightly News Anchor at TV ASIA (USA), he played a pivotal role in shaping the voice of one of the most influential South Asian networks in North America.

Prior to that, he served as News Director and Principal Anchor for Vision of Asia News, CH 47, delivering trusted news to the New York Tri-State area. In addition to his editorial leadership, Rohit Vyas serves as Chief Advisor to ITV Gold (USA), continuing to guide the network’s journalistic and programming strategy.

His editorial footprint extends to print journalism, where he was the Editor of several publications, including the International Observer, a newsweekly dedicated to United Nations affairs and global diplomacy. A respected figure in international media circles, he is a long-standing member of the United Nations Correspondents Association (for over 40 years) and a former member of the White House Traveling Media Delegation, covering pivotal moments and global summits alongside world leaders.

His commitment to public service and journalistic integrity earned him a place on the Asian American Pacific Advisory Council under New Jersey Governor Christine Whitman. His contributions have been honored by the New Jersey State Assembly, the Nassau County Executive of Long Island, New York, and numerous civic and professional organizations nationwide, celebrating his legacy of impactful journalism and unwavering service to the community.

An objective storyteller at heart, Rohit Vyas continues to create thought-provoking documentaries that shed light on diaspora narratives, international affairs, and pressing global issues.

Since its inception in 2013, the Indo-American Press Club has become a leading voice for Indian-origin journalists in North America. With active chapters in multiple cities—including Alberta, Atlanta, Connecticut, Dallas, Houston, New Jersey, New York, Niagara, Philadelphia, Toronto, Vancouver, and Washington, DC—the organization continues to champion press freedom, journalistic integrity, and professional development.

Through annual conferences, networking events, and training programs, IAPC has played a key role in advocating for ethical journalism while strengthening the connection between Indian American media professionals and mainstream journalism.

As the media landscape continues to change, this conference will serve as a critical forum for innovation, ethical discourse, and collaboration, ensuring that journalists remain at the forefront of truth, integrity, and impactful storytelling.

For details on registration, participation, and sponsorship opportunities, visit the official IAPC website at www.indoamericanpressclub.com

Trump Urges FCC to Punish CBS Over “60 Minutes” Broadcasts Critical of Him

President Donald Trump has expressed a desire that the Federal Communications Commission take action against CBS over what he perceives as biased reporting from the network’s flagship program, “60 Minutes.”

Trump, apparently displeased with the latest episode of “60 Minutes” aired Sunday night, took to Truth Social to air his frustrations. His remarks highlighted his ongoing legal clash with CBS and its parent company, Paramount Global, which is currently waiting for the FCC to approve a planned merger with Skydance Media.

In his social media post, Trump specifically mentioned Brendan Carr, whom he appointed to the FCC and praised as “Highly Respected.” Trump said he hopes Carr “will impose the maximum fines and punishment, which is substantial, for their unlawful and illegal behavior.”

However, there is no indication that CBS has committed any illegal acts. Moreover, Carr has limited power to impose penalties on the network. The most the FCC can currently do is delay the merger’s approval, which has already added a layer of uncertainty for Paramount Global.

This latest post is part of a broader trend in which Trump encourages officials he placed in government roles to take steps against media organizations critical of him. In recent months, Carr has leaned into his pro-Trump stance and has opened FCC probes into several networks Trump has taken issue with, including ABC and NBC. Carr was even seen last week sporting a gold pin that depicted the silhouette of Trump’s head.

Carr has not commented on Trump’s latest post on Truth Social, despite inquiries from CNN.

Trump’s issue with “60 Minutes” goes beyond this week’s broadcast. He used his social media platform to accuse the show of being more of a political tool than a legitimate news program. “They are not a ‘News Show,’ but a dishonest Political Operative simply disguised as ‘News,’ and must be responsible for what they have done, and are doing,” Trump wrote.

He further claimed that CBS “should lose their license” after airing two reports on Sunday—one centered on the war in Ukraine and another focusing on Greenland. Although the FCC does not license national networks like CBS, it does regulate local stations owned by the network. During the 2024 campaign, Trump frequently called for licenses to be revoked from media outlets he disliked.

This isn’t the first time Trump has made such a suggestion since assuming office. In fact, CBS has been a recurring target of his licensing threats.

Trump has had a complicated relationship with “60 Minutes” over the years. Despite being a regular viewer, he has often taken issue with how the show covers him. Last fall, he refused the program’s customary pre-election interview. When Vice President Kamala Harris agreed to appear on the show in his absence, Trump took offense.

Trump and his media allies criticized CBS for what they considered misleading editing of Harris’s interview. Specifically, they were upset that the network aired parts of her answer on different days. CBS defended the decision, saying the interview was edited for length in line with standard news practices. Trump, however, characterized the move as a deliberate attempt to help Harris’s campaign.

In response, Trump filed a lawsuit in Texas, accusing CBS of violating the state’s Deceptive Trade Practices Act, a consumer protection statute. Legal experts widely dismissed the lawsuit as lacking merit, viewing it more as a political maneuver than a serious legal challenge.

Despite the frivolous nature of the case, some executives at Paramount began looking into ways to settle the matter, even as journalists at “60 Minutes” strongly opposed such a move.

CBS complied with the FCC by submitting the raw transcript and video of the Harris interview, clearly demonstrating that the editing followed typical broadcast standards. Nonetheless, Carr kept the investigation ongoing and opened it up for public comment.

While no settlement has yet been reached, some insiders at Paramount reportedly feel it might be in the company’s interest to avoid an extended legal standoff with Trump. The New York Times recently noted that some Paramount officials believe the company’s “broader corporate interests are not served by fighting a protracted legal battle” with a combative president.

As of now, the legal dispute remains unresolved, and CBS continues to contest Trump’s claims in court.

In the meantime, “60 Minutes” has not deviated from its editorial mission, continuing to air interviews and investigative reports. Many of these segments have scrutinized Trump’s policies. Even Trump admitted this on Truth Social, stating the program includes stories about him “almost every week,” which he described as “derogatory and defamatory.”

Brendan Nyhan, a political scientist and co-founder of Bright Line Watch, which tracks risks to American democratic institutions, offered his take on Trump’s rhetoric. “The president openly calls for his loyalist apparatchik at the FCC to use state power to punish media for critical coverage,” he said, summarizing Trump’s Truth Social post.

The pressure from Trump and his allies is keenly felt by journalists at CBS. “60 Minutes” correspondent Lesley Stahl acknowledged this during a recent industry event where she accepted a First Amendment Award.

In her speech, Stahl emphasized the importance of press freedom during such contentious times. “Our precious First Amendment feels vulnerable and when my precious 60 Minutes is fighting, quite frankly, for our life,” she said.

Stahl added that she was proud the program was maintaining its journalistic integrity in the face of mounting external pressures. “I am so proud,” she said, that “60 Minutes” is “standing up and fighting for what is right.”

With Trump remaining vocal about his discontent with the press and his attempts to use regulatory bodies as leverage against critics, the standoff between the president and the media appears far from over. CBS and “60 Minutes” continue to find themselves at the center of this battle, defending both their editorial decisions and the principles of a free press.

Dr. BK Kishore Co-Authors Book with Shark Tank’s Kevin Harrington

A Collaboration of Innovators and Thought Leaders

Dr. BK Kishore, a distinguished medical expert, researcher, and Global Unity Ambassador for the Indian Community, has reached a new milestone by co-authoring a book with Kevin Harrington, one of the original investors from Shark Tank. The book features contributions from 16 thought leaders, innovators, and entrepreneurs, each writing a chapter on topics aligned with their expertise and passion.

Exploring the Long Road to Medical Breakthroughs

Dr. Kishore’s chapter, “The Path to Cures is a Long One,” delves into the complex journey of medical discoveries and innovations. He highlights the perseverance, scientific rigor, and dedication required to transform groundbreaking treatments from research to reality. His insights aim to educate and inspire professionals in medical research, healthcare, and entrepreneurship.

Kevin Harrington’s Vision for Knowledge-Sharing

Renowned entrepreneur and investor Kevin Harrington has long championed innovation. Through his initiative of co-authoring books with industry experts, he provides a platform for professionals to share their expertise and reach a global audience. His books act as a bridge between business minds, thought leaders, and aspiring innovators.

Dr. Kishore’s Gratitude for the Opportunity

Expressing his appreciation for being part of the project, Dr. Kishore stated, “It is truly an honor to collaborate with Kevin Harrington and a group of exceptional co-authors. The experience has been both inspiring and enriching. Kevin’s vision of promoting innovative ideas and fostering entrepreneurial spirit is something I deeply admire. I feel fortunate to have been invited to contribute to this book.”

A Global Platform for Indian Professionals

Dr. Kishore’s participation in this book reinforces his commitment to knowledge-sharing while showcasing the contributions of Indian professionals on a global stage. His role as a Global Unity Ambassador further strengthens his mission of fostering collaboration, education, and growth across diverse communities.

An Inspirational Resource for Future Innovators

This achievement marks another milestone in Dr. Kishore’s illustrious career. The book is expected to serve as an inspiration for entrepreneurs, business leaders, and professionals across various industries, encouraging innovation and perseverance in their respective fields.

Trump Administration Moves to Silence Voice of America and Other Pro-Democracy Media

The administration of President Donald Trump began implementing significant reductions to Voice of America (VOA) and other government-run pro-democracy media on Saturday, placing all VOA employees on leave.

Late Friday, following the passage of Congress’s latest funding bill, Trump ordered his administration to minimize the functions of several federal agencies to the bare legal requirement. This directive affected the U.S. Agency for Global Media, the entity overseeing Voice of America, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, Radio Free Asia, and Radio Marti, which provides Spanish-language news broadcasts into Cuba.

On Saturday morning, Kari Lake, a former Arizona gubernatorial and U.S. Senate candidate whom Trump appointed as a senior adviser to the agency, made an announcement on X urging employees to check their emails. Shortly afterward, notices were distributed, informing Voice of America staff that they were being placed on paid administrative leave.

“For the first time in 83 years, the storied Voice of America is being silenced,” said Michael Abramowitz, VOA’s director, in a statement. He noted that nearly all of the agency’s 1,300 employees had been placed on leave.

“VOA promotes freedom and democracy around the world by telling America’s story and by providing objective and balanced news and information, especially for those living under tyranny,” Abramowitz stated.

One journalist, speaking anonymously due to restrictions on commenting publicly, remarked, “We expected something like this to happen, and it just happened to be today.”

The decision was strongly criticized by press advocacy group Reporters Without Borders, which released a statement saying it “condemns this decision as a departure from the U.S.’s historic role as a defender of free information and calls on the U.S. government to restore VOA and urges Congress and the international community to take action against this unprecedented move.”

Alongside Voice of America, the U.S. Agency for Global Media issued notices terminating grants for Radio Free Asia and other agency-funded programs. VOA serves as a conduit for U.S. news to international audiences, frequently translating content into local languages. Similarly, Radio Free Asia, Radio Free Europe, and Radio Marti provide news coverage to regions under authoritarian rule, such as China, North Korea, and Russia.

“The cancellation of Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty’s grant agreement would be a massive gift to America’s enemies,” stated Stephen Capus, the network’s President and CEO.

These government-backed networks collectively reach an estimated 427 million people. Established during the Cold War, they form part of a broader U.S. strategy to promote American influence and counter authoritarian narratives—a mission that also includes USAID, another agency facing cuts under Trump’s directive.

The reduction represents a significant shift in post-Cold War international media efforts, which have historically enjoyed bipartisan support. Previous directors of Voice of America have included figures like Dick Carlson, father of conservative commentator Tucker Carlson.

Thomas Kent, former president and CEO of Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, acknowledged the uncertainty surrounding the administration’s plans for the agencies. He emphasized that without these news outlets, conveying U.S. perspectives to the world would become more challenging.

“Without the international broadcasting, the image of the United States and the Trump administration will be in the hands of others, including the administration’s opponents, (and) countries and people who consider the United States an enemy,” Kent, now an international media ethics consultant, stated.

Kari Lake, in a video posted on X on Saturday, framed the move as a cost-cutting initiative, omitting any mention of the employees affected or VOA’s mission. The video was recorded outside a building leased by VOA, which she described as an unnecessary expense. She indicated her intention to break the agency’s 15-year lease on the property.

“We’re doing everything we can to cancel contracts that can be cancelled, save more, downsize and make sure there’s no misuse of your dollars,” Lake stated.

The notification sent to employees formally placed them on administrative leave while ensuring continued pay and benefits “until otherwise notified.” It also instructed staff to refrain from using Agency for Global Media facilities and to return government-issued equipment, including phones and computers.

Trump’s administration had already been taking steps to assert greater control over Voice of America. Earlier this week, it terminated contracts that permitted VOA to access content from independent news providers like The Associated Press.

Additionally, the administration barred the AP from participating in White House press pools covering the president and moved to assume authority over which news outlets are included in such press groups. Furthermore, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is currently investigating major news organizations, including CBS.

Trump’s order to scale back government functions extends beyond media agencies. Several other lesser-known entities are also affected, including the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, a nonpartisan think tank, the United States Interagency Council on Homelessness, and the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund.

Google Challenges Utah’s App Store Age Verification Bill

Google is pushing back against efforts by other major technology companies to place the responsibility of age verification on app stores, contending that both app stores and developers should share the burden of enhancing child safety.

In a blog post published on Wednesday, Google criticized what it described as “concerning legislation” in Utah. The state recently became the first in the U.S. to pass a law requiring app stores to verify users’ ages and obtain parental consent before allowing minors to download applications.

“The bill requires app stores to share if a user is a kid or teenager with all app developers (effectively millions of individual companies) without parental consent or rules on how the information is used,” said Kareem Ghanem, Google’s director of public policy.

According to Ghanem, such a requirement poses serious privacy and security risks. “That raises real privacy and safety risks, like the potential for bad actors to sell the data or use it for other nefarious purposes,” he warned.

Google maintains that the level of data sharing mandated by the legislation is excessive. The company argues that the bill would ultimately relieve social media platforms of their responsibility to ensure that minors only see age-appropriate content.

Additionally, Google expressed concerns that requiring parental consent could interfere with how parents choose to supervise their children and could even restrict teenagers’ access to essential services such as navigation apps.

The bill now awaits a decision from Utah Gov. Spencer Cox (R). If signed into law, most of its provisions would take effect on May 7.

Meta, the parent company of Facebook and Instagram, has backed the legislation, along with social media platforms X and Snap. These companies argue that app stores should be responsible for verifying children’s ages rather than the individual platforms themselves.

However, Google has been advocating for an alternative approach—one that ensures “appropriate user consent” while also reducing the amount of sensitive data exposed.

The company has proposed a system where an “age signal” would be shared only with user or parental consent and only with developers of apps that could pose risks to minors.

“By just sharing with developers who need the information to deliver age-appropriate experiences, and only sharing the minimum amount of data needed to provide an age signal, it reduces the risk of sensitive information being shared broadly,” Ghanem explained.

Google argues that app developers are best suited to determine when age verification is necessary, as they have the most knowledge about their applications.

“Because developers know their apps best, they are best positioned to determine when and where an age-gate might be beneficial to their users, and that may evolve over time, which is another reason why a one-size-fits-all approach won’t adequately protect kids,” the company stated.

Under Google’s proposed framework, app stores would only provide “industry standard age assurances” to developers who require age-based restrictions. The company also suggested creating a centralized dashboard that would allow parents to manage their children’s digital experiences.

Google reaffirmed its commitment to child safety by reiterating its support for banning personalized advertisements targeted at users under the age of 18.

When asked about Google’s position, Meta’s senior public affairs manager Jamie Radice defended the Utah legislation and emphasized the need for app stores to take on a more significant role in online child safety.

“Parents across the country are calling for app stores to do more to keep children safe online, and 14 US states and federal lawmakers have introduced legislation that responds to their concerns,” Radice stated.

She acknowledged Google’s willingness to share age-related data with developers but questioned how the company would determine which applications should receive such information.

“We welcome Google’s concession that they can share age information with app developers, and we agree this should be done in a privacy-preserving manner. But with millions of apps on Google’s app store, and more added every day, it’s unclear how they’ll determine which apps are eligible to receive this data,” Radice said.

Apple, which operates one of the largest app stores alongside Google, has also opposed Utah’s legislation.

Earlier this month, Apple introduced a new “age assurance” technology that allows parents to select their child’s age range instead of providing an exact birth date when setting up child accounts.

Trump and Zelenskyy Clash in Heated White House Meeting Over Ukraine War

A dramatic confrontation unfolded at the White House between U.S. President Donald Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy, shocking many observers.

The tense encounter on Friday escalated into what was described as a “virtual shouting match” between the two leaders, all of which played out in front of the cameras.

During the intense discussion, Trump accused Zelenskyy of “gambling with World War Three,” while U.S. Vice President JD Vance criticized the Ukrainian leader for being “disrespectful.” In response, Zelenskyy challenged Vance, asking, “What kind of diplomacy are you speaking about?”

The primary topic of discussion was a potential peace deal between Russia and Ukraine. Trump issued a stark ultimatum to Zelenskyy, stating, “You’re either going to make a deal or we’re out. And if we’re out, you’ll fight it out. I don’t think it’s going to be pretty, but you’ll fight it out.” This strong rebuke underscored Trump’s growing impatience with the prolonged conflict.

How American Media Covered the Trump-Zelenskyy Showdown

New York Times

The New York Times reported that the confrontation took on the tone of a “verbal brawl,” suggesting that Trump appeared to take offense on behalf of Russian President Vladimir Putin. According to the newspaper, Trump scolded Zelenskyy “for hostility toward the man who had invaded his country.”

During the exchange, Zelenskyy labeled Putin a “killer” and a “terrorist,” intensifying the already charged atmosphere. The publication further noted that “the verbal brawl in the Oval Office on Friday between President Trump and President Volodymyr Zelensky of Ukraine startled Washington, unnerved Europe, outraged Kyiv, and delighted Moscow.”

Another article in The New York Times ran under the headline: ‘JD Vance Positions Himself as Trump’s Attack Dog During Blowup With Zelensky’. The report claimed that Vice President Vance “ambushed” Zelenskyy, setting off a heated argument of a kind rarely seen in the Oval Office.

Washington Post

The Washington Post focused on the broader implications of the meeting, running a headline that read, “Fiery meeting with Zelensky upends Trump’s Russia-Ukraine peace deal.” The newspaper reported that the intense Oval Office exchange left U.S. officials offering conflicting statements about the future of a potential peace agreement. At the same time, European allies struggled to interpret the impact of the encounter.

The Washington Post noted that the heated discussion introduced fresh uncertainty about America’s role in brokering an end to the three-year war between Russia and Ukraine.

Fox News

Fox News secured an exclusive interview with Zelenskyy following what it described as an “explosive Oval Office press conference” on Friday.

In the interview, Zelenskyy attempted to clarify his position, stating, “It’s not about [being] mad.” He emphasized that his frustration with Trump’s administration stemmed from a series of controversial remarks made in the five weeks following Trump’s inauguration.

Zelenskyy specifically took issue with comments from U.S. officials about Ukraine’s situation. “[When you hear] president, vice president or somebody or senators — doesn’t matter, big politicians — when they, for example, say that Ukraine is almost destroyed, that our soldiers run away, that they are not heroes, that Ukraine lost millions of civilians, that his president is dictator. The reaction is that, where is our friendship between Ukraine and United States?” he asked.

Zelenskyy’s remarks highlighted the strain in relations between Kyiv and Washington, as well as his concerns about how Ukraine was being portrayed by American leaders.

Political Fallout and Global Reactions

The fiery exchange in the Oval Office sent shockwaves through the political landscape in both the United States and abroad. In Washington, lawmakers and analysts debated the significance of Trump’s remarks and his apparent ultimatum to Ukraine. Some viewed the confrontation as a sign of Trump’s willingness to cut U.S. support for Ukraine, while others saw it as a calculated effort to push Zelenskyy toward negotiations with Russia.

Meanwhile, in Europe, the confrontation left officials scrambling to assess its implications for the ongoing war. European leaders, many of whom have strongly backed Ukraine, expressed concern that Trump’s stance could weaken Kyiv’s position in future peace talks.

Moscow, on the other hand, reportedly welcomed the Oval Office dispute, viewing it as evidence of deepening divisions between Ukraine and its Western allies. Russian media outlets framed the clash as a sign of diminishing American support for Kyiv.

Trump’s Approach to the Ukraine Conflict

Trump has repeatedly signaled a different approach to the Ukraine war compared to the Biden administration. While President Joe Biden has prioritized military aid to Kyiv and taken a firm stance against Russia, Trump has emphasized negotiation and hinted at scaling back U.S. involvement.

His remarks to Zelenskyy, particularly the ultimatum to either reach a deal or face the war alone, reinforced his long-standing skepticism about America’s deep engagement in the conflict. Trump’s comments also suggested that he sees little benefit in prolonging U.S. aid to Ukraine without tangible results.

JD Vance’s strong rebuke of Zelenskyy further illustrated the Trump administration’s tough stance. As vice president, Vance has been vocal about re-evaluating U.S. commitments abroad, and his remarks during the meeting underscored the administration’s frustration with Kyiv’s resistance to negotiations.

Zelenskyy’s Dilemma and Ukraine’s Position

For Zelenskyy, the White House showdown presented a difficult challenge. As Ukraine’s leader, he has consistently called for unwavering Western support in the fight against Russia. However, Trump’s comments signaled a potential shift in U.S. policy, raising questions about Ukraine’s ability to maintain its current level of international backing.

Zelenskyy’s pointed remarks about U.S. officials questioning Ukraine’s resilience reflected his growing concerns about Washington’s commitment. His criticism of statements that painted Ukraine as weakened or leaderless suggested he fears a narrative shift that could undermine his country’s morale and international standing.

What Comes Next?

The explosive Oval Office encounter has left many unanswered questions about the future of U.S.-Ukraine relations and the broader geopolitical landscape.

Will Trump follow through on his warning to withdraw support if a peace deal is not reached? If so, what impact will this have on Ukraine’s ability to defend itself?

How will European allies respond if the U.S. takes a step back? And will Moscow attempt to capitalize on the apparent tensions between Washington and Kyiv?

As the dust settles from the heated confrontation, the world is watching closely to see what direction U.S. policy on Ukraine will take under Trump’s leadership. The Oval Office showdown may have been just a moment in time, but its repercussions could shape the future of the war and global diplomacy for months, if not years, to come.

Trump Administration’s Move to Control Press Pool Sparks Media Uproar

A dispute over a long-standing media practice in Washington has become a flashpoint in the broader struggle between the Trump administration and the press.

At the center of the controversy is the White House press pool, a rotating team of journalists who cover the president when it is not feasible for the entire press corps to be present. Traditionally, the White House Correspondents’ Association (WHCA) has overseen this arrangement—but that changed this week.

On Tuesday, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt announced that the administration would now decide which journalists would be part of the pool. She argued that the WHCA had unfairly maintained a “monopoly over the privilege of press access.”

Leavitt framed the move as an effort to modernize the press corps, stating it was designed to align with “the media habits of the American people in 2025, not 1925.” She added that the White House sought to “restore power to the American people who President Trump was elected to serve.”

However, the WHCA and press freedom advocates see this shift in starkly different terms.

Critics argue that the administration’s move is a deliberate attempt to exert control over media coverage of Trump, prioritizing outlets favorable to the administration while sidelining those that take a more independent stance.

WHCA President Eugene Daniels warned that the decision “tears at the independence of a free press in the United States.” He added, “It suggests the government will choose the journalists who cover the president. In a free country, leaders must not be able to choose their own press corps.”

This battle over the press pool is emblematic of a larger pattern in Trump’s approach to the media.

Trump played a key role in redefining the term “fake news,” which originally referred to deliberately misleading content spread on social media for profit. He repurposed the phrase to discredit critical reporting, turning it into a rallying cry against mainstream media.

Although most presidents have had conflicts with the press, Trump’s hostility stands out.

During his first term, he frequently branded the media as “enemies of the people.” On multiple occasions, he shared memes depicting violent attacks on CNN, one of his main media adversaries.

Now, just over a month into his second term, Trump is engaged in a legal battle with The Associated Press (AP). The dispute stems from the AP’s refusal to adopt Trump’s preferred terminology for a body of water bordering southern Louisiana, western Florida, and eastern Mexico.

For decades, it has been known as the Gulf of Mexico. However, Trump issued an executive order renaming it the Gulf of America.

The AP has refused to comply fully, citing its large international audience and journalistic standards. The agency stated that it would continue referring to the Gulf of Mexico while acknowledging Trump’s executive order.

This stance did not satisfy the administration, which responded by barring the AP from key events and excluding it from the press pool.

The AP has challenged the decision in court. While a judge recently denied its request for immediate reinstatement, a full hearing is scheduled for next month.

Meanwhile, another media controversy erupted on Wednesday when Trump misrepresented a dispute involving CBS’s “60 Minutes” and former Vice President Kamala Harris during last year’s campaign.

Trump has sued CBS over an edited quotation from Harris that he claims constituted election interference. Many journalists argue that the edit was a routine practice used to accommodate time constraints.

During remarks on Wednesday, Trump alleged that CBS had manipulated Harris’s statements. “They gave her an answer … And they wrote out a—they put her words from another question that was asked about a half an hour later, and they put that into the question,” he claimed.

CBS, however, has denied any wrongdoing, stating that Harris’s words were not taken out of context.

Despite these various disputes, much of the attention in Washington remains focused on the White House press pool.

The pool was created out of necessity due to space limitations. The entire White House press corps cannot fit into locations like the Oval Office or Air Force One. As a result, a smaller group of reporters takes turns covering events and provides updates to the rest of the media.

Participation in the pool often comes with significant travel costs, which can be prohibitive for journalists from smaller or independent outlets. Those who are included typically follow a rotating schedule that is assigned on a monthly, alphabetical basis.

Following Leavitt’s announcement, a new controversy emerged when HuffPost revealed that its reporter, S.V. Dáte, had been removed from the press pool rotation.

Dáte had been scheduled to cover the White House on Wednesday but was informed late the previous night—after 10 p.m.—that there was “no room” for him in the pool. However, Axios ultimately took his place.

An Axios spokesperson later told Politico that the outlet had been “unaware” of the circumstances under which it was given the assignment.

As tensions escalate, the dispute has sparked rare moments of media solidarity.

Conservative outlets such as Newsmax and Fox News have publicly supported the AP’s efforts to challenge the White House’s restrictions.

On Tuesday, Fox News Senior White House Correspondent Jacqui Heinrich issued a warning to right-wing social media users who cheered the Trump administration’s press pool decision.

“Just wait til a Dem admin plays that same game. You’ll hate it,” Heinrich posted on social media.

Saurabh Dwivedi Honored by FIA New England for Contributions to Journalism

Saurabh Dwivedi, Editor-in-Chief of The Lallan Top, was recognized by the Foundation of Indian-Americans (FIA) New England on February 16 for his remarkable contributions to journalism. The event, held in Quincy, Boston, served as a tribute to the renowned Indian journalist and his impactful work in the field.

During the event, Dwivedi announced the launch of his latest initiative, Pragyan, a platform aimed at supporting research scholars and fostering collaborative scholarly work. His commitment to intellectual growth was further highlighted when he shared a list of 20 essential books that have deeply influenced both his personal and professional journey.

Expressing gratitude for the recognition, Dwivedi emphasized the crucial role of media in bridging cultures and communities. He also acknowledged the contributions of the Indian diaspora in shaping global discussions and perspectives.

The event was organized under the leadership of FIA New England’s President Abhishek Singh, Vice President Rakesh Kavsari, Secretary Amol Penshanwar, and executives Anand Sharma, Manisha Kumar, and Sanjiv Tripathi. They extended a warm welcome to Dwivedi and honored him with a traditional shawl and a token of appreciation, recognizing his dedication to truth and quality journalism.

Speaking at the event, Singh praised Dwivedi’s transformative work, stating, “Mr. Dwivedi’s work at The Lallan Top has not only reshaped Indian journalism but has also made a profound impact globally, giving voice to the voiceless and tackling critical issues with compassion and depth.”

The gathering brought together members from diverse Indian-American communities, including representatives from Sankalp and Marathi Mandal. Among them was Sonali Jadhav, President of Marathi Mandal, accompanied by core team members Sandeep Jadhav and Vicky Jadhav, all of whom attended to honor the occasion.

The event also saw the presence of distinguished guests from across the country, such as Vikash Deshpande and Krishna Gudipati from Washington, D.C., and Ravi Kumar from New York. Local community members, including Vinay Prashad, Sunny, and Ishwar, were also in attendance.

As the event concluded, heartfelt gratitude was expressed by Rahul Gholap and Neeraj, who highlighted the significance of the gathering in strengthening bonds within the Indian-American community.

Supreme Court Grants Ranveer Allahbadia Interim Relief but Imposes Gag Order

The Supreme Court on Tuesday provided interim protection from arrest to podcaster-influencer Ranveer Allahbadia in connection with FIRs filed against him for remarks made on a YouTube show.

However, a Bench consisting of Justices Surya Kant and N K Singh imposed strict conditions, including a prohibition on Allahbadia and his associates from airing any content on social media until further orders.

Additionally, the Supreme Court sought the assistance of the Attorney General of India in the next hearing to address the “vacuum” in the regulation of online content.

While the court’s relief prevents Allahbadia’s immediate arrest, the imposition of a gag order raises concerns regarding free speech. This restriction contradicts a previous Supreme Court ruling, which held that such a condition could have a “chilling effect on the freedom of speech.”

Petitioner’s Plea for Protection

Allahbadia had approached the Supreme Court seeking to merge multiple FIRs filed against him and requesting an interim order preventing his arrest.

Effectively, this request was similar to an anticipatory bail plea, which is commonly filed under Article 32 of the Constitution to ensure the protection of fundamental rights and prevent arbitrary police action.

The practice of registering multiple FIRs in different locations for the same alleged offense has been recognized in numerous cases as a constraint on personal liberty.

Courts generally consolidate such FIRs or allow proceedings to continue under just one, staying the others to prevent the accused from being required to appear in multiple courts. Ultimately, even if convicted, the accused would serve a common sentence rather than consecutive ones.

Supreme Court’s Gag Order on Ranveer Allahbadia

The Supreme Court stayed FIRs filed against Allahbadia in Jaipur and Guwahati and also restrained the registration of any future FIRs based on the same allegations. It further permitted him to approach the police for protection in case of any threats.

However, the court imposed two key conditions: first, Allahbadia was required to surrender his passport to prevent him from leaving the country; second, it directed that “he or his associates shall not air any show on YouTube or any other audio/video visual mode of communication till further orders.”

Conditions for Bail

Under Section 438(2) of the Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC), the High Court or the Court of Sessions may grant conditional bail, depending on the circumstances of the case.

For instance, requiring an accused to deposit their passport is a measure to mitigate the risk of flight. Bail may also involve a substantial monetary bond to ensure that the accused cooperates with the investigation. Another frequent requirement is for the accused to report periodically to a designated police officer.

In some cases, courts have imposed stringent bail conditions, such as sharing a live Google Maps location or residing in a specific locality. In a 2023 case, where an accused was required to deposit an excessive sum of money to obtain bail, the Supreme Court criticized the practice, stating that imposing such conditions was akin to “selling bail.”

“How many times have you stood in the Supreme Court and High Court objecting to such onerous conditions? How can we start selling bail like this?” a Bench led by Justice Ravindra Bhat had remarked.

Despite the range of bail conditions imposed in various cases, a gag order as a prerequisite for interim relief is unusual. Such an order constitutes a form of prior restraint—where speech or expression is prohibited before it takes place.

Indian legal precedent generally prohibits the state from enacting prior restraint laws. In hate speech cases, courts may prohibit the accused from making similar statements, but such restrictions are usually narrowly defined to avoid excessive interference with free speech.

Previous Supreme Court Ruling on Gag Orders

In 2022, while granting bail to Alt News co-founder Mohammed Zubair, a three-judge Supreme Court Bench led by Justice D Y Chandrachud rejected the Uttar Pradesh government’s request to bar him from tweeting while out on bail.

“Merely because the complaints… arise from posts that were made by him on a social media platform, a blanket anticipatory order preventing him from tweeting cannot be made. A blanket order directing the petitioner to not express his opinion—an opinion that he is rightfully entitled to hold…—would be disproportionate to the purpose of imposing conditions on bail. The imposition of such a condition would tantamount to a gag order against the petitioner. Gag orders have a chilling effect on the freedom of speech,” the court observed.

The court further emphasized that Zubair needed access to social media as a medium of communication for his profession, stating that a gag order would “amount to an unjustified violation of the freedom of speech and expression, and the freedom to practice his profession.”

Is Handwriting Becoming a Lost Art for Generation Z?

In our increasingly digital age, handwriting seems to be fading into obscurity, particularly among Generation Z, those born between the late 1990s and early 2010s. This generational shift raises questions about the future of communication and cognitive development. A recent study from the University of Stavanger has shed light on this phenomenon, revealing that nearly 40% of Gen Z are losing proficiency in handwritten communication—a skill that has been a cornerstone of human interaction for over 5,500 years.

The Impact of Technology

The dominance of digital technology has profoundly altered how we communicate. Platforms such as WhatsApp and Instagram promote rapid, concise exchanges using abbreviations and emojis, making traditional handwriting less common among younger people. Whether for schoolwork or professional tasks, keyboards and touchscreens have become the norm, leading to a decline in the need for pen-and-paper skills.

Experts suggest that Generation Z could become the first generation to miss out on mastering functional handwriting entirely. This trend isn’t merely about convenience; it signals deeper changes in how we process information and connect with one another. As digital communication takes precedence, the personalized nature of handwritten notes is gradually disappearing.

The Cognitive Importance of Handwriting

Handwriting plays a crucial role in brain development, engaging areas of the brain in ways that typing cannot. Studies show that handwriting is closely linked to key cognitive functions such as memory retention and comprehension. Unlike typing, writing by hand requires fine motor skills and sustained focus, which reinforces learning and improves mental agility.

However, reports from universities and Turkish newspaper Türkiye Todayindicate that many Gen Z students find handwritten tasks daunting. These students often struggle to produce legible or coherent handwriting due to lack of practice. According to the reports, they feel “bewildered” when asked to write neatly, resulting in scribbles that are hard to decipher.

What Educators Observe

Professor NedretKiliceri has observed that many college students today lack even basic handwriting proficiency. She notes a preference for brief, disjointed sentences that resemble social media posts more than well-structured paragraphs. “It’s increasingly common to see students arrive at university without pens,” she explains, emphasizing their reliance on keyboards for note-taking and assignments.

The influence of social media further compounds this issue. Platforms like Twitter, which prioritize brevity and immediacy, shape how young people communicate not only online but also in person. This trend towards short, fragmented expression has a lasting impact on their ability to write thoughtfully and at length.

Broader Implications for Communication

The decline in handwriting skills extends beyond personal notes and letters, influencing how Generation Z perceives and interacts with the world. Handwriting has historically been associated with deliberate, meaningful communication, standing in stark contrast to the hurried, impersonal nature of digital texts.

The question arises: can Generation Z balance their digital lifestyles with the preservation of handwriting, an age-old skill integral to cultural heritage? The answer to this question will shape the future of global communication and cultural understanding.

Blending Old and New

As this transitional period continues, it becomes vital for educators, parents, and policymakers to find ways to integrate digital fluency with traditional skills like handwriting. Incorporating both into educational frameworks could ensure that future generations retain essential cognitive abilities while adapting to technological advancements.

Revisiting the importance of handwriting may also inspire a renewed appreciation for its role in fostering deeper human connections, even as we navigate an increasingly digital landscape.

TikTok Restores Service in the U.S. Following Temporary Shutdown Amid Ban Concerns

TikTok announced on Sunday that it is working to restore access to its platform in the United States, less than a day after suspending service in anticipation of a potential ban. The shutdown occurred in response to a law requiring TikTok’s parent company, ByteDance, to divest from the app or face a ban, which took effect on Sunday.

“In agreement with our service providers, TikTok is in the process of restoring service,” the company stated in a message shared on the social platform X.

The statement also expressed gratitude toward President Donald Trump, saying, “We thank President Trump for providing the necessary clarity and assurance to our service providers that they will face no penalties providing TikTok to over 170 million Americans and allowing over 7 million small businesses to thrive.”

TikTok characterized the move as a victory for free speech, adding, “It’s a strong stand for the First Amendment and against arbitrary censorship. We will work with President Trump on a long-term solution that keeps TikTok in the United States.”

By 1 p.m. ET on Sunday, the platform was operational again, although it had yet to reappear on the Apple App Store and Google Play Store. Users in the U.S. were greeted with a message on the app that read, “Welcome back! Thanks for your patience and support. As a result of President Trump’s efforts, TikTok is back in the U.S.! You can continue to create, share, and discover all the things you love on TikTok.”

Trump’s Role in TikTok’s Reinstatement

President Trump, who is set to take office on Monday, posted on Truth Social that he had urged companies “not to let TikTok stay dark” and would issue an executive order to extend the app’s operations in the U.S.

The shutdown was initiated late Saturday night, just before the law mandating ByteDance’s divestment went into effect. The Supreme Court had earlier rejected TikTok’s legal challenge to the law on Friday, ruling that it did not violate the First Amendment. Despite this, the Biden administration declined to enforce the law, leaving its implementation to the incoming Trump administration.

TikTok had warned on Friday that it would “go dark” unless President Joe Biden intervened, citing the lack of “necessary clarity and assurance to the service providers.” However, the Biden administration dismissed the platform’s warnings as a “stunt.”

ByteDance Faces Continued Pressure

While TikTok has temporarily resolved the immediate threat of a U.S. ban, its parent company, ByteDance, still faces significant pressure to divest its ownership of the app. President Trump himself has emphasized the importance of a new ownership structure.

In a Sunday post, Trump stated, “Without U.S. approval, there is no TikTok. With our approval, it is worth hundreds of billions of dollars – maybe trillions.” He proposed a joint venture between ByteDance, potential new owners, and the U.S. government, suggesting that the U.S. should hold a 50% ownership stake.

“My initial thought is a joint venture between the current owners and/or new owners whereby the U.S. gets a 50% ownership in a joint venture set up between the U.S. and whichever purchase we so choose,” he explained.

Support from Tech Leaders

As Trump prepares to assume office on Monday, he will be joined by prominent tech leaders, including Tesla CEO Elon Musk, Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, and Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg. TikTok CEO Shou Zi Chew, who visited Trump at Mar-a-Lago last month, is also expected to attend the inauguration.

Chew expressed gratitude to Trump after Friday’s Supreme Court ruling, saying, “Thank you for your commitment to finding a solution to keep TikTok available.”

Although TikTok’s immediate future in the U.S. has been secured, ByteDance’s path forward remains uncertain, with divestment still looming as a key issue. As the Trump administration takes charge, negotiations are likely to continue over TikTok’s ownership and its role in the American market.

Trump Seeks Solution to Keep TikTok Operational Amid Legal and Ownership Challenges

President-elect Donald Trump plans to ensure TikTok remains accessible in the United States if a viable resolution is reached before the app faces a ban, according to his incoming national security adviser. This comes as the app’s Chinese owner, ByteDance, approaches a critical deadline to divest its U.S. operations.

Mike Waltz, a Republican representative from Florida, stated on Fox News, “We will put measures in place to keep TikTok from going dark.” Waltz highlighted that the law permits a 90-day extension for ByteDance to finalize the divestiture process. “As long as a viable deal is on the table, that essentially buys President Trump time to keep TikTok going,” he added.

The ban on TikTok, which serves over 170 million monthly U.S. users, is scheduled to take effect unless the app’s ownership changes hands by January 19. Waltz noted that if the Supreme Court upholds the law enforcing the ban, Trump would step in to address the situation.

In its final days, the Biden administration is also reportedly exploring ways to prevent TikTok from disappearing. NBC News reported that discussions are ongoing regarding measures to maintain TikTok’s availability for American users.

ByteDance announced plans to shut down the app for U.S. users by Sunday unless a resolution is reached. Meanwhile, The New York Times revealed that Trump is contemplating an executive order to allow TikTok to continue operating temporarily despite the legal ban. However, uncertainties remain regarding whether the president has the authority to issue such an order, given the congressional requirements for divestiture.

A coalition of U.S. lawmakers is advocating for a 270-day extension to avert the ban, warning that its implementation could harm Americans who depend on TikTok for their livelihoods. Karoline Leavitt, a spokesperson for Trump’s transition team, emphasized the president’s commitment to finding a resolution, stating, “President Trump has repeatedly expressed his desire to save TikTok, and there’s no better deal maker than Donald Trump.”

According to Reuters, President Joe Biden has no intention of intervening to block the ban if the Supreme Court fails to act during his final days in office. Biden’s legal capacity to intervene is restricted unless ByteDance presents a credible plan to divest TikTok. The law, enacted in April, mandates a ban on new TikTok downloads from app stores operated by Apple and Google if ByteDance fails to complete its divestiture.

For users who already have TikTok installed, the app would remain operational theoretically. However, the law prohibits U.S. companies from supporting the app’s distribution, maintenance, or updates once the ban is in effect.

The president has the option to delay the ban for 90 days by certifying to Congress that substantial progress has been made toward divestiture and that binding legal agreements are in place for completion within the three-month period.

Separately, TikTok CEO Shou Zi Chew is reportedly scheduled to attend the U.S. presidential inauguration on January 20 as a high-profile guest invited by Trump, according to a source cited by Reuters.

The U.S. Supreme Court is currently deliberating whether to uphold the law enforcing the ban, overturn it, or pause its implementation to allow more time for review.

Privately owned ByteDance’s structure is notable, with institutional investors like BlackRock and General Atlantic holding approximately 60%, while the company’s founders and employees each hold 20%. ByteDance employs more than 7,000 people in the United States.

This situation underscores the complexities surrounding TikTok’s fate, with its widespread popularity clashing with national security concerns and legal constraints. Both the outgoing and incoming administrations are navigating uncharted territory to balance these competing priorities.

Meta’s Shift Away from Fact-Checking Sparks Concerns Over Misinformation

“Everyone is entitled to his own opinion, but not his own facts,” wrote the late New York Senator Daniel Patrick Moynihan four decades ago. His words resonate today, albeit in a vastly different media landscape, as Meta recently announced its decision to end its fact-checking program on Facebook, Instagram, and Threads. This move has sparked debates about the consequences for the quest for truth in an era of rampant misinformation.

Meta founder Mark Zuckerberg’s announcement, viewed by many in news verification circles as a nod to president-elect Donald Trump, carries significant implications. Trump’s first presidency famously introduced the term “alternative facts,” and this latest development seems to align with the normalization of subjective truths. In place of the traditional fact-checking initiative, Meta plans to implement a “community notes” system. Inspired by X (formerly Twitter), this system relies on platform users to identify and correct misinformation, effectively crowdsourcing truth.

The shift marks a departure from Meta’s previous commitment to fact-based verification, raising concerns about its potential to amplify loud, persuasive voices rather than promote accuracy. This approach resembles what critics call “he said-she said” journalism, where falsehoods are left to be challenged by opponents rather than fact-checked by journalists.

For the fact-checking industry, the moment represents a significant turning point. The industry, already grappling with challenges, faces diminished influence, especially as Trump prepares to begin his second term as president.

Angie Drobnic Holan, director of the International Fact-Checking Network (IFCN), expressed her apprehension about Meta’s decision. “In the short term, this is bad news for people who want to go on social media to find trustworthy and accurate information,” she explained. Established in 2015 with around 50 members, the IFCN has since grown to 170 members worldwide. However, many of these organizations may now face budget cuts or even closure due to Meta’s policy change.

Holan emphasized the uncertainty surrounding the long-term impact of this shift. “In the long term, I think it’s very uncertain what this will all mean,” she noted, pointing to the potential ramifications for both the fact-checking community and the broader ecosystem of online information.

Meta’s decision has rekindled debates about the role of social media platforms in regulating content and ensuring accuracy. As the fact-checking industry navigates these challenges, questions linger about whether the public can rely on community-driven solutions to distinguish truth from falsehood.

Supreme Court Weighs TikTok Ban Over National Security Concerns

In a critical session, the U.S. Supreme Court seems inclined to uphold the controversial ban on TikTok due to concerns over its connection to China. During over two hours of oral arguments, justices voiced skepticism about whether the law that mandates TikTok’s Chinese parent company, ByteDance, divest from the platform truly raises First Amendment concerns. Instead, they appeared to view the law as an effort to control potential foreign influence on an app used by millions of Americans.

The law, passed by Congress in April, would restrict TikTok’s operations in the U.S. unless ByteDance sells the app. Set to take effect on January 19, it could be blocked temporarily by the Court if justices intervene. A decision could come swiftly, before the Court addresses the broader issue of free speech protections related to the app.

Both former President Donald Trump and current President Joe Biden have expressed concerns about TikTok’s data collection practices and the potential for content manipulation. TikTok has strongly rejected these claims, arguing they are speculative and denying that the Chinese government controls what content appears on the app. The following are key takeaways from the oral arguments:

Roberts Questions First Amendment Relevance

The majority of justices expressed doubt about whether the First Amendment even applies in this case. Chief Justice John Roberts questioned TikTok’s argument, emphasizing that Congress was focused not on restricting expression but on addressing the national security risk posed by the app’s connection to a foreign adversary. “They’re not fine with a foreign adversary, as they’ve determined it is, gathering all this information about the 170 million people who use TikTok,” Roberts said.

Roberts further probed TikTok’s lawyer, questioning whether there was any precedent for striking down a law that regulates a company’s corporate structure based on First Amendment grounds. Justice Elena Kagan echoed these concerns, suggesting that the law targets a foreign company that doesn’t have First Amendment rights. “The law is only targeted at this foreign corporation, which doesn’t have First Amendment rights,” Kagan noted.

Kavanaugh Highlights National Security Risks

Justice Brett Kavanaugh and other conservative justices appeared more focused on national security concerns, a domain where the Court has traditionally deferred to the other branches of government. Solicitor General Elizabeth Prelogar, representing the Biden administration, argued that TikTok’s vast data collection on Americans posed a significant national security threat. “For years, the Chinese government has sought to build detailed profiles about Americans – where we live and work, who our friends and coworkers are, what our interests are and what our vices are,” Prelogar said.

Kavanaugh seemed particularly swayed by these arguments, stressing that the information TikTok collects could be used for espionage or blackmail. “China was accessing information about millions of Americans – tens of millions of Americans – including teenagers, people in their twenties,” Kavanaugh said. He expressed concerns that this data could be exploited by China to manipulate individuals in positions of power, such as future members of the FBI or the CIA.

Gorsuch and Kagan Express Concerns About Ban

Justice Neil Gorsuch, who often champions First Amendment rights, raised concerns about the sweeping nature of the ban. He suggested that the appropriate remedy for problematic speech might not be a ban but rather counter-speech or a warning label. “Don’t we normally assume that the best remedy for problematic speech is counter speech?” Gorsuch asked. He further noted that TikTok had proposed a solution, saying the platform could add a disclaimer indicating potential Chinese manipulation.

Gorsuch also posed a hypothetical scenario to the Court, questioning whether the government could shut down a foreign-owned newspaper on the same grounds. Prelogar countered that social media platforms like TikTok differ from traditional media because of their interactive nature, where users are influenced by algorithms rather than receiving one-way communication, as with newspapers.

Justice Kagan also voiced concerns, drawing parallels to the U.S. government’s historical tolerance of foreign propaganda. She referred to the Cold War era, when communist propaganda potentially tied to the Soviet Union was freely distributed in the U.S. “You know, in the mid-20th century, we were very concerned about the Soviet Union, and what the Soviet Union was doing in this country,” Kagan remarked, questioning whether Congress would have been right to demand the Communist Party sever ties with the Soviet Union at the time.

TikTok’s Future on January 19

Unless the Supreme Court intervenes, TikTok is set to be banned in the U.S. starting January 19. TikTok’s attorney, Noel Francisco, stated that the app would “go dark” if the law takes effect, with the potential for the app to be removed from app stores and no longer accessible for new downloads. While current users could still access the app, it would become increasingly vulnerable to bugs and security issues due to a lack of updates from the app stores. Francisco, a former solicitor general, warned of far-reaching consequences for service providers that continue to support TikTok in violation of the law.

However, even if the Court upholds the ban, there remains uncertainty about TikTok’s future. Francisco noted that former President Trump, who once expressed support for saving TikTok, could potentially alter the timeline for the divestiture requirement, particularly after January 19. “It is possible that come January 20th, 21st, 22nd, we might be in a different world,” Francisco said.

Trump’s Influence on the Case

Despite not being in office at the time of the arguments, former President Trump made his influence felt by filing a brief urging the Court to delay the ban’s implementation so that he could negotiate with TikTok. Justice Samuel Alito asked whether the Court could grant an administrative stay to pause the law’s implementation. Prelogar acknowledged that the Court had the authority to do so but emphasized that the case had been fully briefed and argued.

As the arguments concluded, Justice Sonia Sotomayor raised concerns about companies relying on promises from a president-elect to ignore laws. “I am a little concerned that a suggestion that the president-elect or anyone else would not enforce the law, when a law is in effect and is prohibitive of certain action, that a company would choose to ignore enforcement on any assurance, other than a change in that law,” she warned.

In conclusion, the justices’ questions and concerns during Friday’s oral arguments suggest a strong possibility that the Court may uphold the TikTok ban due to national security risks. With the law set to take effect on January 19, TikTok’s future in the U.S. hangs in the balance, and the Court’s decision could have lasting implications for the intersection of national security and free speech.

TikTok Seeks Emergency Supreme Court Ruling to Delay U.S. Ban

TikTok filed an emergency appeal at the Supreme Court on Monday, requesting the justices to delay a law that mandates the video-sharing platform either divest from its Chinese parent company or face a nationwide ban. The company is asking the court to postpone the January 19 deadline until the justices can address TikTok’s First Amendment concerns in their regular docket.

In the application, TikTok’s legal team argued, “The Act will shutter one of America’s most popular speech platforms the day before a presidential inauguration. This, in turn, will silence the speech of Applicants and the many Americans who use the platform to communicate about politics, commerce, arts, and other matters of public concern.”

The appeal is directed to Chief Justice John Roberts, who handles emergency cases from the D.C. Circuit. Roberts can either decide the matter on his own or refer it to the full Supreme Court for a vote. TikTok has requested that the court act by January 6, which is about two weeks before the potential ban could take effect, to give app stores and internet hosting providers sufficient time to comply, if necessary.

TikTok’s appeal comes after the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit rejected the company’s legal challenge to the law and refused to extend the deadline until TikTok had exhausted its appeals process.

In addition to TikTok’s request, several content creators who use the platform also filed a petition with the Supreme Court, asking it to block the law’s implementation. These creators had previously filed alongside TikTok at the D.C. Circuit, and both cases were considered together. “Even a temporary shutdown of TikTok will cause permanent harm to applicants — a representative group of Americans who use TikTok to speak, associate, and listen — as well as the public at large,” the creators’ legal team stated in their filing.

The law in question, which was passed with broad bipartisan support in Congress and signed by President Biden in April, gives ByteDance, TikTok’s parent company based in China, about nine months to sell off its stake in the app or face a ban from U.S. networks and app stores. TikTok has argued that the law infringes on the free speech rights of both the company and its content creators. However, a lower court dismissed these claims along with several other constitutional arguments presented by TikTok.

The D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals upheld the law, stating that it meets the “high bar” required for constitutional challenges. The court emphasized that the law’s significant effects were justified by national security concerns, specifically regarding TikTok’s connections to China. The ruling indicated that the government’s concerns over national security outweighed TikTok’s constitutional challenges.

Although the Supreme Court rarely grants emergency relief, TikTok’s lawyers are hopeful that the case represents one of the rare instances where such relief will be granted. According to an analysis by The Hill, only two of more than two dozen emergency appeals have been successful this term. TikTok’s legal team pointed out the court’s longstanding commitment to protecting free speech, noting, “The Supreme Court has an established record of upholding Americans’ right to free speech.” The company further stated, “Today, we are asking the Court to do what it has traditionally done in free speech cases: apply the most rigorous scrutiny to speech bans and conclude that it violates the First Amendment.”

TikTok contends that there is no immediate threat to national security, making a delay reasonable. The company highlighted that President-elect Donald Trump had expressed support for TikTok, which further bolstered its argument for a delay. “An interim injunction is also appropriate because it will give the incoming Administration time to determine its position, as the President-elect and his advisors have voiced support for saving TikTok,” TikTok’s application read.

President Trump had opposed the divest-or-ban law during his campaign, pledging to “save TikTok” if elected. However, since his victory, the president-elect has not provided specific details regarding his plans to protect the platform. When asked on Monday whether he would take action to prevent the ban from going into effect, Trump indicated he would “take a look.” He remarked, “I have a warm spot in my heart for TikTok,” adding that he had “won youth by 34 points” and suggesting that TikTok played a role in that success.

The issue surrounding TikTok has drawn significant attention due to its potential impact on free speech and national security. The platform, which has amassed millions of users in the U.S., serves as a major avenue for communication, creativity, and expression. The law requiring TikTok to divest from its Chinese ownership stems from concerns that the app could be used for surveillance by the Chinese government, though TikTok has repeatedly denied such allegations.

In the event that the law takes effect, it could force TikTok to either sell off its operations in the U.S. or face removal from app stores, effectively making it unavailable to millions of users. This would have far-reaching consequences for both content creators and consumers who use the platform for various purposes, including politics, business, and entertainment.

The Supreme Court’s decision to intervene could have significant implications not only for TikTok but for the broader issue of free speech in the digital age. The case raises important questions about the balance between national security concerns and the protection of constitutional rights. The outcome could set a precedent for how the U.S. government can regulate foreign-owned technology platforms in the future, especially those that have a substantial user base and influence over public discourse.

As TikTok continues to press its legal battle, the outcome remains uncertain, with the company striving to delay the law until it can fully present its First Amendment arguments before the Supreme Court. The potential ban, which looms just weeks away, has sparked intense debate over the role of social media in modern society and the rights of users to communicate freely online. With both legal and political forces at play, the situation is far from resolved, and all eyes will be on the Supreme Court as it considers whether to take action in this high-profile case.

U.S. Appeals Court Upholds Law Mandating ByteDance to Divest TikTok or Face Ban

A U.S. federal appeals court on Friday upheld a law that mandates Chinese-based ByteDance to sell its widely-used short video app TikTok in the U.S. by early next year or face a ban. This ruling marks a significant victory for the Justice Department and critics of the Chinese-owned app, presenting a severe setback for ByteDance. The decision raises the likelihood of an unprecedented ban on TikTok, which is used by 170 million Americans, in just six weeks.

In response to the ruling, TikTok has announced plans to appeal to the Supreme Court.

The appeals court’s support for the law highlights bipartisan backing, with both Republican and Democratic lawmakers and two U.S. presidents agreeing that the law is part of a larger effort to counter a national security threat posed by the People’s Republic of China (PRC). The Justice Department has expressed concerns that under Chinese ownership, TikTok could misuse its access to vast amounts of personal data of U.S. citizens and manipulate the content consumed by Americans.

Attorney General Merrick Garland stated that the decision is “an important step in blocking the Chinese government from weaponizing TikTok.”

On the other hand, the Chinese Embassy in Washington condemned the law as “a blatant act of commercial robbery” and cautioned the U.S. to handle the case with care to avoid damaging mutual trust between the two nations and harming bilateral relations.

The ruling comes amid escalating trade tensions between the U.S. and China. Recently, the Biden administration imposed new restrictions on China’s chip industry, and in retaliation, Beijing placed a ban on the export of gallium, germanium, and antimony to the U.S.

The decision by U.S. appeals court judges Sri Srinivasan, Neomi Rao, and Douglas Ginsburg rejected legal challenges from TikTok and its users. The law requires ByteDance to divest TikTok’s U.S. assets by January 19 or face a ban.

TikTok CEO Shou Zi Chew expressed disappointment over the ruling but affirmed the company’s commitment to defending free speech. “While today’s news is disappointing, rest assured we will continue the fight to protect free speech on our platform,” Chew said in an email to staff.

Free speech advocates were quick to criticize the court’s ruling. The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) decried the potential TikTok ban, stating, “Banning TikTok blatantly violates the First Amendment rights of millions of Americans who use this app to express themselves and communicate with people around the world.”

The court’s analysis highlighted concerns over China’s potential influence over U.S. public discourse through TikTok, emphasizing that China’s ability to manipulate information undermines fundamental free speech principles. The court argued that the First Amendment prevents the U.S. government from exercising similar control over social media platforms within its borders.

This decision, unless overturned by the Supreme Court, places TikTok’s future in the hands of President Joe Biden, who will need to decide whether to grant a 90-day extension for ByteDance to divest TikTok, a decision that will take effect before Donald Trump’s inauguration. However, it remains uncertain whether ByteDance could prove that it has made significant progress toward a sale, and whether the Chinese government would approve the transaction.

Trump, who attempted to ban TikTok during his first term in 2020, has already stated before the November presidential election that he would not allow a TikTok ban. The law also grants the U.S. government sweeping powers to ban other foreign-owned apps over concerns about the collection of Americans’ data, which could pave the way for further actions against other foreign social media platforms. In 2020, Trump also tried to ban Tencent-owned WeChat, but the courts blocked that attempt.

If TikTok is banned, advertisers would be forced to find alternative platforms for their ads. This prospect sent shares of Meta Platforms, a competitor to TikTok in the online ad space, to an intraday record high, closing up by 2.4%. Google’s parent company, Alphabet, which competes with TikTok through its YouTube platform, also saw a 1.25% increase in its stock price.

The ruling, penned by Judge Ginsburg, a Ronald Reagan appointee, and supported by Judges Rao, a Trump appointee, and Srinivasan, an Obama appointee, acknowledged the significant consequences of the decision. The court explained that its ruling would lead to TikTok’s ban on January 19 unless an extension is granted. ByteDance, valued at $268 billion in December 2023, has received backing from investors such as Sequoia Capital and KKR & Co. It recently offered to repurchase $5 billion worth of shares from investors.

The law also prohibits app stores like Apple and Google from offering TikTok, and bars internet hosting services from supporting the app unless ByteDance divests TikTok by the deadline.

Apple and Google declined to comment on the ruling, with Apple not responding to a request for comment.

Judge Srinivasan, in a concurring opinion, noted the profound impact of the ruling, especially considering TikTok’s extensive reach in the U.S. “170 million Americans use TikTok to create and view all sorts of free expression and engage with one another and the world,” Srinivasan wrote. “And yet, in part precisely because of the platform’s expansive reach, Congress and multiple Presidents determined that divesting it from China’s control is essential to protect our national security.”

Indica News founder Ritu Jha wins fifth Journalistic Excellence Award

The prestigious Journalistic Excellence Award was bestowed upon Indica News founder and editor, Ritu Jha, during an event on December 4 by the San Francisco Press Club. Jha won the award in the Digital Media category.

The award recognizes the best stories published between January 2023 through June 2024, and is considered one of the most prestigious awards in the San Francisco Bay Area. This year, over 798 entries were submitted by various media outlets.

Her story, ‘How Indian American Tej Gundavelli’s Touch-A-Life is changing communities, one nonprofit at a time’, won the third place in the Digital Media—Business/Technology category at the San Francisco Press Club 47th Annual Greater Bay Area Journalism Awards function held at The Julia Morgan Ballroom in San Francisco.

“I am honored and pleased to win this award. It encourages you to work hard and stay focused,” said Jha after the awards function. “I would like to thank the jury, readers, subscribers, and the supporting community for having faith in indica.”

This is Jha’s fifth win at the San Francisco Press Club’s Annual Greater Bay Area Journalism Awards.

The competing media outlets include:

National/International: Associated Press, The Athletic, BBC, Bloomberg, CBS News, El Tecolote, Epoch Times, Financial Times, Fox News, Gizmodo, Indica News, Insider, LinkedIn News, MarketWatch, Mashable, Politico, Re/Code, Reuters, The Nation, The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal, Univision, USA Today, VentureBeat.

Local print/online: Contra Costa Times, Mission Local, Oakland Tribune, Palo Alto Daily Post, Sacramento Bee, San Francisco Chronicle, SF Gate, San Francisco Business Journal, San Francisco Bay Times, San Francisco Standard, San Jose Mercury News, Silicon Valley Business Journal, Bay City News.

TV: KBWB, KCSM, KICU, KGO, KNTV, KOFY, KPIX, KRON, KSTS, KTVU.

Radio: KALW, KFTY, KHMB, KPFA, KQED, KSFO, Sing Tao Chinese Radio.

Source Credit: indica News

Reshma Saujani’s Podcast Earns Spot Among TIME’s Top 10 of 2024

Indian American activist and Girls Who Code founder Reshma Saujani has achieved another milestone as her podcast, My So-Called Midlife, ranked eighth on TIME’s list of the 10 best podcasts of 2024. The podcast has been lauded for its honest exploration of the challenges women face during midlife and for providing practical advice to navigate this transformative stage of life.

Produced in partnership with Lemonada Media, My So-Called Midlife delves into the crises, monotony, and restlessness often accompanying midlife transitions. The podcast features prominent guests who share insights and strategies for overcoming the struggles of this life phase. Early episodes have hosted notable figures such as actress Julia Louis-Dreyfus, economist Emily Oster, and Supreme Court Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson.

Through their conversations, guests provide guidance on navigating a pivotal time in life when, as the show describes, “kids are leaving the home, careers stall, and the body begins to shift.” The podcast creates a supportive and engaging space for listeners who may feel adrift in this often-overlooked stage of adulthood.

TIME magazine noted that Saujani draws inspiration from fellow Lemonada podcaster Julia Louis-Dreyfus, who hosts Wiser Than Me, a show dedicated to insights from women in their 70s and older. However, what sets Saujani’s podcast apart, according to TIME, is its “almost pleading vulnerability.” Saujani openly seeks advice on how to endure and thrive in midlife, making the show relatable and deeply personal for her audience.

In response to the recognition, Saujani expressed her gratitude and joy. “This is truly the best gift, and acknowledgement that women in midlife are finally getting the spotlight we deserve,” she said.

She also reflected on the transformative journey of creating the podcast. “While I’m still a work in progress, I’m excited to go on this journey with an entire community of listeners. Thank you all for being along for the ride. I hope it helps you as much as it is helping me.”

Saujani’s podcast stands out not only for its engaging content but also for its broader mission of amplifying women’s voices and experiences. By being recognized alongside well-established programs like 99 Percent Invisible, My So-Called Midlife underscores Saujani’s ongoing dedication to fostering platforms that empower women.

With this podcast, Reshma Saujani continues to inspire and guide her audience, proving that midlife is a time for growth, connection, and self-discovery.

Google Plans New Privacy Feature for Gmail: ‘Shielded Email’ Takes Aim at Spam

Google is advancing its efforts to bridge the privacy and security gap between Android and iPhone ecosystems. In a surprising move, the tech giant is reportedly developing a new feature for Gmail’s two billion users that could fundamentally change how email is used and protected from spam and unwanted contact.

Apple’s “Hide My Email” feature allows users to mask their personal email addresses, protecting them from data brokers who compile and sell email lists. These lists fuel spam and telemarketing campaigns, which have become a persistent nuisance. Google appears to be taking a similar route. According to Android Authority, “Gmail is an absolute champ at filtering out spam, but every time you share your email with someone even a little bit shady, do you feel like you’re playing with fire and risking a whole bunch of unwanted contact? Google may just have a solution in the works, at least by the looks of our latest teardown.”

Apple’s “Hide My Email” provides users with randomly generated email addresses that forward messages to their primary inbox. Apple explains, “With Hide My Email, you can generate unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal email account, so you don’t have to share your real email address when filling out forms or signing up for newsletters on the web, or when sending email.” This feature integrates seamlessly with Apple’s Mail and Safari apps, allowing users to send emails directly from these masked addresses and effortlessly generate aliases when prompted to input an email in Safari forms.

Google’s take on this concept, reportedly called “Shielded Email,” was uncovered during a teardown of the latest Google Play Services APK version 24.45.33. Android Authority revealed, “Upon cracking it open, we found a whole boatload of strings referencing and in support of something called ‘Shielded Email.’” This feature would enable the creation of single-use or limited-use email aliases that forward emails to a primary Gmail account. While similar to Apple’s feature, Google seems to be focusing on integrating Shielded Email into Android apps that request email addresses, indicating its specific application in the Play Services ecosystem.

Although Shielded Email could potentially expand beyond Gmail, its full functionality will likely be limited to Gmail accounts, where Google retains direct control over its implementation. This approach mirrors Apple’s strategy with iCloud but adapts it for the Android environment. Such a feature could greatly benefit the majority of Android users, who often rely on Gmail as their primary email service.

The potential addition of Shielded Email aligns with Google’s ongoing security updates, such as real-time threat detection and spam call warnings. If successful, Shielded Email could enhance Android’s privacy standards, much like Apple’s Hide My Email has done for iOS users. “This is a laudable move on Google’s part, and if it catches on as Apple’s Hide My Email has done, then it is a huge improvement for Android users, most of which will have one or more Gmail addresses associated with their accounts,” noted Android Authority.

Further details about Shielded Email hint at its possible integration with Android’s autofill system and the Google Password Manager. As 9to5Google observed, “The experience looks to be integrated with Android’s autofill and presumably the Google Password Manager… It remains to be seen whether Google will charge for Shielded Email. Besides encouraging people to sign up for Google One, making it paid could be a way to make sure functionality isn’t abused.” A subscription-based model for Shielded Email might follow Apple’s approach of bundling Hide My Email with iCloud+ services, creating an additional revenue stream while preventing misuse.

Despite its potential, questions remain about the rollout timeline and accessibility of this feature. Google has a history of launching new updates on its Pixel devices first, which could delay availability for other Android users. This has been a concern for Samsung users, who often wait longer to receive the latest Android features.

The introduction of Shielded Email underscores Google’s commitment to narrowing the privacy and security gap with Apple. The ongoing rivalry between the two companies continues to push innovations that benefit users on both platforms. However, Android users will be watching closely to see how quickly Shielded Email is deployed and how extensively it is supported across different devices.

With Shielded Email on the horizon, Gmail’s robust spam-filtering capabilities may soon be complemented by an added layer of privacy. If successfully implemented, this feature could mark a significant milestone in Android’s journey toward achieving parity with Apple in terms of privacy and security.

Bluesky: A New Rival to Musk’s X?  

Recently, the term “Bluesky” has been generating buzz across social media platforms, leaving many curious about its nature and appeal. This emerging social media platform is seen as a viable alternative to Elon Musk’s X (formerly Twitter), bearing a similar visual aesthetic with its blue-themed logo and interface.

Bluesky has been experiencing exponential growth, reportedly adding around a million new users daily. Its user base, standing at 16.7 million at the time of writing, continues to surge, quickly making it a topic of widespread interest.

What Is Bluesky?

Bluesky markets itself as “social media as it should be.” While its layout may remind users of other platforms, including the former Twitter, it promises something distinctive. A menu bar on the left offers familiar options such as notifications, a homepage, and a search function, while users can post, comment, like, and repost content—features strikingly reminiscent of X’s functionality.

The primary distinction lies in Bluesky’s decentralized structure. Unlike traditional social media platforms where user data resides on company-owned servers, Bluesky allows users to host their data on independent servers. This setup enables users to register using their custom domains, bypassing the need for platform-specific usernames. However, most users opt for the default “.bsky.social” domain when joining.

Who Owns Bluesky?

Bluesky’s resemblance to X is no coincidence. It was conceived by Jack Dorsey, the former head of Twitter, who envisioned it as a decentralized version of his earlier creation. Dorsey once stated his goal for Bluesky was to become a platform free from ownership by any single individual or entity.

Despite his foundational role, Dorsey stepped down from Bluesky’s board in May 2024 and subsequently deleted his account in September. Bluesky is now led by CEO Jay Graber and operates as a U.S. public benefit corporation, emphasizing its commitment to serving public interests.

Why Is Bluesky Gaining Popularity?

Although Bluesky was launched in 2019, its invitation-only model persisted until February 2024, allowing developers to refine the platform and address technical glitches before opening it to the public. While this gradual rollout strategy minimized early-stage challenges, the platform has recently experienced outages due to a significant influx of users.

The surge in Bluesky’s popularity coincided with Donald Trump’s success in the November U.S. elections. Elon Musk, a vocal supporter of Trump during his campaign, is expected to play a pivotal role in his administration. This association has prompted many users to leave X, citing concerns over political affiliations.

For instance, the Guardian newspaper announced its decision to stop posting on X, calling it “a toxic media platform.” Similarly, numerous individuals and organizations have sought alternatives like Bluesky. The platform’s popularity is further bolstered by celebrity endorsements, with figures like Lizzo, Greg Davies, Ben Stiller, Jamie Lee Curtis, and Patton Oswalt joining. Many of these stars have reduced their presence on X or abandoned it altogether.

Bluesky has also achieved notable milestones in terms of app downloads. In the UK, it topped the Apple App Store’s list of free apps, highlighting its increasing global appeal. However, Bluesky still has a long way to go to rival X’s massive user base. Musk previously claimed X had 250 million daily users, and though exact numbers are unavailable, X’s total users are believed to be in the hundreds of millions.

The Revenue Challenge

The burning question for Bluesky is how it plans to sustain itself financially. Like many startups, Bluesky initially relied on venture capital funding, raising millions of dollars. However, as its user base grows, so do operational costs, necessitating a stable revenue model.

Twitter, in its prime, depended heavily on advertising revenue. Bluesky, however, has expressed its intent to avoid this route. Instead, it is exploring paid services, such as allowing users to purchase custom domain usernames. For instance, a user’s current username like “@twgerken.bsky.social” could be upgraded to “@twgerken.bbc.co.uk,” providing a professional touch while serving as a verification method.

Despite this potential, Bluesky may need to adopt broader monetization strategies, such as subscription-based features, to cover expenses. Such financial uncertainty is not unusual for tech startups. Even Twitter struggled to turn a profit before Elon Musk acquired it in 2022, with only two profitable years during its eight-year tenure as a publicly traded company.

What Lies Ahead?

Bluesky’s future remains uncertain. While its current growth trajectory is impressive, it is still far from posing a substantial threat to X’s dominance. Nevertheless, its commitment to decentralization and user autonomy resonates with many, particularly those disenchanted with traditional social media platforms.

As Bluesky continues to evolve and refine its model, its potential to disrupt the social media landscape cannot be underestimated. For now, it remains a rising star in a competitive field, striving to carve its niche.

As one observer aptly put it, “If its growth continues, anything is possible.”

Google’s Gmail and Photos Deletion Policy: What You Need to Know

Recently, there has been growing concern about Google’s new policy on deleting inactive Gmail accounts. Users on support forums, including the Gmail subreddit, have raised questions about whether Google can delete inactive accounts. This interest follows a year-old warning to users about the risks of account deletion, particularly for those who, like one forum user, maintain multiple Gmail accounts for various purposes. Here’s a rundown of what you need to know to protect your accounts if they haven’t been accessed in a while.

New Google Policy on Deleting Inactive Gmail and Photo Accounts

Google’s recent policy shift targets inactive accounts, and many users may risk losing valuable data stored in services like Gmail, Google Photos, and Google Docs. Google’s policy changes, scheduled to start on December 1, 2024, specify that inactive personal accounts will be deleted. This includes not only the account itself but also any content stored within, such as emails, photos, and documents.

The initial round of notifications to account holders began nearly 18 months ago, targeting users with accounts that were created but remained unused. Google has since continued to notify affected users, gradually expanding the scope to include other accounts that are expected to meet the inactivity criteria in the future.

According to Google, an account is considered inactive if it has not been accessed for two years. As Google explains, “Google reserves the right to delete an inactive Google Account and its activity and data if you are inactive across Google for at least two years.” The company clarified that this policy applies solely to personal accounts, exempting business and educational accounts from the rule. Each Google product has specific definitions of what constitutes activity, impacting the extent to which data within an inactive account may be deleted.

To prevent an account from being classified as inactive, users must meet at least one of several activity criteria, which include:

– Reading or sending an email

– Using Google Drive

– Watching YouTube videos

– Sharing photos

– Downloading an app

– Using Google Search

– Signing into a third-party app via Google

These actions help verify that an account is still actively used, thereby safeguarding it from deletion.

Rationale Behind the Account Purge Policy

With around 2.5 billion active users, Gmail is frequently targeted by cybercriminals looking for ways to infiltrate accounts and spread phishing attacks. Google has implemented the new policy to counteract this risk, noting that dormant accounts are more vulnerable to security breaches. Ruth Kricheli, Google’s vice president of product management, said, “If an account hasn’t been used for an extended period of time, it is more likely to be compromised.” This risk factor, according to Kricheli, arises because inactive accounts are often neglected by users who may not perform regular security checks. As she explains, “Our internal analysis shows abandoned accounts are at least 10x less likely than active accounts to have 2-step verification set up.”

Even a forgotten account remains valuable to cybercriminals as they can exploit its contents or use it as a foothold for broader attacks. While such accounts might lack recent activity, they may still contain personal data that hackers could exploit. Therefore, Google has introduced this policy change as part of its broader efforts to mitigate potential security risks across its services.

Steps to Protect Your Gmail and Photos Content

Preventing account deletion is straightforward: simply logging into your Google account once every couple of years is enough. However, it’s recommended to do so more frequently—every three months, for instance—and to complete a Google security checkup during each login. This process ensures that your security settings remain up to date.

If you’ve forgotten the password to an inactive account, starting the Google account recovery process can help. By entering a known recovery email or phone number, Google will send a verification code to that contact, allowing you to regain access. Once you’re able to log in, you can proceed with password recovery steps if necessary.

It’s essential to note that activity is determined at the account level rather than by individual devices. Therefore, logging in on any device counts as activity for the account as a whole. Taking a few minutes to log in and check your account’s status could prevent it from being marked as inactive, avoiding the potential for deletion.

Manage Multiple Gmail Accounts Securely

It’s often beneficial to maintain more than one Gmail account, primarily to have a backup in case your main account becomes inaccessible. For added security, consider setting up email forwarding from your primary account to a secondary one, ensuring a copy of all messages is preserved elsewhere. By creating dedicated accounts for specific purposes, such as photo storage or document management, you can better organize your data and add an additional layer of protection.

Creating a new Gmail account is simple: sign out of your existing account, go to the Google Account sign-in page, and select “Create account.” When setting up new accounts, use a passkey wherever possible, preferably tied to a different device from your primary account, and enable two-factor authentication with a standalone code-generating app. This extra step can protect you if one device is compromised.

To streamline the management of multiple accounts, Google offers an easy switching feature. After clicking on your avatar in the top-right corner of any Google service, you can select “Add account” and follow the prompts to sign into additional accounts. Once added, you can switch between accounts seamlessly by selecting your avatar and choosing the desired account from the list. Google also allows for multiple sign-ins and passkeys for added security and quick access.

Using Google’s Security Checkup for Enhanced Protection

Google provides a free security checkup feature to help users strengthen their account security. This checkup assesses your account’s current security settings and recommends measures to improve them. While these suggestions are prioritized by importance, reviewing all recommendations can be beneficial to ensure comprehensive security.

Key checkup recommendations often include:

– Enabling Safe Browsing in Chrome

– Verifying forwarding rules

– Reviewing blocked email addresses

An unauthorized forwarding rule might indicate a potential account breach, so it’s wise to examine these settings closely. Similarly, checking your blocked list could reveal unusual entries meant to filter out security alerts. Taking the time to perform these checks, even on new accounts, can help prevent vulnerabilities from emerging in the first place.

Final Recommendations

As users increasingly rely on Google services for personal and professional storage, understanding and adhering to Google’s activity requirements has become essential. In a digital landscape where inactive accounts can be both a security risk and a potential loss of valuable data, Google’s new policy serves as a critical reminder to stay vigilant. The simple act of logging in regularly and performing security checks is key to ensuring that your accounts remain protected and active, safeguarding your data from unwanted deletion.

In a world where cybersecurity is paramount, these preventative measures, while potentially time-consuming, are necessary to protect against emerging threats.

Pollsters Again Misjudge Trump’s Support, Miss Key States in 2024 Election

For the third time in a row, U.S. polling organizations faced challenges predicting Donald Trump’s electoral performance in key states during the recent presidential election. Several major polls significantly underestimated his support in crucial battleground areas, leading to a surprising outcome.

One of the most notable polling errors came from veteran pollster J. Ann Selzer in Iowa. In her final poll for The Des Moines Register, Selzer predicted that Vice President Kamala Harris would lead Trump by three points in Iowa. However, this forecast proved inaccurate, as Trump ultimately won the state by a large margin. According to AP News, Trump won Iowa by 13.2 percentage points, defeating Harris 55.9% to 42.7%. “The poll findings we produced for The Des Moines Register and Mediacom did not match what the Iowa electorate ultimately decided in the voting booth today,” Selzer said on Tuesday. She added that she would review data from multiple sources to understand the reason behind the discrepancy.

Another significant error came from a poll conducted by The New York Times and Siena College, which was released two days before the election. This poll indicated that Harris had a strong lead in states like Georgia, North Carolina, Nevada, and Wisconsin, with Pennsylvania and Michigan showing a tie between the two candidates. Yet Trump ended up either leading or winning in all these states.

Even in states traditionally seen as Democratic strongholds, polling discrepancies were apparent. According to the Xinhua News Agency, the discrepancies were particularly severe in New Jersey, where a Rutgers survey conducted in mid-October missed Trump’s actual performance by a significant margin. Additionally, Trump outperformed his polling average by 4.1% in Maryland, while Harris underperformed by 1.2%, as reported by The Independent.

James Johnson, founder of J.L. Partners, one of the few firms that accurately predicted Trump’s win, noted that many polling organizations repeated past mistakes from the 2016 election. “The key thing is people made the same mistakes they did in 2016,” Johnson told Newsweek. He explained that pollsters underestimated a segment of Trump’s base — individuals who are less engaged politically and more likely to be too busy to respond to pollsters.

Nate Cohn, The New York Times’ chief polling analyst, added that the issue might lie in structural biases within survey response rates. He noted that “white Democrats were 16% likelier to respond than white Republicans,” suggesting that polling samples may not accurately reflect the actual voter demographic. This observation was highlighted by Vox, which reported that these structural issues could contribute to the skewed polling data.

Despite the notable misses, some pollsters argued that overall polling data wasn’t entirely off. According to Yahoo News, many election models regarded the race as a toss-up, giving both candidates similar odds of winning. For instance, FiveThirtyEight and Nate Silver’s Silver Bulletin each predicted a 50% chance of victory for Harris, while Split Ticket estimated her odds at 53% and The Economist at 56%.

A final Yahoo News/YouGov poll had Trump and Harris tied at 47% each among likely voters, with around 6% of voters supporting third-party candidates or remaining undecided. According to a FiveThirtyEight analysis cited by Yahoo News, U.S. presidential election polls have typically shown an average error margin of four percentage points since 2000.

Interestingly, online betting markets seemed to more accurately capture Trump’s chances in the election. Major betting platforms, including Betfair, Kalshi, Polymarket, PredictIt, and Smarkets, had all assigned Trump better-than-even odds of winning as election day approached. The polling missteps have drawn widespread criticism and renewed questions about the reliability of the industry’s methods.

During his election night broadcast, Comedy Central host Jon Stewart highlighted the public’s frustration with polling accuracy. He humorously remarked, “I don’t ever want to hear, ‘We’ve corrected for the overcorrection with the voters,’” pointing out the ongoing challenges in accurately gauging public sentiment.

As of Wednesday afternoon, Trump held a 3.5% lead in the popular vote, although this margin could decrease as more votes are counted in populous states such as California. He has secured wins in five of the seven critical battleground states, with results still pending in Nevada and Arizona, as reported by Yahoo News.

The persistent issues in polling accuracy, particularly in relation to Trump’s support, have sparked broader questions among polling experts. These experts are examining the industry’s adaptability to shifts in voter behavior and communication patterns, especially considering that less politically engaged voters are less likely to respond to traditional polling methods.

Trump’s Reelection Raises Questions of Media Credibility and Future Direction

Donald Trump’s return to the presidency has ignited a pivotal moment for American media. His victory over Kamala Harris has sparked widespread debate among journalists and media observers, particularly around issues of credibility, influence, and engagement with audiences. These concerns may take years to fully unravel, but the election has already set off introspective conversations within the industry: What does this resurgent “red wave” signify about the current media landscape in the United States?

In the hours following Trump’s reelection, a faction of his supporters asserted that the victory signaled a decisive rejection of mainstream news outlets. On Wednesday morning, the lead story on The Federalist did not focus on Trump himself, but instead targeted what it called the “corporate media industrial complex,” which it declared “2024’s biggest loser.” Commentator Matt Walsh of The Daily Wire took to X (formerly Twitter) to echo this sentiment, claiming, “Legacy media is officially dead… Their ability to set the narrative has been destroyed. Trump declared war on the media in 2016. Tonight he vanquished them completely. They will never be relevant again.”

Walsh’s assertion of a media downfall may be overstated — Tuesday’s extensive election coverage reflected the continuing relevance of the press — yet his perspective is not uncommon among Trump’s supporters, many of whom are highly skeptical of the media. They not only distrust much of what they read but increasingly avoid engaging with mainstream sources at all. This division poses a critical question for the industry: Is there any way to bridge the gap and regain the trust of these viewers?

In a recent column for New York magazine, a quote from an unnamed TV executive underscored this issue and quickly circulated on social media. “If half the country has decided that Trump is qualified to be president, that means they’re not reading any of this media, and we’ve lost this audience completely,” the executive observed. “A Trump victory means mainstream media is dead in its current form. And the question is what does it look like after?”

The term “dead” may be an exaggeration, but the sentiment reflects legitimate concerns among journalists. A significant trust deficit persists between Trump’s base and traditional media outlets, and it is prompting some in the industry to consider whether a shift in approach is necessary. One Trump campaign aide suggested the press might benefit from a more humble stance. “Maybe we have a point,” the aide commented. “Maybe ‘misinformation’ is a lazy word that was never applied to press coverage of Biden’s health or the border. Maybe ‘offensive’ things aren’t offensive to most.”

Media analysts, such as Semafor’s Dave Weigel, have pointed out that the power of mainstream media has weakened with each election cycle. He noted on Wednesday morning that “On Harris-friendly cable news, ex-Republicans broadcast their horror at who Trump was and what he’d done; in the new social media and podcasts favored by Republicans, all of that was whining disconnected from what voters really cared about.” His observation resonates with a segment of Trump voters who feel that major outlets are out of touch with the issues they prioritize.

CNN political commentator Scott Jennings echoed this view during CNN’s early morning election coverage, describing Trump’s win as “something of an indictment of the political information complex.” Jennings remarked, “We have been sitting around for the last couple of weeks and the story that was portrayed was not true. We were told Puerto Rico was going to change the election. Liz Cheney, Nikki Haley voters, women lying to their husbands. Before that it was Tim Walz and the camo hats. Night after night after night we were told all these things and gimmicks were going to somehow push Harris over the line. And we were just ignoring the fundamentals. Inflation; people feeling like they are barely able to tread water at best; those were the fundamentals of the election.”

Jennings added that for journalists and political commentators, this election outcome underscores the importance of connecting with a portion of the American public that feels alienated from traditional media narratives. “I think for all of us who cover elections and talk about elections and do this on a day-to-day basis, we have to figure out how to understand talk to and listen to the half of the country that rose up tonight and said, ‘We have had enough,’” he stated.

Liberal commentator Ashley Allison responded, emphasizing a need for inclusivity in media coverage, noting, “I think we have to listen to everybody, actually. The people who voted for Kamala Harris are struggling too. They are feeling ignored too. A Republican’s pain is no greater or less than a Democrat’s pain.”

Looking ahead, Trump’s relationship with the press is likely to be strained, a continuation of his combative stance toward the media during his previous term. Historically, Trump has not been satisfied with the nature of news coverage, even from outlets like Fox News, which has generally shown him support. Recently, he reportedly expressed frustration to Fox patriarch Rupert Murdoch over the network’s decision to run Democratic advertisements.

Trump’s reelection could signal a new period of antagonism between his administration and both impartial and opposition-leaning media organizations. This potential clash raises important questions: Will Trump act on his frequent threats against the press? For instance, he has suggested multiple times that he might pursue revoking broadcast licenses for TV stations. Additionally, he could choose to restrict access to the White House for journalists who cover him unfavorably.

There are concerns as well that media outlets might practice self-censorship to avoid conflict with Trump, a strategy that could alienate readers and viewers who do not support him. Amid these uncertainties, some media companies are working to reassure their staff about the value of independent journalism. On Wednesday, Conde Nast chief Roger Lynch sent a memo to his employees emphasizing the organization’s commitment to independent reporting, writing, “Now, more than ever, we are steadfast in our mission to uphold the principles of independent journalism. A thriving, independent press, as protected by the First Amendment, is vital to democracy and the future we all share.”

As Trump’s second term approaches, both traditional and digital media outlets face numerous challenges in responding to the needs of a deeply divided audience. Newsrooms are tasked not only with providing factual reporting but also with reaching out to audiences that have increasingly turned to alternative media. The coming years will likely shape the future of American journalism, as reporters and editors seek to navigate these turbulent times and rebuild public trust.

Cybercriminals Exploit “Remember-Me” Cookies to Access Email Accounts Despite Multifactor Authentication

The FBI has recently issued a warning about a rising cyber threat where hackers manage to bypass multifactor authentication (MFA) to gain access to email accounts. Even with MFA in place, cybercriminals find ways to breach accounts by luring users into clicking on phishing links or visiting suspicious sites, allowing malicious software to infiltrate their devices.

These attacks capitalize on “cookie theft.” Unlike the well-known tracking cookies often seen in privacy debates, these are “session cookies” or “Remember-Me cookies” designed to store user credentials. Their primary function is to save login information, ensuring users do not need to repeatedly log in each time they access a website or account. This specific type of cookie has become a significant target for hackers, as it provides access without needing a username, password, or MFA.

The primary focus of these attacks is on widely-used email platforms, including Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, and AOL. However, the threat is not limited to email alone. Cookie theft has also impacted shopping sites and financial platforms, although financial accounts typically have more extensive protection mechanisms in place to prevent unauthorized access. While financial sites often keep MFA out of session cookies, hackers frequently turn to other methods to obtain live codes necessary for access.

“Many users across the web are victimized by cookie theft malware,” Google stated, highlighting the scope of the problem. The company describes these security cookies as “fundamental to the modern web… due to their powerful utility,” which unfortunately also makes them a valuable target for cybercriminals. According to Google, this problem is “getting worse,” as criminals refine their methods for stealing these valuable cookies.

The FBI’s explanation underscores how cybercriminals exploit these cookies. “Typically, this type of cookie is generated when a user clicks the ‘Remember this device’ checkbox when logging in to a website,” they explain. When a hacker obtains the Remember-Me cookie from a recent login, they can impersonate the user and access their account without requiring the user’s credentials or multifactor authentication.

Concerns about cookie theft have been amplified in recent news, with tech companies like Google developing countermeasures to prevent these attacks. The latest initiatives focus on linking cookies specifically to individual devices and applications, making stolen cookies ineffective if used on other devices. Despite these advancements, the prevention methods are still in their early stages, and cookie theft remains a major vulnerability for internet users.

In their warning, the FBI cautions that cybercriminals are increasingly “focused on stealing Remember-Me cookies and using them as their preferred way of accessing a victim’s email.” To mitigate risks, the FBI recommends several protective measures:

  1. Clear Cookies Regularly: Remove cookies from your internet browser to minimize the risk of stolen credentials.
  2. Be Cautious with “Remember Me” Options: Weigh the convenience of using the “Remember Me” feature against the risk it could pose if the session cookie is compromised.
  3. Avoid Suspicious Links and Websites: Steer clear of questionable sites and links, as they often serve as entry points for malicious software. Ensuring a secure (HTTPS) connection can also help safeguard your data during internet sessions.
  4. Monitor Recent Device Logins: Regularly check the device login history in account settings to spot any unauthorized activity and address potential breaches immediately.

In the event users suspect they have been targeted by this or any other form of cybercrime, the FBI advises reporting incidents to the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3) via www.ic3.gov.

Action Fraud Issues Urgent Warning on Email and Social Media Security Amid Rising Cyber Threats

Recent events have highlighted the growing sophistication of cybercriminals who exploit advanced technologies, such as large language models and AI-generated chat tools, to hack into email and social media accounts. Last week, a story about a security consultant nearly falling victim to a complex AI-driven hacking attempt on his Gmail account gained significant attention. In the latest development, researchers revealed a concerning number of malicious apps that infiltrated the official Google Play Store over the past year. Additionally, the U.K.’s Action Fraud team, a law enforcement initiative, has alerted users across all email and social media platforms about ongoing threats that have led to over 33,000 victims losing more than $1.8 million in total due to hacked accounts. Here’s what you need to know and the immediate steps you should take to safeguard your Gmail, Outlook, Facebook, and X accounts.

Action Fraud Urges Users to Enable Two-Factor Authentication

Action Fraud, the U.K.’s national reporting center for fraud and cybercrime, is a joint effort by the City of London Police and the National Fraud Intelligence Bureau. When this organization issues warnings, it’s essential to heed their advice, no matter where you are located globally. Although the reporting service specifically addresses cybercrime incidents in England, Wales, and Northern Ireland, the recommendations provided hold relevance for users worldwide.

A prime example of this urgency is the recent warning issued during Cybersecurity Awareness Month, urging users of all email and social media platforms to secure their accounts against hackers, scammers, and fraudsters. The reported statistics, including the number of victims and the financial losses, pertain to a single year, ending in August 2024, covering only attacks that were reported to Action Fraud in the aforementioned regions. However, these figures are significant enough, when considered globally, to warrant attention and action. Consequently, Action Fraud is using social media to encourage users to strengthen the security of their Gmail, Outlook, Facebook, and X accounts.

“Cyberattacks and hacking are carried out by faceless cybercriminals who target unsuspecting victims looking to take advantage of unprotected social media and email accounts,” stated Adam Mercer, deputy director of Action Fraud. He emphasized the importance of enabling two-step verification for added security: “If you have the option, enable 2-step verification to ensure you have twice the protection for all your accounts.” Although two-step verification, also known as two-factor authentication (2FA), cannot guarantee complete security, it significantly complicates the process for hackers and scammers attempting to access your accounts.

To activate 2FA, users should check the support pages of their respective email and social media platforms for detailed instructions.

Adopting Passkeys to Enhance Account Security

Since 2012, the Fast Identity Online (FIDO) Alliance has been working to forge partnerships to improve interoperability among various authentication technologies. Their ongoing efforts are beginning to make a noticeable impact on user account security. Recently, a new credential exchange protocol, developed by FIDO and partners such as Apple, Google, Microsoft, Samsung, and password management services like 1Password, Bitwarden, Dashlane, Enpass, NordPass, and Okta, has been published in a working specification format.

This new protocol aims to facilitate secure, end-to-end encrypted passkey transfers among different vendors. Passkeys provide an additional layer of security that surpasses traditional username and password combinations in terms of secure account login and user authentication. Essentially, passkeys combine the benefits of login credentials and two-factor authentication into a single, user-friendly, and more secure solution. According to a FIDO spokesperson, “Sign-ins with passkeys reduce phishing and eliminate credential reuse while making sign-ins up to 75% faster,” and are “20% more successful than passwords or passwords plus a second factor…”

Keep Your Google Chrome Browser Updated with Security Fixes

Recently reported attack campaigns utilizing the new ClickFix methodology employ social engineering tactics and fake Google Meet conference pages to bypass the security measures built into the Google Chrome web browser. While the standard defenses against social engineering attacks, such as enabling two-factor authentication on accounts, remain the most effective way to avoid falling victim to phishing scams, there is an additional straightforward protection measure: ensuring that your Google Chrome browser or any Chromium-based browsers are up to date. Cyber attackers often exploit web browser vulnerabilities to gain access needed to carry out their malicious activities. Therefore, it’s crucial to eliminate this potential security breach, a step that is both practical and easy to implement.

Google has confirmed the latest security patches for desktop versions of Chrome on Linux, Mac, and Windows, along with updates for the Android version used on smartphones. These updates address 17 vulnerabilities, 13 of which were identified and reported by external security researchers. While it is not essential to understand the specifics of these vulnerabilities, it is critical to know how to protect yourself from the repercussions of potential exploitation by malicious actors. Fortunately, ensuring your protection is simple, provided you follow all the necessary steps. However, it is essential to complete the final step of closing and restarting the browser; otherwise, you will not benefit from the latest security fixes.

To update your browser, navigate to the Help|About option in the Chrome menu. If an update is available, it will download automatically. Once the download completes, Chrome will prompt you with a relaunch button. Be sure to save and/or close all open tabs before clicking this button. Following this, Chrome will restart, and your browser will display the current, fully patched version for your operating system.

As cyber threats become more sophisticated, it’s imperative to stay vigilant and take proactive steps to secure your online accounts. Enabling two-factor authentication, adopting passkeys for added security, and keeping your browser updated with the latest security fixes are crucial measures to mitigate the risks posed by cybercriminals. By following these guidelines, you can significantly enhance the protection of your email and social media accounts against potential hacking and fraud attempts.

How WhatsApp and Other Messaging Apps Make Money

In the past day, I have sent over 100 messages through WhatsApp. None of these messages were particularly thrilling; they consisted of routine conversations with family, work discussions, and some casual exchanges with friends. Despite their mundane nature, every one of these messages was encrypted, passing through WhatsApp’s sophisticated computer servers located across global data centers.

Operating such a service isn’t cheap, yet neither I nor any of my contacts have ever paid for the privilege of using WhatsApp. The platform now boasts nearly three billion users globally. So, how does WhatsApp generate revenue?

One key factor is that WhatsApp is owned by Meta, the massive parent company that also runs Facebook and Instagram. This corporate backing plays a significant role in keeping personal WhatsApp accounts, like mine, free for users. WhatsApp’s revenue stream comes primarily from corporate customers who seek to communicate with individuals like me via the app.

Since 2023, businesses have been able to create free channels on WhatsApp, allowing them to send messages to users who subscribe to receive updates. However, what companies are willing to pay a premium for is the ability to engage in personalized interactions with individual customers, whether conversational or transactional. These paid interactions allow businesses to build stronger relationships with users directly within the app.

While this model is still gaining traction in places like the UK, it’s already much more developed in other regions. For example, in the bustling Indian city of Bangalore, you can now book a bus ticket and select your seat, all through WhatsApp.

Nikila Srinivasan, Meta’s vice president of business messaging, explains their broader vision for WhatsApp: “Our vision, if we get all of this right, is a business and a customer should be able to get things done right in a chat thread. That means, if you want to book a ticket, if you want to initiate a return, if you want to make a payment, you should be able to do that without ever leaving your chat thread. And then just go right back to all of the other conversations in your life.”

In addition to direct messaging, businesses can pay for a link that allows users to launch a WhatsApp chat directly from an online advertisement on Facebook or Instagram. This feature alone is now generating billions of dollars for Meta, according to Srinivasan.

WhatsApp isn’t the only messaging platform trying to balance user growth and profitability. Other apps have explored different methods of monetization.

Signal: A Different Approach

Signal, another widely used messaging app known for its stringent security protocols, has chosen a different path. Unlike WhatsApp and other platforms, Signal operates as a non-profit organization. The platform asserts that it has never accepted funding from outside investors, contrasting with the likes of Telegram, which relies on investor support.

Signal runs on donations. In 2018, it received a major boost from Brian Acton, a co-founder of WhatsApp, who donated $50 million. Signal’s president, Meredith Whittaker, detailed their funding philosophy in a blog post last year: “Our goal is to move as close as possible to becoming fully supported by small donors, relying on a large number of modest contributions from people who care about Signal.”

Discord: Freemium and Paid Models

Discord, a messaging platform primarily used by gamers, operates with a freemium model. While it’s free to sign up, the platform offers additional features, including access to games, for a fee. Discord also provides a premium membership service called Nitro. Subscribers pay $9.99 per month for benefits like high-quality video streaming and personalized emojis.

Snapchat: A Blend of Approaches

Snapchat, developed by Snap Inc., has adopted a combination of revenue models. As of August 2024, the platform has 11 million paying subscribers. These users pay for Snapchat’s premium features, which include augmented reality glasses, known as Snapchat Spectacles.

Advertising, however, remains Snap’s primary source of revenue, bringing in more than $4 billion annually. Moreover, Snap has profited from interest, generating nearly $300 million between 2016 and 2023, according to Forbes.

Element: Secure, Custom Messaging

Element, a UK-based messaging app, serves a unique niche. It charges governments and large organizations to use its secure communication platform. Element’s clients operate the technology on their own private servers. According to its co-founder, Matthew Hodgson, Element is generating “double digit million revenue” and is close to profitability.

Hodgson believes that despite the variety of models, advertising remains the dominant business model for messaging apps. He points out that many platforms rely on monitoring user behavior to serve targeted ads. “Basically [many messaging platforms] sell adverts by monitoring what people do, who they talk to, and then targeting them with the best adverts,” Hodgson explains.

Even with encryption and anonymity protocols in place, these platforms can collect data about user behavior without needing to see the actual content of the messages. This data is then used to tailor advertisements for users. Hodgson adds, “It’s the old story – if you the user, aren’t paying, then the chances are that you are the product.”

Diverse Models for Different Apps

The strategies employed by these messaging platforms highlight the diversity of revenue models available in the digital age. While WhatsApp’s integration with Meta’s vast advertising ecosystem and business messaging system provides one model, platforms like Signal and Element take vastly different approaches by focusing on security and privacy, without relying on advertisers.

Meanwhile, apps like Discord and Snapchat use a combination of paid features, memberships, and advertising to generate revenue. These models allow for a balance between offering free services to users while generating income through other streams, like paid subscriptions or ads.

At the end of the day, despite the range of business models, there’s a fundamental question users need to ask themselves when using free apps: If I’m not paying for it, how is this service being paid for? The answer often points to hidden costs, whether they are in the form of data collection for targeted advertising or requests for donations.

For WhatsApp, with its nearly three billion users, the business strategy remains tied to its ability to attract businesses and charge them for engaging with users. Other apps, like Signal, will continue to seek support from their users directly, appealing to those who value privacy and wish to keep the service free of investor influence. Ultimately, how each platform sustains itself will depend on the values and needs of its users, as well as the broader market forces at play in the tech industry.

Catholic journalists pledge to uphold Gandhian values

Mangaluru, Oct 3, 2024: The Indian Catholic Press Association (ICPA) has called on Christian journalists to imbibe the Gandhian values of truth, nonviolence and justice in reporting.

“The deliberations made us realize how untruth, injustice and violence have permeated every section of society, and the media play a significant role in this painful reality,” bemoaned the final statement of the association’s 29th annual assembly.

The October 1-2 assembly in the southern Indian port city of Mangaluru observed that the press in India has abdicated its responsibility or are being throttled.

The statement, presented by human rights activist Jesuit Father Cedric Prakash, observed that in the 2024 edition of the World Press Freedom Index India ranked 159 among 180 nations.

“In view of the Article 19 of our Constitution which guarantees every citizen the Freedom of Speech and Expression, we the members of the ICPA pledge to do all we can to internalize, actualize and promote the Gandhian values of journalism,” the statement said.

The convention brought together media professionals, senior journalists, priests, nuns, journalism students and social workers to discuss the vital role of Christian journalists in promoting truth, justice, and non-violence.

Bishop Peter Paul Saldanha of Mangalore, who opened the assembly on October 1, emphasized Christian journalists’ crucial role in upholding truth and non-violence.

“Media is the fourth pillar of democracy in India and it is the conscience keeper of society, where Christian journalists should stand for non-violence and truth, uplifting society,” the prelate asserted.

Bishop Saldanha lamented attempts to suppress the truth but asserted that truth alone will prevail in the end.

Bishop Henry D’Souza of Bellary, ecclesiastical advisor to the association, underlined the role and responsibilities of a Catholic journalist in India, at a time when news and views are presented at the interest of media owners.

“Gandhian journalism, upholding truth, justice and non-violence” was the theme of the event that coincided with the birth anniversary of Mahatma Gandhi, which is now observed as the International Day of Nonviolence.

Retired High Court judge H.N. Nagamohan Das of the Karnataka High Court, who addressed the gathering, stressed the crucial role of journalists in promoting constitutional awareness, citing Gandhi’s publications as an example.

“Journalists should particularly embody the Gandhian principles in their daily lives, emphasizing non-violence as the only path to world peace,” he added.

Justice Das also highlighted some alarming statistics on nearly 50 million cases pending across Indian courts, with the Supreme Court disposing of 70,000 cases annually, and asserted that legal illiteracy is “a staring reality” among educated Indians, who commit most crimes.

He also expressed concern over the distortion of facts and spreading of falsehoods by those in power and the general public.

“Gandhi believed that non-violence is not a sign of weakness but a strength, and it’s the responsibility of journalists to spread this message,” said the judge who asserted that everyone has a right to know the right news.

Experts like Purushothama Bilimale, H S Anupama, writer and activist and Father Prakash presented Gandhian understanding of truth , nonviolence and justice and the challenges faced by journalists in presenting news.

A message from Tushar Gandhi, Mahatma Gandhi’s great-grandson, to the ICPA assembly was read out by Capuchin Father Suresh Mathew, the association’s secretary.

The highlight of the assembly was the ICPA national Awards ceremony which honored Shaison P Ouseph, filmmaker and director of “Face of the Faceless,” Vinayak Nirmal, motivation writer, and Father Antony Pancras, the editor of New Leader.

Karnataka Legislative Assembly speaker U.T. Khader, who handed over the awards. emphasized the crucial role of the press as democracy’s watchdog, stressing its immense responsibility.

The event was hosted by the Mangalore diocese and Raknno (Guardian), the diocesan weekly, led by its editor Father Rupesh Madtha.

Vatican Urges Compassionate Dialogue for 2025 World Communications Day

The Vatican has unveiled the theme for the 2025 World Communications Day: “Share the Hope in Your Hearts with Gentleness” (cf. 1 Peter 3:15-16). This theme, drawn from the First Letter of Saint Peter, addresses a significant issue in today’s communication landscape—shifting away from aggressive discourse toward one rooted in dialogue and compassion. In an era where public communication frequently appears dominated by hostility and conflict, this message comes as a plea for more humane interactions.

A Call for Gentleness in an Era of Aggression

Today’s communication platforms, from social media to talk shows, seem driven by a mentality focused on winning at any cost. This aggressive tone has seeped into the fabric of public life, often manifesting as personal attacks and heated confrontations that divide rather than unite. In response, the Vatican’s 2025 World Communications Day theme calls for a “disarmament” of communication, advocating for conversations free of hostility and aimed at fostering understanding.

The Vatican emphasized that communication must move away from competition and domination. As stated in the press release, the goal of conversations should not be to land blows but to build bridges. It is no longer acceptable for discourse to serve as a battleground where participants try to overpower each other; instead, the focus should be on gentleness, which brings people together. The upcoming event will encourage gentleness as a vital tool for cultivating a culture of dialogue and unity.

Hope Rooted in Christ and Community

For Christians, the concept of hope is central to their faith. The 2025 theme reinforces that Christian hope is not just an abstract idea but a reflection of Christ himself. The Vatican reminds believers that this hope is not a solitary pursuit but one grounded in community. The Christian message of hope should be lived out authentically, in a way that resonates with others and brings them closer to understanding the promise of Jesus.

“When we speak of Christian hope, we cannot separate it from the community that lives the message of Jesus so authentically that it reveals the hope it embodies,” the Vatican’s statement explained. This idea underscores that hope, communicated with humility and gentleness, has the potential to break through the noise of divisive rhetoric. Hope can inspire genuine dialogue and healing when delivered with a spirit of kindness and empathy.

An Invitation to Engage with Empathy

The theme of World Communications Day 2025 is especially relevant in today’s polarized world, where opinions are becoming more entrenched and divided. Social media, once hailed as a tool to bring people closer, often exacerbates these divisions. The Vatican’s emphasis on hope and gentleness directly challenges this trend, advocating for a more responsible and empathetic approach to communication.

By encouraging people to share the hope within their hearts, the Church is calling both Christians and the wider public to reconsider how they engage with others, both in person and online. It is an invitation to pause before reacting with anger, to listen carefully, and to respond with empathy rather than aggression. This message transcends religious boundaries, as the principles of gentleness, empathy, and understanding are fundamental to building a peaceful and united society.

A Day of Reflection on Communication for Unity

Scheduled to take place on the Feast of the Ascension in 2025, World Communications Day offers an opportunity for individuals, organizations, and media outlets to reflect on their role in shaping public discourse. The event is expected to include discussions, workshops, and sermons focusing on how communication can either harm or heal. It will encourage media professionals and the public alike to consider the power of their words and the impact they have on others.

The Vatican’s goal for this day is to remind the world that communication is not merely about expressing opinions but about fostering understanding and reconciliation. “It is about creating the conditions for dialogue,” the Vatican emphasized, stressing that communication should work toward unity rather than perpetuate conflict.

Bringing Hope into the Digital Age

As technology continues to evolve, the nature of communication has transformed as well. The Vatican’s message for 2025 directly addresses the challenges of the digital age, where the pace of information often outstrips our ability to process it thoughtfully. In the fast-moving world of social media, where outrage tends to draw more attention than reason, the call to “share hope with gentleness” takes on new urgency.

This year’s World Communications Day theme serves as a reminder that even in the hyper-connected digital landscape, there is room for thoughtful, compassionate communication. It challenges individuals to reconsider how they engage online, advocating for platforms to be used not as arenas for hostility but as spaces where hope and gentleness can prevail, and where dialogue can thrive.

A Future of Hopeful Dialogue

Looking ahead to World Communications Day 2025, the Vatican’s vision extends beyond addressing the immediate issues in media today. The goal is to inspire a long-term transformation in the way people communicate with one another. By focusing on hope, gentleness, and community, the Church is promoting a model of communication that extends beyond words. This model aims to heal divisions and create a culture in which every voice is heard with respect.

In a world increasingly defined by polarization, the 2025 World Communications Day theme serves as a powerful reminder that communication is not just about speaking—it is also about listening, understanding, and sharing hope. The Vatican’s message challenges people across all platforms to communicate with a gentleness that fosters unity, building a more compassionate and empathetic society.

In closing, as public discourse grows more aggressive and divisive, the Vatican’s message for World Communications Day in 2025 calls for a vital shift. The theme “Share the Hope in Your Hearts with Gentleness” offers a timely and necessary call to action. It urges everyone, from individuals to media organizations, to reevaluate how they communicate, prioritizing gentleness, hope, and empathy as tools for healing and dialogue. As we look toward the future, the Vatican’s emphasis on these values invites us to build a more understanding and united world.

Press Freedom Violated: Journalists, Lawmakers Demand Accountability After Incident Involving Rahul Gandhi’s Staff

In an incident that has raised concerns about press freedom, the National Press Club issued a statement detailing the events that took place during an interview involving journalist Rohit Sharma and Sam Pitroda, Chair of the India Overseas Congress. The interview, which occurred at a Dallas hotel, took an unexpected turn when audience members, including the staff of Indian politician Rahul Gandhi, intervened during the final question, leading to an alarming violation of the journalist’s rights.

According to the statement, the situation escalated when members of Gandhi’s team forcefully interrupted the interview. They not only objected to the line of questioning but also physically seized Sharma’s phone and proceeded to delete the recordings he had made of the conversation. This sudden and aggressive interference disrupted the entire interview process, prompting widespread criticism from journalists and political figures alike.

Pitroda, who was reportedly unaware of the events as they transpired, later offered an apology for the incident. His apology came in the wake of growing outrage, although it did little to quell the dissatisfaction of those who witnessed the violation of journalistic integrity. Gandhi himself addressed a similar question during another event, but by that time, the damage had already been done in terms of the fallout from the earlier incident.

The National Press Club was quick to condemn the actions of Gandhi’s staff, particularly the overreach of security personnel who interfered with the interview. The organization highlighted the importance of protecting press freedom, emphasizing that what occurred was not merely an overstep but a clear infringement of Sharma’s First Amendment rights. “Security overstepped by interfering with the interview, violating Sharma’s First Amendment rights,” the National Press Club said in its statement.

The incident has triggered a broader discussion on the state of press freedom and the importance of safeguarding journalists’ rights, particularly in scenarios involving prominent political figures. Among the notable voices expressing concern was U.S. Democratic Representative Ro Khanna, who took to social media to voice his outrage over the actions of Gandhi’s team. Khanna, a representative from California, did not mince words in his criticism, describing the actions of Gandhi’s staff as an attack on press freedom.

“It’s unethical and a betrayal of free speech for handlers to have snatched his phone, shoved him, and deleted his recordings,” Khanna wrote in a post on X (formerly Twitter), echoing the sentiments of many who viewed the incident as a blatant violation of press freedoms. His post quickly gained traction, adding further momentum to the calls for accountability and transparency regarding what had transpired.

Khanna’s words were echoed by many within the Indian American community, including National Press Club President Emily Wilkins. Wilkins joined the growing chorus of voices condemning the actions of Gandhi’s staff, calling for a thorough investigation into the incident and holding those responsible accountable.

In a strong statement, Wilkins said, “The security team had no right or standing to take Sharma’s phone from him or delete content.” She emphasized that the actions taken during an on-the-record interview were entirely inappropriate, further underscoring the serious implications of this violation of press freedom. Wilkins’ call for accountability underscored the importance of protecting journalists, particularly when covering high-profile political figures and events.

The incident has continued to generate attention, especially within the Indian American community, where leaders have called for stronger measures to ensure that such incidents do not occur again. Indian American Representative Shri Thanedar was one of the first political figures to react publicly, expressing his outrage at the treatment of the journalist. In a statement on X, he wrote, “Such attack on a member of press is totally unacceptable,” marking yet another instance of the growing discontent surrounding the incident.

Ajay Bhutoria, a well-known leader within the Indian American community, also joined the ranks of those condemning the actions of Gandhi’s staff. Bhutoria did not hold back in his statement, where he expressed deep concern over what had transpired, particularly the physical handling of Sharma and the confiscation of his phone. “I unequivocally condemn the assault on Rohit Sharma,” Bhutoria said in his official statement, signaling the seriousness with which he viewed the incident.

Bhutoria further elaborated on the broader implications of the event, linking it to the importance of preserving democratic values and ensuring that the media remains independent and free from intimidation. “A free and independent media is the backbone of any democracy, and the mistreatment of a journalist for asking a question is an attack on press freedom,” Bhutoria said, adding that the U.S. Department of Justice should launch a thorough investigation into the matter.

Bhutoria’s statement went beyond mere condemnation; he called for legal consequences for those responsible for the assault. “I urge the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate this matter thoroughly and ensure that those responsible are prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law,” he added, highlighting the need for justice and accountability in the wake of this press freedom violation.

As the investigation into the incident unfolds, the Indian American community has rallied in support of Sharma and in defense of democratic principles. Bhutoria urged unity within the community, calling for collective action to ensure that such violations of journalistic freedom are addressed swiftly and effectively. “No one should be subjected to intimidation or violence for simply doing their job,” he concluded, emphasizing the role of the media as a cornerstone of democratic societies.

This incident has not only put the spotlight on the actions of Rahul Gandhi’s team but has also prompted a broader conversation about the state of press freedom in the face of political power. The physical intervention by Gandhi’s staff in response to a journalist’s question has drawn widespread criticism and raised serious concerns about the treatment of the press, particularly in settings involving high-profile political figures.

As calls for justice and accountability continue to mount, the spotlight remains firmly on the actions taken by Gandhi’s staff during the interview. The fallout from the incident serves as a stark reminder of the importance of protecting press freedom, ensuring that journalists can do their job without fear of intimidation or retribution. How this incident will shape future interactions between the media and political figures remains to be seen, but the message from journalists, lawmakers, and community leaders is clear: violations of press freedom cannot and will not be tolerated.

Indo-American Press Club Announces Board of Directors for 2024 And Beyond – Dr. Joseph Chalil Will Serve as the Chairman of BOD

(New York, NY: August 4, 2024) Indo-American Press Club, the largest organization of media personnel of Indian origin in North America announced a dynamic Team of members to the Board of Directors today. Dr. Joseph M. Chalil, publisher of The Universal News Network will lead this this decade-old organization in his capacity as the Chairman of the BOAD of IAPC. Ginsmon Zachariah, the Founding Chairman of IAPC is the Secretary of BOD. Ajay Ghosh, the Founding President of IAPC, who along with Ginsmon is a permanent member of the BOD, will serve as a member of the BOD.

Dr Joseph M ChalilDr. Joseph M Chalil – Chairman – FL
Dr. Joseph M. Chalil, MD, MBA, FACHE is a visionary leader in the healthcare industry, currently steering Novo Integrated Sciences, Inc., as Chief Medical Officer. His illustrious career spans various facets of healthcare, innovation, and policymaking, underscored by his role as President of NovoAmerica Health Group and Clinical Consultants International, LLC. Dr. Chalil’s academic credentials are equally impressive, with a rich medical foundation from JJM Medical College, enhanced by an MBA in Healthcare Administration from Davenport University, and further specialization with a Global Health Delivery Certification from Harvard University. Currently, he is advancing his expertise in medical law and ethics as an LLM candidate at the University of Edinburgh Law School.

Dr. Chalil is a Fellow of the American College of Healthcare Executives and is recognized for his leadership in healthcare administration. His contributions to healthcare and policy are internationally recognized, with numerous awards highlighting his leadership and innovative thinking. He serves as the Complex Health Systems Chair & Faculty at Nova Southeastern University’s College of Business, and NSU MD executive leadership council member, and a respected voice in the media, discussing U.S.-India relations and healthcare policy.

Parveen ChopraParveen Chopra – Vice Chairman – NY
Past President of IAPC, Parveen Chopra has recently founded the premier wellness and spirituality web magazine, ALotusInTheMud.com, from New York. A journalism professional of three decades standing, he was earlier editor of The South Asian Times weekly newspaper, and ‘One World Under God’ interfaith journal. With a postgraduate degree in mass communication from Panjab University in Chandigarh, he worked for India Today magazine and founded a spiritual and personal growth magazine named Life Positive from New Delhi. He is a trained teacher of Transcendental Meditation and yoga.

 

Ginsmon Zacharia⁠Ginsmon Zacharia – Board Secretary. – NY
Ginsmon P. Zachariah, founding chairman and a permanent member of the IAPC Board of Directors, is the managing director of the Global Reporter Channel. A noted journalist who has made innovations in the field of visual media, he is also the chairman of Jai Hind News, a Malayalam newspaper with editions in the United States and Canada. He is the editor-in-chief of Aksharam magazine, a leading Malayalam magazine in the United States, and President and CEO of the English language magazine Asian Era. Ginsmon, who was the manager of The South Asian Times, a leading English language newspaper in America, started his journalism career 16 years ago by taking charge of the European edition of the Deepika, a Malayalam daily. As the US director of Jai Hind TV, he hosted the first reality show with candidates from all the states in US. The reality show, attended by hundreds of Malayalees, was telecast in around 250 episodes, helped many amateur singers to showcase their talent to the world, and was hailed as a historic first for the Malayalees in North America.

Kamlesh MehtaKamalesh Mehta – NY
Kamlesh Mehta, founder of Forsyth Media Group, the most popular Indo-American English media group in North America, is a member of a prominent Jain family in Rajasthan and started out with a diamond business in Bombay in 1985. Mehta immigrated to New York in 1986, with the intention of expanding his business, where he started trading in gemstones and diamonds. Mehta entered the media business in 2008, and his weekly newspaper, ‘The South Asian Times’ for the Indian community, has won several awards. He is also the publisher of Forsyth Media Group’s ‘The Asian Era’. In January 2010, he was appointed director of business and economic development by the Nassau County administration, where he served for five years. In 2009, he became president of the Rotary Club of Hicksville South, NY. In 2015-16, he had the opportunity to become governor of RI District 7255. He has been honored as a leading Rotary donor and has worked for many religious organizations and social causes. He is the founder of the Rajasthan Association of North America and organized the first Indian Day Parade in Hicksville, which started in 2012. Mehta is also the recipient of many lifetime achievement awards and certificates of recognition from various community organizations.

Dr Indranill Basu Ray Cambridge MADr. Indranill Basu Ray – Cambridge, MA
Dr. Indranill Basu Ray | MBBS, MD(Med), DNB (Card), DSc, FACP, FACC is a Cardiologist trained in one of the newer subspecialties called Interventional Cardiac Electrophysiology. Dr. Basu-Ray was a faculty guide at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT’s) LinQ program in Boston. He is a staff Cardiac Electrophysiologist and the present Director of Cardiovascular Research at the Memphis Veterans Medical Center in Memphis, TN, USA. He is also an Adjunct Professor at The School of Public Health, University of Memphis, Memphis, TN, USA.

Dr. Basu-Ray is the Editor of a popular book on Cardiology with over forty authors contributing to it from all over the world. He is the founder and President of the American Academy for Yoga in Medicine, an organization of physicians, scientists, and researchers who work on scientific validation of yoga as an integrative therapy. He is the Editor-in-Chief of the world’s first reference book written by over 75 physicians and researchers worldwide called “The Principle and Practice of Yoga in Cardiovascular Diseases,” published by Springer Nature. Dr. Basu Ray has delivered invited lectures worldwide on the role of Yoga and meditation in preventing and treating cardiovascular diseases. He was awarded a Doctorate in Science (Honoris Causa) by the world’s largest and oldest Yoga University- SVYASA, in Bengaluru, India. He has appeared on multiple television channels in this country and abroad, discussing Yoga as disease prevention. He writes blogs for numerous Indian and US Newspapers.

Dr Mathew JoysDr. Mathew Joys – Las Vegas, NV
Well-known writer and columnist in North America, Dr. Matthew Joys, was one of the early members of the IAPC. He has worked in the finance department of the central government in India and has been the director of the Rotaract Club and the national general secretary of the Employees Federation. He also served as executive vice president and secretary to the board of directors of IAPC. Author of ‘Entey Priyey’, a collection of love poems based on the Bible and the Ten Commandments, and the anthology ‘American Aadukal’, he spends his time as the executive editor of the Jai Hind, a New York-based newspaper, as well as the associate editor of the Express Herald, and as a member of the editorial board of Nerkazhcha weekly. He is also the Cabinet Member and Media Chairperson of the Global Indian Council (GIC) Inc.

Ajay GhoshAjay Ghosh – CT

Ajay Ghosh, the Chief Editor of The Universal News Network (www.theunn.com), graduated with a Master’s Degree in Journalism from Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI in 1998. Before coming to the United States, Ajay was the Chief Editor of The Voice Delhi and contributed articles to several national publications in India. In the United States, starting his journalistic career as a reporter in 1999 for India Post, he worked as the New York Bureau Chief of Indian Reporter and World News and was the New York Bureau Chief of India Tribune published from Chicago. Ajay served as the Executive Editor of NRI Today and was the Bureau Chief of The Indian Express, North American Editions. He was the founding Editor of The Asian Era. Since 2012, Ajay has been serving as the Media Coordinator of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI). In 2023, he was appointed as the Consultant for Public Relations Content for ITServe Alliance, the largest association of IT Solutions and services organizations in the United States. Ajay is the founder President of the Indo-American Press Club.

Having a Master’s Degree in Social Work from Delhi University, Ajay served as an Adjunct Faculty at Fordham Graduate School of Social Work from 2006 to 2016. He was an Adjunct Professor at Bridgeport University, where he taught Psychology. In 2019, he was part of a nearly 200-member expedition to Antarctica, the 7th Continent on Earth. Ajay was honored with the Excellence in Reporting Award by the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin for several years. In 2018, Ajay was honored with the Excellence in Journalism Award by NAMAM, In 2023, he received the prestigious Excellence in Journalism Award by The Kerala Center in New York.

Meena ChittippillyMeena Chittilapilly – Dallas, TX

Meena Chittilappilly is a well-known socio-cultural media activist from Dallas, Texas. She held the National Vice-Chairperson position of the Indo-American Press Club (IAPC) from 2022-2024 and the President position of the IAPC Dallas chapter from 2019-2021. Meena, who has been an anchorperson, interviewer, and newsreader on Doordarshan, Asianet USA, and Jai Hind TV, is currently working for Flowers TV USA.

Holding a Master’s in Business Administration (MBA) and another Master’s in Analytical Economics, Meena has worked in the field of education as a school director and a teacher for many years and is currently working as a project manager at Quantiphi, an international IT company. She was also active as the Marketing and Branding Chairperson (2019), Arts Chairperson (2020-2022), Board of Directors (2022-2024) of Malayalee Engineers of North Texas (MEANT), and the President of the Dallas Badminton Club (2010-2011). Moreover, she has been running the Swarajathi School of Music and Dance since 2001 and is an active organizer and media personality who has been making her mark in the professional theater industry. During her college years, she was the Arts Club Secretary and Union Councilor of All-Saints College, Thiruvananthapuram from 1990-1992.


CG DanielCG Daniel – Houston, TX
CG Daniel is a well-known writer and amateur photographer with a large following, especially on social media. He is an environmentalist and a cynophile. He has participated in television panel discussions about American and Indian politics. He is the founder, president, and CEO of the Deepalaya Foundation Inc., USA, a nonprofit charitable organisation. He has served the IAPC at various levels, including as chapter president, national vice-president, and general secretary.

 

P V BaijuDr. P V Baiju – Edmonton, CAD
A well-known Canadian author and columnist. P.V. Baiju, is a noted journalist who has presented the issues of Canadian Malayalees to the world through his columns.

 

Jacob KudassanadJacob Kudasanad – Houston
Jacob Kudassanad (Kuruvila), the founding Vice President of the Houston chapter of Indo American Press Club, is a long-standing member of the organization. Through his time in IAPC, he has also been able to serve as the National Secretary in 2018 and National Executive Vice President in 2019.

He began his journalistic activities in his college days, where he got the chance to be the Alleppy district representative for All Kerala Sahitya Sangam. He also served as the editor for his college’s magazine, as well as various other local magazines. During his time as editor, he was able to harness his creativity and publish many short stories and poems in printed media. More recently, he has contributed to news publications for the Malayalam News Media.

Since immigrating to the US in 1985, Jacob has been an active and committed member of various cultural and religious organizations. He joined the World Malayalee Council in 1995 and has held several positions, including President, Chairman, and Secretary, at the American Region and Houston Province levels. Additionally, he served as the General Secretary of the Malayalee Association of Greater Houston in 2000. His dedication has persisted throughout the years, as he serves as the Vice President – Admin in the American Region. He was able to serve as the Houston Bureau Coordinator for Reporter TV USA.

Finally, he is the current World Malayalee Council Chairman (America Region) and has been a member of St. Thomas Orthodox Cathedral Houston’s Golden Jubilee Souvenir Committee Chair. He was blessed with the opportunity to serve in multiple capacities. He hopes to continue to be a contributing member of the Indo–American community in the coming years

Regi Philip⁠Reji Philip – Philadelphia
Reji Phillip, a reporter for the Global Reporter channel, is a well-known journalist. He holds a master’s degree in journalism and manages the creative department in several visual and online media.

 

 

Jacob Abraham⁠Jacob Abraham – NY
Jacob Abraham is the CEO of Hedge Events and the publisher of Hedge News. With a keen eye for detail and a strategic mindset, Jacob has successfully led Hedge Events to become a premier event management company known for its innovative and high-quality events. His leadership has also elevated Hedge News, a prominent publication that offers in-depth analysis and insights into the financial world. Jacob’s expertise and dedication have made him a respected figure in the industry, continually pushing the boundaries of excellence in event management and financial journalism.

Dr Renee MehraDr. Renee Mehra – Chicago
Dr. Renee Mehra has been working in the media since 1990. Renee is the host of the show ‘Renee Report’, which provides media coverage on politics, health, human interest stories, fashion, film, theater, and current affairs. She has been the president of Reenbow Media, an advertising, broadcasting, and public relations company since 2010. She acted as associate director of external affairs department NYC health, hospitals/Queens from 2014 to 2017. After earning a BA in broadcast journalism from the University of New York, and an MA in political management and public relations from the George Washington University, she received her doctorate from Walden University.

Joseph JohnJoseph John – Calgary, CAD
Joseph John is a Canadian Freelance Guild (CFG) and a Calgary-based freelance reporter who is president of the Alberta Chapter of the Indo-American Press Club. Joseph has also been the president of the Malayalee Cultural Association of Calgary, which has more than 4,000 members. Joseph John, founder, and organizer of ‘Kavya Sandhya,’ which promotes literary and cultural activities for children in Calgary. In addition, he serves as the Canada coordinator of ‘Malayalam Mission’, (The Malayalam Mission is an initiative by the Government of Kerala to provide opportunities for Malayalees around the world to learn their mother tongue, Malayalam). He was the secretary of the National Association of Corrosion Engineers and for the Association of Materials Protection and Performance, Calgary Chapter of the U.S. & Canada Northern Area.


Cyriac ScariaCyriac Scaria – San Antonio
Medi-Lightment journalist, entrepreneur, wellness missionary, and proponent of “BYGA Wellness” (Build Yourself Great Again) via health and nutrition. Currently working on projects that reduce medication dependence and increase happiness through overall well-being.

 

Korason VargheseKorason Varghese – NY
Previously served as the General Secretary and Executive VP of IAPC. Columnist, Cartooninst and interviewer. Regional Director, Y’s Men’s Club of US and UN Representaive. Served as the International PRO of the worldwide Service Organization. Published Two books and recieved several Media Awards and recognitions.

 

 

Joji Kavanal⁠Joji Kavanal – NY
Joji Kavanal is the treasurer of the Malankara Archdiocese of North America and one of the founding directors of the Indo-American Press Club. He also served as the director of Jaihind TV USA from 2010 to 2013. He was chief editor of Malankara Deepam annual publication of the Malankara Archdiocese

He practiced law in the Kerala high court and is also a treasurer of the Kerala High Court Advocates Association. His extensive experience and dedication have significantly contributed to his leadership roles within the diaspora community, bridging cultural and professional ties between India and North America.

Anil AugustineAnil Augustine – Atlanta
Anil Augustine is an Atlanta, GA resident, professionally a Public Relations (PR) management consultant in the International Trade, Media, and Human Resource domains. Currently, he serves as the Managing Director of an enterprise advisory firm www.AuguDEST.com, which assists global entrepreneurs, in reaching expertise in bilateral global trade, Media, PR & HR avenues. He is the joint promoter at the marketplace aggregator – Rural Agricultural Development Technology and Research. Anil serves on the Henry County, GA School System’s Advisory Council Board Since 2016 and the Eagle’s Landing Middle School as President of the PTO Board since 2019. As a Public Relations Officio, Anil is involved with Global Indian Council, a diaspora advocacy institution and World Malayalee Council, the global fraternity of Kerala diaspora. He serves on the Executive Board of the Federation of Malayalee Associations in Americas (FOMAA) immigration advocacy initiative – L.i.F.e, FOMAA Legal Immigration Federation, Anil served as the National Vice-president of IAPC and enthusiastically contributed to the International Media Convention in 2018 as the IAPC Atlanta Chapter Advisory Board member.

Morley NairMorley J. Nair – Philadelphia
Morley (Murali) J. Nair is a lawyer, journalist, writer, and a world traveler. Based in Philadelphia, PA, he has been practicing law for the past 30 years. He has published numerous works of fiction and non-fiction, both in English and Malayalam, in the leading newspapers and periodicals in India, the United States, the UK, and the Middle East. For several years, he has been the Jeddah-based correspondent for the Riyadh Daily newspaper, published from the Saudi capital. Mr. Nair has published four books in Malayalam – two collections of short stories, a travelogue, and a novel; and two books in English – The Monsoon Mystic (a novel) and Chorashastra: The Subtle Science of Thievery (published by Penguin India and short-listed for the Bangalore-based Atta Galatta Literary Prize – translation of eminent writer V.J. James’ novel Chorashastram). He has received a number of literary awards, both in India and the US. He is also an avid world traveler – has visited about 120 countries and has been on about 40 cruises around the world so far.

iapc logo 256Indo American Press Club (IAPC) is the fast-growing syndicate of print, visual, online, and electronic media journalists and other media-related professionals of Indian origin working in the United States, Canada, and Europe. IAPC is committed to enhancing the working conditions of our journalists, exchanging ideas, and offering educational and training opportunities to our members, aspiring young journalists, and media professionals around the globe; and also by honoring media people for their excellence, and for bringing positive changes through their dedicated service among the community. Today IAPC envisages its vision through collective efforts and advocacy activities through its 15 Chapters across the US and Canada, in the larger public sphere.

Surgeon General Calls for Warning Labels on Social Media to Protect Adolescent Mental Health

Surgeon General Vivek Murthy is advocating for a mandatory warning label on social media platforms to alert users about the potential mental health risks for adolescents. In an opinion piece for The New York Times, Murthy emphasized the necessity of a surgeon general’s warning label, akin to those found on tobacco and alcohol products. He pointed out that research indicates such labels on tobacco products have effectively raised awareness and influenced user behavior.

“It is time to require a surgeon general’s warning label on social media platforms, stating that social media is associated with significant mental health harms for adolescents,” Murthy wrote.

He further clarified that congressional action would be needed to implement this requirement, which would serve as a constant reminder to both parents and adolescents that the safety of social media has not been confirmed.

“A surgeon general’s warning label, which requires congressional action, would regularly remind parents and adolescents that social media has not been proved safe,” he added.

Murthy acknowledged that a warning label alone is insufficient to make social media platforms safer for young people. He referred to an advisory he issued last year, which highlighted the role of social media in the youth mental health crisis. In that advisory, he urged policymakers, platforms, and the public to follow his recommendations to improve the safety of social media for adolescents.

Murthy called for legislative action from Congress to protect young people from online harassment, abuse, and exploitation, as well as from exposure to extreme violence and sexual content. He also stressed the importance of social media companies sharing their data with the public and permitting independent safety audits.

Moreover, Murthy advised schools and parents to establish phone-free environments, particularly during meals, before bedtime, and at social events. He suggested that parents should delay allowing their children to use social media until they have completed middle school and encouraged them to collaborate with other families to create common rules.

“These harms are not a failure of willpower and parenting; they are the consequence of unleashing powerful technology without adequate safety measures, transparency or accountability,” he wrote.

Murthy’s call for action highlights the growing concern over the impact of social media on young people’s mental health. He believes that by implementing these measures, society can better protect adolescents from the negative effects of social media.

Delhi LG Approves Prosecution of Arundhati Roy Under UAPA for 2010 Speech

Delhi’s Lieutenant Governor Vinai Kumar Saxena has approved the prosecution of author Arundhati Roy under the stringent Unlawful Activities Prevention Act (UAPA) for her alleged provocative speech at a 2010 event, according to officials at Raj Niwas, as reported by PTI on Friday.

“Delhi Lt Governor VK Saxena has sanctioned the prosecution of Arundhati Roy and former Professor of International Law in Central University of Kashmir, Dr. Sheikh Showkat Hussain, under section 45 (1) of Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act in the case,” a Raj Niwas official said.

Last October, Saxena had granted sanction to prosecute Roy and former Central University of Kashmir professor Sheikh Showkat Hussain under section 196 of CrPC for commission of offences punishable under different sections of the Indian Penal Code.

“The issues discussed and spoken about at the conference propagated the separation of Kashmir from India,” the Raj Niwas official said.

Apart from Roy and Sheikh Showkat Hussain, the speakers at the event included late Hurriyat leader Syed Ali Shah Geelani, SAR Geelani (the conference’s anchor and a key accused in the Parliament attack case), and Varavara Rao.

The complainant Sushil Pandit, an activist from Kashmir, had filed a complaint under Section 156(3) of CrPC before the Metropolitan Magistrate Court, New Delhi, which directed the registration of an FIR on November 27, 2010.

“It was alleged that Geelani and Arundhati Roy strongly propagated that Kashmir was never part of India and was forcibly occupied by the Armed Forces of India and every possible effort should be made for the independence of the J-K from India and recordings of the same were provided by the complainant,” the officials stated.

Subsequently, an FIR was filed and an investigation was conducted, they added.

Roy has been an outspoken critic of the Modi government, voicing dissent on various issues.

In a significant development, Delhi’s Lieutenant Governor Vinai Kumar Saxena has authorized the prosecution of acclaimed author Arundhati Roy under the stringent Unlawful Activities Prevention Act (UAPA) for her alleged provocative remarks at an event in 2010, as per officials at Raj Niwas cited by PTI on Friday.

“Delhi Lt Governor VK Saxena has given the go-ahead for the prosecution of Arundhati Roy and former Professor of International Law in Central University of Kashmir, Dr. Sheikh Showkat Hussain, under section 45 (1) of Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act in this case,” a Raj Niwas official confirmed.

Last October, Saxena had cleared the prosecution of Roy and ex-professor Sheikh Showkat Hussain under section 196 of CrPC for offenses punishable under different sections of the Indian Penal Code.

“The issues discussed and spoken about at the conference advocated for the separation of Kashmir from India,” the Raj Niwas official remarked.

Apart from Roy and Sheikh Showkat Hussain, other speakers at the event included the late Hurriyat leader Syed Ali Shah Geelani, SAR Geelani (who chaired the conference and was a primary accused in the Parliament attack case), and Varavara Rao.

Activist Sushil Pandit from Kashmir had lodged a complaint under Section 156(3) of CrPC before the Metropolitan Magistrate Court in New Delhi, which directed the registration of an FIR on November 27, 2010.

“The allegation was that Geelani and Arundhati Roy vigorously asserted that Kashmir had never been a part of India and was forcibly occupied by the Indian Armed Forces, advocating for J-K’s independence from India, with recordings of these statements provided by the complainant,” officials elaborated.

Consequently, an FIR was lodged and an investigation ensued.

Roy has consistently criticized the Modi administration, expressing dissent on multiple fronts.

IAPC Announces New Leadership for 2024 & Beyond

Dr. Joseph Chalil, New Chair of the Board of Directors

Azad Jayan, National President; Shan Justus, General Secretary; Sunny George, Treasurer

New York: The Chair of the Board of Directors and the National Committee of the Indo American Press Club (IAPC), the largest association of journalists of Indian origin in North America has been announced.

Dr. Joseph M. Chalil, a prominent physician executive, currently serving as the Chief Medical Officer at Novo Integrated Sciences, Inc, whose extensive contributions to healthcare innovation and research are recognized internationally, with numerous publications in leading journals will serve as the Chair of IAPC’s Board of Directors for the year 2024 and Beyond. Dr. Chalil is also an LLM Medical Law and Ethics candidate at the University of Edinburgh Law School, further enhancing his expertise in the intersection of healthcare, law, and ethics. Author of several Best sellers, he is the co-founder, serving as the President & CEO of TheUNN Corporation.

Azad Jayan, who has a journalism-business background is the National President. Writer James Kurikattil is the executive vice president. Shan Jestus, an IT expert, is the general secretary and Sunny George is the Treasurer. Others who will lead the decade-old organization into the new decade and beyond are:  Sunil Manjinakkara (New York Chapter), Shibi Roy (Houston Chapter), Patricia Umashankar (Dallas Chapter), Tozin Abraham (New York Chapter) will serve as Vice Presidents and Prof.

Joy Pallatummatham (Dallas Chapter), Nisha Jude (New York Chapter), and Chacko James (Houston Chapter) will serve as the Secretaries. Thrissur Jacob (New York Chapter) and Jomon Joy (Connecticut Chapter) were selected as the Joint Treasurers. Milly Philip (Philadelphia Chapter) was selected as the National Coordinator for the United States and Noble Augustine (Alberta Chapter) as the National Coordinator for Canada. Gigi Kurian (New York Chapter) and Rijesh Peter (Edmonton Chapter) will manage the news distribution. Ex-President Aashmita Yogiraj is an ex-officio member of the National Committee.

Azad Jayan started TV journalism as a trainee reporter in Manorama News in 2006 and worked in Manorama News for 6 years as a reporter in Thiruvananthapuram and Delhi bureaus and as a producer in the main desk. Mainly dealt with were Supreme Court news, right-wing politics, and cinema beats. In addition to reporting many human interest stories, many prominent figures have been interviewed. He has also directed several television live shows and documentaries. MC tops the list of Indian media in Canada. He is the Director of News and the Editor-in-Chief of Kan Malayali newspaper. He holds a BA in English and an Advanced Diploma in Mass Communication and Video Production from Mahatma Gandhi University.

Shan Justus currently serves as the web designer of The Universal News Network. A Software Engineering Manager an the Health and Wellness/Pharmacy Information Technology team in San Antonio, Texas, he is also known for his creative writings. Shan has always preferred digital technology. Shan Justus has over a decade of experience in the news media industry.

Mr. James is a famous writer, who has previously worked as Vice President of IAPC. Known not only in the US but also among Malayalees around the world, James Kurikattil is a regular presence in workshops and seminars that emphasize scientific independent thinking.

Sunny George is an IT professional with twenty-five years of experience in information technology and consulting services. He is president and CEO of SGTC LLC and manager of Hedge Media, providing IT consulting services to other organizations. Oversaw Bloomberg’s and Reuters’ real-time market data service for IT asset management and trading floor operations. Mr. George currently serves as the Treasurer of the Malayali Association of Long Island and is active in organizations such as the Salem Marthomma Church of Eastern Long Island. Mr. Sunny George is an influencer in social media, implementing state-of-the-art technology and media solutions in collaboration with various organizations.

Sunil Manjanikara works as Program In Chief at Global Reporter Channel. Sunil, who was the program director of Jaihind TV USA, excelled in photography and videography. He has produced several TV programs and was instrumental in launching the visual media initiative of the American Malankara Atibhadrasan of the Syrian Orthodox Church. He has also worked as the Public Relations Officer of Malankara Atibhadrasan from 2017 to 2019. For Jaihind TV, Sunil organized a reality show for the first time in all the states of America, which became a historic event. About two hundred and fifty episodes of the reality show, in which thousands of Malayalis participated, were aired. Many singers have been able to present their talent to the world through this program.

Shibi Roy Athura, Vice President of the IAPC Houston Chapter, is a person who has excelled both in the field of service and media. In spite of her nursing job, Shibi managed to play the role of a passionate radio jockey and make it a success. He is the founder and CEO of Mallu Cafe Radio and a radio personality. Shibi is notable for its efforts to spread goodness and love through the medium of radio. Mallu Cafe Radio promotes physical and mental health programs. Shibi Roy, the elected 2020-2021 Women’s Representative of the Malayali Association of Greater Houston, is the Chairperson of the Women’s Forum of the American Malayali organization FOMA.

Mr. Tozin Abraham is a broadcast professional with a rich background in computer engineering and broadcast engineering. Tozin started his career in 1994 as a computer engineer. From 1996 to 2002, he worked as Director, Producer and Chief News Officer of Kerala Television in New York. Serving as Transmission Manager at a multi-channel broadcasting company in New York, Tosin leads the seamless transmission of content across multiple channels. He worked as a transmission engineer at ABC News and later as a broadcast engineer at Fox News. Mr. Tosin Abraham is a person who always strives to push the boundaries of technology and storytelling, excel in every role he undertakes and come up with innovative ideas.

Patricia Umashankar is a freelance journalist with six years of experience as a Personal Assistant to the Chief Reporter of a leading American newspaper. Currently working as a freelancer for a radio station, Patricia is passionate about presenting a wide variety of topics with depth, accuracy and insights. Organizational skills and attention to detail have enabled Patricia Umakar to easily establish herself in this fast-paced media world. Patricia Umashakar’s role in engaging audiences with accurate and lively reporting and making meaningful contributions to the media sector is no small feat.

IAPC Dallas Chapter Advisory Board Member Prof. Joy Pallatumath also served as the Vice President of this organization during 2015-2019. He is the editor and co-author of 2 academic books, Zoology for Pre-Degree Students and Animal Diversity for Degree Students published by Zoological Society of Kerala. He was co-editor (1990-98) of BULBUL, an environmental bi-monthly published jointly by Ecofraternity and Kerala Center for Christian Higher Education. He also served on the Editorial Board of Tree India Journal jointly published by The Land Use Board Trivandrum, Friends of Trees Kottayam and Ecofraternity. He has published articles in newspapers and magazines.

Prof. Pravasi Shrestha Malayalam language course for Malayali children in Texas and other places. Joy Pallatummath continued her social volunteerism in America. In 2019, he compiled, authored and published 2 volumes of Pravasi Shrestha Malayalam books dedicated to Pravasi Malayalam children worldwide. He is a member of the Pastoral Council of the Syro Malabar Catholic Diocese of Chicago and a member of the Canaanite Catholic Association of North America (KCCNA) and the Kerala Association of Dallas. Currently serving as the President of Pravasi Malayali Federation (PMF) North America Region.

Nisha Jude is a social media influencer who discusses many topics among North American Malayalis. Mrs. Nisha Judd is a person who boldly shares and responds to socially relevant issues through her social media platform. From 2020-2022, Kairali TV was associated with America. Nisha was reporting from America for Doordarshan Kerala during the covid period. Nisha works in the health sector and lives in New York with her family.

Mr. James Chacko, a permanent resident of Texas, is a well-known personality in the socio-political arena. Has published short stories and several articles. He is a writer for leading American media such as Jai Hind News and E Malayalee. He has served in various positions in leading American organizations such as Michigan Literary Association, Oruma, LANA, Malayalee Association of Greater Houston and Rotary Club. He is currently the General Secretary of Riverstone Malayali Association.

Mr. Thrissur Jacob is a personality who has been present in the media field for more than a decade and a half as a television producer, reporter and news editor. He is noted as a presenter, writer, debater, political analyst, crisis management expert and counselor. Jahhind Newsl, the most popular newspaper among North American Malayalis, has been operating for more than fifteen years. Thrissur Jacob, who maintains distinct views on musical taste and artistic moral values, is a person who puts forward the idea that a society should be formed based on practical human values beyond the superficialities.

Jomon Joy, who works as a freelancer, is a columnist in leading Malayalam media in America.

Milly Philip, President of the Philadelphia IAPC Chapter, serves as the World Malayali Council Women’s Forum Americas Region General Secretary and the Malayali Association of Greater Philadelphia’s Women’s Forum Chairperson. Millie has held many positions including MAP (Malay Association of Greater Philadelphia) Women’s Forum Chairperson, WMC PA Province Women’s Forum Chairperson. He is also currently the program coordinator for the Orthodox Sunday School. Millie Phillippe has literally dedicated her life to justice and charity. In 1995 he was the MG University Youth Festival Coordinator. She has worked as an anchor and reporter for Asianet, Manorama News, Doordarshan and Global Reporter. Currently working as a Learning Support Assistant, Millie lives in Pennsylvania.

Noble Augustine is a dedicated English teacher by profession with a passion for the field of education and linguistics. Noble Mathew is the Editorial Director at Samiksha, a Canadian multicultural family magazine. Mr. Noble has been instrumental in shaping the diverse content of Samiksha. His multifaceted roles reflect his unwavering dedication to education, social service and cultural enrichment. In addition to teaching, the Knights of Columbus serve as district deputies in Alberta and the Northwest Territories. She is a member of the Parish Council of Saint Mother Teresa Syro Malabar Church in Calgary.

Mr. Gigi Kurian is the chairman of several organizations in America. Mr. Gigi Kuryan, director of Kerala News Online, has a strong presence among the American Malayalees. Sri Gigi Kurien is also a well-known composer.

Rijesh Peter started his career as a creative graphic professional in New Delhi. He currently serves as the Editor-in-Chief of the IAPC Chronicle, an e-magazine published from Calgary for the Indo-American Press Club. He is the editor of Souvenir published by St. Mother Teresa Syro Malabar Catholic Church, Calgary, Canada. He is also an active participant in programs organized by various associations in Calgary, Canada.

Nicki Minaj Apologizes for Postponed Manchester Concert After Dutch Drug Detention

Early Sunday morning, rapper Nicki Minaj apologized to fans gathered outside her Manchester hotel for postponing her UK show after being detained by Dutch authorities on suspicion of drug possession.

“I love you and I’m so sorry this happened tonight,” Minaj expressed in a social media video.

Minaj had previously announced her Manchester hotel location in a post on X, encouraging fans to visit. “I’m going on the balcony so if you’re outside I’ll be able to see you & I may come downstairs. I’ll be out there for about an hour. Rlly (really) wanted to at least get to see you,” she said.

Despite being released from police custody on Saturday evening, Minaj’s scheduled concert in Manchester for that night was canceled.

In a joint statement from Live Nation and the concert venue Co-op Live, organizers conveyed their disappointment over the situation. “Despite Nicki’s best efforts to explore every possible avenue to make tonight’s show happen, the events of today have made it impossible,” the statement read.

A video on Minaj’s Instagram Live, which was later shared across various social media platforms, shows her interacting with police at Amsterdam’s Schiphol Airport while filming with her phone.

In the video, Minaj refers to “pre-rolls they found,” and is seen being escorted out of her vehicle and directed to enter a police van. When she inquires why she must get in the van, an officer states she is “under arrest,” later clarifying it was for “carrying drugs.” Minaj asserts, “I’m not carrying drugs.”

Throughout the clip, Minaj repeatedly asks for the police station’s address and legal representation while the officers request she stop filming.

When contacted by CNN using Minaj’s legal name, Onika Tanya Maraj-Petty, the Royal Netherlands Marechaussee (the Netherlands military police) confirmed they had detained a 41-year-old American woman at Schiphol Airport for possessing “soft drugs.”

Later that Saturday, the Royal Netherlands Marechaussee announced that the detained woman had been released “on suspicion of exporting soft

drugs.” Their statement elaborated, “Following consultation with the Public Prosecutor’s Office, the suspect received a monetary fine and is now permitted to continue her journey.”

CNN has reached out to Minaj’s representatives for further comments.

Nicki Minaj is currently on her Pink Friday 2 World Tour, promoting her latest album, which was released late last year. She performed in Amsterdam on Thursday night and is scheduled to perform in Birmingham, UK, on Sunday night. Another concert is planned at Co-op Live in Manchester on Thursday, May 30.

This incident has caused significant disruption to her tour schedule. Minaj’s fans, who were eagerly anticipating the Manchester performance, were left disappointed by the last-minute cancellation. The artist’s efforts to engage with her fans despite the circumstances highlight her dedication and connection to her audience.

The incident at Schiphol Airport started when Minaj was stopped by authorities who claimed to have found pre-rolled joints in her possession. The video, which captured part of her interaction with the police, shows Minaj expressing confusion and repeatedly asserting her innocence. The arrest and subsequent release, accompanied by a fine, have sparked discussions among fans and the media about the challenges and scrutiny celebrities often face, particularly when traveling internationally.

Minaj’s ability to address her fans directly through social media provided some solace to those who had been looking forward to her performance. Her public apology and explanation about the unforeseen circumstances demonstrate her commitment to maintaining transparency and honesty with her supporters.

The organizers, Live Nation and Co-op Live, expressed their frustration over the unavoidable cancellation, acknowledging the extensive efforts made by Minaj to proceed with the show despite the legal hurdles. Their statement underscores the complexity and unpredictability of organizing international tours, where unforeseen events can disrupt even the best-laid plans.

Minaj’s Pink Friday 2 World Tour continues to attract significant attention, with fans eagerly following her journey across various cities. The upcoming performances in Birmingham and the rescheduled Manchester show are highly anticipated, and many hope that the remaining tour dates will proceed without further complications.

As the situation unfolds, it serves as a reminder of the various challenges artists face while on tour, from logistical issues to legal entanglements. Nicki Minaj’s experience highlights the importance of resilience and adaptability in the face of unexpected obstacles, reinforcing her status not only as a talented performer but also as a dedicated and resilient figure in the music industry.

Taylor Swift Wows Singapore with Surprise Album Announcement and Magical Performances!

In a dazzling display of talent and surprise, Taylor Swift, 34, captivated an audience of approximately 55,000 fans at the Singapore National Stadium. Amidst her performance, she stunned her admirers with an unexpected revelation.

Seated gracefully at her piano during her second show in Singapore, Swift unveiled the fourth and final rendition of her upcoming album, The Tortured Poets Department. A snapshot shared by a fan on X showcased the album’s new iteration displayed on stage, unveiling a bonus track titled “The Black Dog,” accompanied by previously unreleased artwork featuring Swift elegantly running her fingers through her hair.

Taking to Instagram, the pop icon shared the news alongside an image mirroring the artwork showcased during her live performance. “‘Old habits die screaming…’ File Name: The Black Dog ���,” she expressed, urging fans to pre-order the ultimate edition of THE TORTURED POETS DEPARTMENT, inclusive of the exclusive bonus track “The Black Dog” available on her website.

Included in her post was another snapshot revealing the album’s track listing, featuring a distinct image of Swift with the phrase “Old habits die screaming” emblazoned across it.

This performance marked the second of six shows scheduled in the country, with Swift set to grace the Eras Tour stage once again for three consecutive nights following a two-day hiatus.

Prior to her enchanting Singaporean performances, Swift shared her profound connection to the city, particularly emphasizing its significance due to her mother, Andrea Swift, who spent a significant part of her childhood there. Recounting fond memories, Swift reminisced about her mother driving her past their old family home and school during previous tours, weaving Singapore’s narrative into her life story.

Before her Singaporean rendezvous, Swift delighted audiences in Sydney, Australia, cherishing what she described as “magical” moments in an Instagram post reflecting on her time down under. Despite facing a weather-related setback that led to the cancellation of her supporting act Sabrina Carpenter’s set, Swift graced her fans with a heartfelt mashup of her songs “White Horse” and “Coney Island.”

Throughout her Sydney performances, Swift continued to surprise her fans with inventive mashups, blending classics like “Haunted” with newer hits like “Exile” from her 2020 album folklore. Additionally, she seamlessly fused the vault track “Is It Over Now?” from the 2023 release 1989 (Taylor’s Version) with another gem from the same album, “I Wish You Would.”

Swift’s presence in Sydney drew a constellation of celebrities, including Katy Perry, Rebel Wilson, and her beau Travis Kelce, the 34-year-old Super Bowl champion tight end for the Kansas City Chiefs. Notably, Kelce, stepping into a role traditionally reserved for Swift’s father, Scott, distributed guitar picks to ecstatic fans during her inaugural Sydney performance.

Dr. Samir Shah Appointed Chair of BBC: First Person of Indian Origin to Hold Prestigious Position

The British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) has announced the appointment of Dr. Samir Shah as its chair, effective from March 4, 2023, for a four-year term. The UK government disclosed his nomination for this significant role in December 2023.

Dr. Shah, a seasoned professional with over four decades of experience in the broadcasting media, has become the first individual of Indian origin to be selected for this prestigious position. Prior to assuming this role, he had been the CEO of Juniper, an independent television and radio production company, since 1998. Furthermore, Dr. Shah had previously served as the head of current affairs and political programs at the BBC.

In recognition of his outstanding contributions to journalism, Dr. Shah was honored with the Lifetime Achievement award by the Royal Television Society in 2022. His impressive career also includes being a non-executive director of the BBC from 2007 to 2010. Additionally, he held the position of chair at the Museum of the Home from 2014 to 2022 and served as a trustee and deputy chair of the V&A from 2004 to 2014. Dr. Shah also chaired the Runnymede Trust from 1999 to 2009 and One World Media from 2020 to 2024. His involvement extended to being a member of the arts and media honors committee from 2022 to 2024.

Queen Elizabeth II recognized Dr. Samir Shah’s remarkable contributions to television and heritage by awarding him the Commander of the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire (CBE) in 2019. He had previously received an Order of the British Empire (OBE) in the New Year’s Honors list in 2000.

Elected as a fellow of the Royal Television Society in 2002, Dr. Shah was appointed as a visiting professor of creative media at Oxford University in 2019. The University of Nottingham also honored him with a special professorship in the Department of Post Conflict Studies.

Born in Aurangabad, India, in 1960, Dr. Shah migrated to England. Expressing his thoughts on the appointment, he remarked, “The BBC is, without doubt, one of the greatest contributions we have made to global culture and one of our strongest calling cards on soft power.” He emphasized the BBC’s significant role in British life, stating, “The BBC has a great place in British life and a unique duty to reach a wide audience right across the country, and I will do all I can to ensure it fulfills this in an increasingly competitive market.”

In his capacity as the chair of the BBC’s board, Dr. Samir Shah will be responsible for upholding and safeguarding the BBC’s independence. His role extends to ensuring the BBC fulfills its mission to inform, educate, and entertain, especially in the face of challenges posed by an increasingly competitive media landscape.

Adani Group Acquires Stakes In News Agency IANS

Adani Enterprises, Indian billionaire Gautam Adani’s flagship firm, said on Saturday it had acquired a majority stake in news agency Indo-Asian News Service or IANS as the conglomerate tries to consolidate its media presence.

The Adani group said in a statement that upon acquiring a 50.5% stake for 510,000 rupees ($6,140), it would assume full operational and management control of IANS.

The news agency reported a revenue of over 118.6 million rupees in the 2022/23 financial year.

Adani entered the media industry in March last year by acquiring Quintillion Business Media, which operates business and financial news digital media platform BQ Prime. Later in December 2022, it acquired almost a 65% stake in the broadcaster NDTV. ($1 = 83.0200 Indian rupees)

Indica News Honored By San Francisco Press Club With Three Awards

A news and analysis outlet for India and Indian American community-related news — indica News — was honored yet again at the 46th annual San Francisco Press Club Awards. Among its many wins is the first place in ‘Digital Media: Business/Technology Story’ category.

Considered one of the most prestigious awards in San Francisco, the Journalistic Excellence Awards gala was held December 13 at the San Francisco Elks Lodge, California. These three awards take indica‘s tally at the San Francisco Press Club awards to four

Jha won first place in Digital Media: Business/Technology for her story headlined: “California 10th-grader develops AI system to help specially-abled people safely cross roads.”

“Such honors are gratifying and give hope, no matter whether you are a startup or a small media outlet. Real impactful stories are always recognized,” said Jha. She thanked the jury members, the community, and indica’s supporters.

In second place for the same category was Bloomberg’s Ian King, Debby Wu for, ‘The Chip War’. Julie Zigoris was honored with third place for her story, ‘The Gap, One of SF’s Iconic Businesses, Has Come Undone’ in The San Francisco Standard. An Honorable Mention was given to MarketWatch‘s Jeremy Owens and Therese Poletti for their story ‘Corporate profit is at a level well beyond what we have ever seen, and it’s expected to keep growing’.

Jha, an experienced reporter and editor, says her work in various areas of reporting has helped her stay aware and being able to remain prepared to deal with any situation whether it is politics, election coverage, business, technology, immigration, student issues, or community stories.

She won two other awards. Under the ‘Digital Media: Profile’ category, she won second prize for the story headlined: ‘Indian American teen Indeever Madireddy on how he sequenced the angelfish genome’.

She also won third prize in Digital Profile category for a story headlined, ‘Can’t have caste denial and bigotry in the U.S. anymore: Dalit rights activist Thenmozhi’.

The San Francisco Press Club had announced in November that it had received a record 544 entries for its 46th annual awards gala. This is the third time in a row the SF Press Club broke its previous record.

Competing media outlets include:

National/International: Associated Press, The Athletic, BBC, Bloomberg, CBS News, El Tecolote, Epoch Times, Financial Times, Fox News, Gizmodo, Indica News, Insider, LinkedIn News, MarketWatch, Mashable, Politico, Re/Code, Reuters, The Nation, The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal, Univision, USA Today, VentureBeat

Local print/online: Contra Costa Times, Mission Local, Oakland Tribune, Palo Alto Daily Post, Sacramento Bee, San Francisco Chronicle, SF Gate, San Francisco Business Journal, San Francisco Bay Times, San Francisco Standard, San Jose Mercury News, Silicon Valley Business Journal, Bay City News. TV: KBWB, KCSM, KICU, KGO, KNTV, KOFY, KPIX, KRON, KSTS, KTVU. Radio: KALW, KFTY, KHMB, KPFA, KQED, KSFO, Sing Tao Chinese Radio

UK Government Nominates Samir Shah as New BBC Chairman Amid Financial Challenges and Strategic Shifts

The UK government, on Wednesday, revealed its selection for the new BBC chairman, a decision prompted by the departure of the previous chair earlier this year due to involvement in a loan to then-Prime Minister Boris Johnson. The Conservative government nominated seasoned TV executive Samir Shah to succeed Richard Sharp, who resigned in April as the head of the publicly funded broadcaster.

This appointment is expected to receive approval from a parliamentary committee and is crucial for the BBC, currently grappling with heightened funding challenges. With the goal of achieving £500 million in savings, the corporation recently announced cutbacks to its flagship “Newsnight” program.

Samir Shah, aged 71, will be entrusted with the task of negotiating an increase in the license fee, the primary source of funding for the BBC. Recent reports from UK media suggest that Prime Minister Rishi Sunak intends to block a proposed nine percent increase in the annual fee, currently set at £159 ($200) per household.

With a career spanning over 40 years in television, including various roles at the BBC such as head of current affairs, Samir Shah expressed his delight at being named the government’s preferred candidate in a statement. A BBC spokesperson welcomed the announcement, stating, “We welcome the announcement that Samir Shah has been selected as the Government’s preferred candidate to take up the role of BBC chair and look forward to him joining the board once the formal process has been complete.”

The backdrop to this appointment is the departure of Richard Sharp, a former executive at investment bank Goldman Sachs. Sharp resigned after it was revealed that he acted as an intermediary in facilitating an £800,000 ($1 million) loan for Boris Johnson.

In essence, the UK government, facing the aftermath of Sharp’s resignation, has chosen Samir Shah to take the helm of the BBC. Shah’s extensive experience in television, particularly at the BBC, positions him to lead the broadcaster through a challenging period marked by financial constraints and the need for strategic decision-making.

As the new chair, Shah is poised to play a pivotal role in negotiations with the government regarding an increase in the license fee. This fee, constituting a significant portion of the BBC’s funding, is under scrutiny as reports circulate that Prime Minister Rishi Sunak plans to oppose a proposed nine percent hike, challenging the broadcaster to navigate financial uncertainties.

Shah’s career trajectory, spanning four decades, underscores his wealth of experience, including key roles in current affairs at the BBC. His statement expressing delight at the government’s preference for him as the new chair reflects his readiness to assume this responsibility.

The BBC, through a spokesperson, conveyed its anticipation of Shah officially joining the board, emphasizing the importance of completing the formal process. This signals a degree of alignment between the government’s choice and the broadcaster’s outlook on the future leadership.

The departure of Richard Sharp, who had a background in investment banking, added a layer of complexity to the dynamics surrounding the BBC. Sharp’s resignation was tied to his involvement in facilitating a substantial loan for Boris Johnson. The transition to Samir Shah marks a shift in leadership and a potential course correction for the BBC in light of recent challenges.

The appointment of Samir Shah as the new BBC chairman comes at a critical juncture for the broadcaster. His role in negotiating the license fee increase, navigating financial pressures, and steering the organization through cutbacks will be closely watched. As the government’s preferred candidate, Shah brings a wealth of experience to the position, and the outcome of this transition will shape the future trajectory of one of the UK’s most prominent media institutions.

Ajay Ghosh Honored With Excellence In Media & Journalism Award

Ajay Ghosh, the Chief Editor and co-publisher of The Universal News Network (www.theunn.com) was awarded with the prestigious Kerala Center Annual Award for Excellence in Journalism during the 31st Annual Awards Banquet held on October 28, 2023 at The Indian American Kerala Cultural and Civic Center in Elmont, New York. New York State Senator Kevin Thomas presented the Award to Ajay Ghosh, during the awards ceremony that was attended by nearly 200 people from across the United States and Canda, including several elected officials, community and business leaders.

Ajay was among the eight distinguished honorees from across the United States and Canada, who were bestowed with the prestigious awards with Excellence Awards for their outstanding accomplishments in their respective fields of specialization and contributions to the larger society. Others who were honored included: Dr. Shyam Kottilil (Baltimore, MD) – Life Time Achievement Award; Sajeeb Koya (Pickering, Ontario, Canada) – Entrepreneurship; Dr. Anna George (Long Island, NY) – Nursing; Shelby Kutty (Baltimore, MD) – Medicine; Lata Menon (Mississauga, Ontario, Canada) – Legal Services; Jayant Kamicheril (Reading, PA) – Pravasi Malayalam Literature; and, Gopala Pillai (Dallas, Texas) – Community Service.

In his response, Ajay shared with the audience his close association with the Kerala Center since his arrival in New York 2019. While referring to the importance of the media, Ajay said, “Media serves as the link that connects people, and is the mirror that reflects the world that we call our home.” He pointed to the challenges faced by the journalists around the world. “In much of the world, press freedom is either limited or virtually nonexistent. Reporters are often thrown in jail, beaten, subdued, intimidated, or even killed for doing their jobs. All of these things are of great concern to professional journalism.” He dedicated his award to the brave journalists who are at the front lines, endangering their own lives, while reporting and speaking, standing up for truth.

Ajay graduated with a Master’s Degree in Journalism from Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI in 1998. Prior to coming to the United States, Ajay was the Chief Editor of The Voice Delhi and contributed articles to several national publications in India.

Starting his journalistic career as a reporter in 1999 for India Post, Ajay had worked as the New York Bureau Chief of Indian Reporter and World News, and he served as the New York Bureau Chief of India Tribune, a weekly newspaper published from Chicago. Ajay was the Executive Editor of NRI Today, and the Bureau Chief of The Indian Express, North American Editions. He was the Chief Editor of The Asian Era, a monthly publication from New York since its launch in 2005 to 2018.

Since 2014, Ajay has been serving as the Media Coordinator of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI), the largest ethnic medical organization in the United States, representing 100,000 physicians of Indian origin. In 2023, he was appointed as the Media Consultant for Public Relations for ITServe Alliance, the largest association of IT Solutions and services organizations in the United States, with over 2,200 small and medium sized member companies of Information Technology.

The Universal News Network is an online publication, launched in 2012, focusing on possibility-oriented storytelling that fuels hope and sparks innovative ideas and actions; seeking to lead discussions, creating, disseminating, and using news and information that serves us all, and providing a platform for diverse voices, forms, and continually engaging everyone.

Prior to coming to the United States, Ajay had graduated with a Master’s Degree in Social Work from Delhi University in 1989. Ajay served as an Adjunct Faculty, teaching Social Work Seminar and guiding MSW students at the Fordham Graduate School of Social Work in New York City from 2006 to 2016. He was an Adjunct Professor at Bridgeport University, where he taught Psychology.

Ajay works as a Psychiatric Social Worker at Yale-New Haven Psychiatric Hospital from 2017 onwards, and currently serves as a full-time Licensed Clinical Social Worker at Bridgeport Hospital. He worked as a Social Worker at Hartford Health at Home from 2019 to 2022. Ajay served as the Administrator of the Mental Health Clinic at St. Dominic’s Home, Bronx, NY from 1999 to 2015.

In 2019, Ajay was part of a nearly 200-member expedition to Antarctica, the 7th Continent on Earth. Ajay served as the founder President of the Indo-American Press Club (IAPC) in 2014. He currently serves as the Secretary of the Borad of Directors of IPAC.

Ajay was honored with the Excellence in Reporting Award by AAPI for several years. In 2018, Ajay received the Excellence in Journalism Award from NAMAM, a North American Community Organization. In October 2023, Ajay received the prestigious Excellence in Journalism & Media Award by The Kerala Center in New York. Ajay is married to Mini, and the couple are blessed with three adorable daughters, Archana, Navya, and Ahana.

Arundhati Roy Charged Over Kashmir Comments Made 13 Years Ago

Indian authorities have filed charges against the acclaimed author Arundhati Roy for public statements she made over a decade ago regarding the tumultuous Kashmir region, marking the latest development in the Indian government’s increasingly restrictive stance on free speech under Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s leadership.
Suman Nalwa, a spokeswoman for the New Delhi police, stated that the government had given approval for charges to be brought against Ms. Roy and Kashmiri law professor Sheikh Showkat Hussain. The charges encompass various sections of Indian law, including those related to provocative speech and the incitement of enmity between different groups.

The Lieutenant Governor of the Delhi region indicated that the government had contemplated pursuing a more severe sedition charge against Ms. Roy and Mr. Hussain in connection with a case originating from a complaint lodged in October 2010 by a right-wing Kashmiri Hindu activist against speakers at a conference on Kashmir.
However, no such sedition charge was filed, as India’s highest court is currently deliberating the validity of the colonial-era sedition law, which critics assert has been misused for decades to stifle dissent. The reason for the police’s decision to act on the activist’s complaint over a decade after its filing remains unclear.

Picture: NYT

The action taken against Ms. Roy, a prominent critic of Prime Minister Modi, and Mr. Hussain occurred shortly after New Delhi police conducted raids on the residences and offices of numerous journalists associated with an online news portal recognized for its critical stance on the Indian government.

Previously, the authorities had also targeted the organization NewsClick. However, their crackdown escalated following the publication of an article in The New York Times that revealed connections between an American tech mogul financing the website and the Chinese government.

On Tuesday, a New Delhi court denied bail to the founder of NewsClick and another individual linked to the website, ordering their detention for ten days. Both individuals, who deny any wrongdoing, face charges under the stringent Unlawful Activities Prevention Act, an anti-terrorism law. Many individuals charged under this law have spent years in detention awaiting trial.

Regarding the Kashmir conference-related case, Mr. Hussain, speaking from Kashmir, informed The New York Times that he had not received any formal communication regarding the charges. When asked for comment, Ms. Roy stated that she needed to consult with her lawyer before discussing the case.

Two other individuals accused in the activist’s complaint, Syed Ali Shah Geelani, a prominent figure in Kashmir’s separatist movement, and Syed Abdul Rahman Geelani, a former university professor, have since passed away. The two men were not related.

The conference, titled “Freedom — the Only Way,” took place in New Delhi on October 21, 2010. During that period, tensions in Muslim-majority Kashmir were running high after the death of a 17-year-old boy who was struck by a tear gas canister fired at close range by Indian security forces as he returned from a tutoring session.

The year saw a cycle of unrest in Kashmir that resulted in the deaths of approximately 120 demonstrators.

In a guest essay published in The New York Times that autumn, Ms. Roy described the turmoil, noting, “Since April, when the army killed three civilians and then passed them off as ‘terrorists,’ masked stone throwers, most of them students, have brought life in Kashmir to a grinding halt. The Indian government has retaliated with bullets, curfew, and censorship.”

In the complaint filed by the Kashmiri Hindu activist, it was alleged that several speeches at the conference, including Ms. Roy’s, had “endangered public peace and security” and that the speakers had advocated for the “separation of Kashmir from India.”

In her speech, Arundhati Roy, the Booker Prize-winning author of “The God of Small Things,” recounted an incident in which she was accosted by a television reporter who repeatedly asked her, “Is Kashmir an integral part of India?”

She responded, “Kashmir has never been an integral part of India. However assertively and frequently you ask me, even the Indian government has acknowledged that it is not an integral part of India.”

The Modi government, which assumed power four years after these events, has taken measures to bring the Kashmir region under direct control, revoking its limited autonomy and suppressing democratic principles and opposing voice

Indo American Press Club announces Lifetime Achievement Awards.

IAPC is celebrating its Tenth Anniversary and the Ninth International Media Conference at Hilton Stamford Convention Center, Connecticut during Oct 7-9th, 2023.

The prestigious Lifetime Achievement Award Winners will be recognized during the gala closing event commencing at 6:00 P M on Sunday 8th, October 2023.

VINAY MAHAJAN (Entrepreneurial Excellence)

Vinay Mahajan, the current national President of ITServeAlliance Inc., an association of 2100 + SME US IT companies. Has been chosen to receive the Lifetime Achievement Award by the Indo-American Press Club.

An Engineering Graduate and MBA from premier institutes, Mahajan is a serial entrepreneur with over 40 years of industry experience in leadership, marketing, finance, and engineering, creating, and building multiple entities. Entrepreneurial expertise through 100+ communication/IVR/Call center software projects across India and Healthcare Practice Management Software in the United States.

Dr. H.R.SHAH (Media & Arts)

Padma Shri Dr. H.R. Shah, Chairman & CEO of TV Asia Group, the first Non- Resident Indian to operate and telecast a 24/7 TV Channel, TV ASIA, coast-to-coast throughout North America since 1993,

Dr. Shah immigrated to the United States on March 21, 1970. A successful businessperson and media leader, Dr. Shah has worked relentlessly and tirelessly, contributing generously of his time, energy, and resources as a pillar for the Indian American community. He has been a major philanthropic supporter and has strongly supported many worthy causes across the US and India.

For his exemplary work in the media and arts, the Indian Government bestowed him with the Padma Shri in 2017. He is also the recipient of the prestigious Ellis Island Medal of Honor.

IAPC proudly bestows Dr. H R Shah with the prestigious Lifetime Achievement Award.

MEERA GANDHI (Philanthropist)

Meera Gandhi has lived many roles in her life as a philanthropist, a mother, a businesswoman, a television show host, an author, and a spiritual yogi who believes that we are very much a part of the universal spirit. We all must live in the flow of the ether that guides and propels us through our life journey!

She is a recipient of the Ellis Island Medal of Honor (2015), Marc Anthony Maestro Cares Humanitarian Award (2016), Children Hope Humanitarian Award (2013) and many more. Meera Gandhi established The Giving Back Foundation in 2010. By supporting education, mental health, and wellness, tackling malnutrition and illness, and addressing the causes of poverty, we can empower and uplift people to be the agents of change in this process.

Dr. SAMPAT SHIVANGI (Philanthropist)

Dr. Sampat Shivangi, a physician, an influential Indian American community leader, and a veteran leader of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI), has been chosen to receive the prestigious Lifetime Achievement Award by the Indo-American Press Club.

Dr. Sampat Shivangi was awarded the highest civilian honor, the Pravasi Bharatiya Diwas Sanman Award, in 2016 in Bengaluru by the Hon. President of India, Shri Pranab Mukherjee. He was awarded the prestigious Ellis Island Medal of Honor in New York 2008.

Dr. Shivangi, for Community Service, Medicine, and philanthropy, IAPC herewith proudly presents its prestigious Lifetime Achievement Award.

SHAJAN SKARIAH (Excellence in Journalism)

Shajan Skariah, promoter and editor of the online portal “Marunadan Malayali” has been nominated for the Excellence in Media Award by the Indo-American Press Club (IAPC).

His courageous actions of being the mouthpiece of the public have resulted in the confiscation of his newspaper, his arrest, and his exile from the country. As part of the media world at IAPC, we consider that it is our legal and moral duty to support Shajan Skariah and his news media platforms.

Dr. RENU ABRAHAM VARUGHESE (Excellence in Elder Care)

Dr. Renu Abraham Varughese is an Associate Professor at the School of Health and Natural Sciences, Mercy University, NY. She is the founder and director of the Travancore Foundation Education and Research Center on Aging (TFERCA). She is the Recipient of the Founders Excellence Award (2022)- Association for Senior Living India (ASLI) for exemplary contributions to the senior care sector in the country.

And for her many accomplishments in Exemplary service, Visionary leadership, dedication, commitment, and innovation to promote quality care for elders and the eldercare industry in India, IAPC is proudly recognizing Dr. Renu Abraham Varughese with IAPC SATHSEVANA AWARD 2023.

IAPC was formed to unite the media groups and the Indian diaspora media fraternity across North America under one umbrella to work together, support one another, and provide a unified voice to the mainstream media world and the larger community. Every year IAPC hosts similar media conferences bringing together renowned journalists and media professionals from different countries, and hosts workshops and seminars.

Rupert Murdoch Resigns As Chairman Of Fox And News Corp

Media mogul Rupert Murdoch has announced he is stepping down as chairman of Fox News and News Corp.

In a statement, he said that he had “decided to transition to the role of Chairman Emeritus at Fox and News,” with his son Lachlan to “ become sole Chairman of both companies.”

The 92-year-old informed colleagues in a letter on Thursday of his decision, noting that he would officially make the transition in November.

“I am writing to let you all know that I have decided to transition to the role of Chairman Emeritus at Fox and News,” Murdoch wrote. “For my entire professional life, I have been engaged daily with news and ideas, and that will not change.

“But the time is right for me to take on different roles, knowing that we have truly talented teams and a passionate, principled leader in Lachlan who will become sole Chairman of both companies.

“Neither excessive pride nor false humility are admirable qualities. But I am truly proud of what we have achieved collectively through the decades, and I owe much to my colleagues, whose contributions to our success have sometimes been unseen outside the company but are deeply appreciated by me.

“Whether the truck drivers distributing our papers, the cleaners who toil when we have left the office, the assistants who support us or the skilled operators behind the cameras or the computer code, we would be less successful and have less positive impact on society without your day-after-day dedication.

“Our companies are in robust health, as am I. Our opportunities far exceed our commercial challenges. We have every reason to be optimistic about the coming years – I certainly am, and plan to be here to participate in them.”

Vinay Mahajan To Receive Lifetime Achievement Award

Vinay Mahajan. the current national President of ITServe Alliance Inc, an association of 2100 + SME US IT companies. has been chosen to receive the Lifetime Achievement Award by The Indo-American Press Club during the 9th annual International Media Conference in Stamford, CT on October 8th, 2023.

Under his able leadership, ITServe has grown and strengthened in its mission in protecting members interest, enhancing membership benefits, empowering local employment, empowering local community through various CSR programs including STEM education, and empowering ecosystem of innovation and thus maintaining the leadership of US in Technology.

Travelling to all the 21 Chapters across the United States in 8 months after he assumed office, Mahajan was instrumental in achieving membership to newer heights with more than 700+ New members added in 2023. Two new Chapters were launched under his leadership. In his words, “IT Serve Alliance is led by highly talented individuals, phenomenally successful entrepreneurs, and Innovators who are enthusiastic about giving back to the community.” He strengthened STEM Education program by adding STEM Training and Internship programs and enhancing STEM scholarships program.

Vinay Mahajan is the President & CEO of NAM Info Inc, a software services firm dealing in software consulting and ongoing software development projects, As the head of this multi-national company, Mahajan led the development team for approval of two patents for SAFE, a fire safety APP for high rise buildings. Current projects under development are AI application APAR and browser based universal communication. He recently acquired a company in Telecom Services space.

An Engineering Graduate and MBA from premier institutes, Mahajan is a serial entrepreneur with over 40 years of industry experience in leadership, marketing, finance, and engineering, creating and building multiple entities. Entrepreneurial expertise through 100+ Communication/IVR/Call Centers software projects across India, and Healthcare Practice Management Software in the United States.

AI Disinformation Regulation And Its Global Implications

In the aftermath of former U.S. President Donald Trump’s third indictment, which includes accusations of spreading “pervasive and destabilizing lies about election fraud,” the inevitable surge of disinformation looms large. Trump has been fervently fanning the flames as the upcoming election season looms. In May, he disseminated a fabricated video depicting CNN host Anderson Cooper castigating President Joe Biden for ceaselessly perpetuating untruths.

Yet, Trump is not solitary in his imaginative storytelling. Florida Governor Ron DeSantis, contending with Trump for the 2024 Republican nomination, has also joined the ranks of creative spinners. DeSantis’ presidential campaign took to Twitter with a video advertisement showcasing AI-generated visuals of Trump engaging in affectionate gestures with Anthony Fauci, the former chief medical advisor and a polarizing figure on the far right. A separate counterfeit video, now viral, features former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton expressing admiration for DeSantis, “He’s just the kind of guy this country needs, and I really mean that.”

Picture : Nature

The rise of disinformation has acquired a fresh impetus from artificial intelligence (AI), enabling the democratization of deceptive content creation. The advent of novel generative AI tools like DALL-E, Reface, and FaceMagic has effectively democratized political content generation. This phenomenon was further amplified by Meta’s recent revelation regarding its forthcoming generative AI technology for public utilization, potentially fueling an exponential surge in such “creative” disinformation.

The democratization of the disinformation process poses a profound menace to the already vulnerable U.S. democracy, a concern shared even by AI industry luminaries. Former Google CEO Eric Schmidt cautioned against placing trust in visual or auditory information during elections due to AI manipulation. Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI, expressed his disquiet about AI’s potential impact on the trajectory of democracy.

Reacting to these concerns, legislators are taking decisive steps. Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer proposed an innovative framework for AI regulation aimed at averting a potential democratic erosion. Representative Yvette Clarke introduced legislation mandating politicians to disclose their use of AI in campaign ads, a proposal paralleled by similar bills under consideration in the Senate. Several states, including Michigan and Minnesota, are contemplating legislation that would criminalize the deliberate dissemination of false election-related information, and some lawmakers are even receptive to the notion of establishing an entirely new federal agency tasked with overseeing AI regulation.

However, the conundrum remains: the prospect of regulating AI to safeguard U.S. democracy could inadvertently imperil democracies on a global scale. This paradox becomes conspicuous when considering the potential repercussions of more strident regulatory efforts emanating from influential markets such as the United States and the European Union. The more stringent the regulations on disinformation in these regions, the higher the likelihood of unbridled dissemination elsewhere.

Multiple factors contribute to this complex paradox. The major social media platforms, the chief conduits of disinformation, have been progressively downsizing their disinformation detection teams. This has resulted in limited resources being primarily allocated to address concerns in the U.S. and EU. Consequently, there is a dearth of resources available for monitoring content in other regions, exacerbated by the platforms’ preoccupation with other exigencies. This challenge coincides with the tumultuous year of 2024, marked by a plethora of elections far beyond the confines of the United States.

Contemplating the electoral landscape of 2024 underscores its pivotal role in testing democratic systems worldwide. Nations across Asia, including India, Indonesia, and South Korea, grapple with their own disinformation-driven political campaigns. In Africa, over a dozen countries brace for elections, where disinformation frequently exerts significant influence. Similarly, Latin American nations like Mexico and Peru confront rampant disinformation challenges in the run-up to their forthcoming elections.

Against this backdrop, one might naturally expect social media platforms to establish dedicated election war rooms and robust disinformation identification mechanisms. However, the reality paints a different picture. Companies within the tech sector are grappling with pressing profitability concerns, prompting workforce reductions and streamlining of non-revenue-generating divisions. The focus inevitably shifts towards user attraction and enhancing engagement, relegating disinformation monitoring to a secondary concern.

The ascendancy of AI-propelled disinformation presents a multifaceted dilemma. While the urgency to regulate AI for safeguarding domestic democracy is apparent, the inadvertent consequence of inadvertently facilitating disinformation propagation elsewhere demands equal consideration. The delicate equilibrium between domestic security and global ramifications underscores the intricate challenges confronting lawmakers and regulators in addressing this pressing issue. As the world navigates the turbulent electoral landscape of 2024, achieving this balance becomes an imperative of unprecedented magnitude.

Meta’s App Threads Experiences Explosive Growth, Challenges Twitter’s Dominance

Meta’s new application Strings saw a blast of new clients in its initial not many days, unparalleled by some other organization meaning to equal striving web-based entertainment stage Twitter — or practically any application in the previous ten years. According to data from Quiver Quantitative, more than 100 million users are thought to have joined Threads in less than five days.

The app, widely regarded as a competitor to Twitter, had already been downloaded by 2 million individuals within two hours of its launch on July 5. According to internal company data, users had already posted more than 95 million posts and received 190 million likes by the beginning of July, as reported by The Verge. By the morning of July 7, recruits had outperformed 70 million, a figure President Imprint Zuckerberg said was “far past our assumptions.”

Twitter and its owner, Elon Musk, have not forgotten the company’s early success, as evidenced by his criticism of the app on the platform on Thursday evening. In response to Threads, Twitter’s legal team reportedly sent a letter claiming that Meta had engaged in “unlawful misappropriation” of its trade secrets.

Twitter Tested

Disregard the expected enclosure battle between Imprint Zuckerberg and Elon Musk. The genuine clash erupted for the current week when Zuckerberg’s Meta carried out Strings, a Twitter rival that is intended to take advantage of Instagram’s now immense crowd.

“The two men are great at setting sparkling items before our eyes,” composed media pundit David Zurawik. ” They are adept at the art of disorientation and distraction, just like politicians. Consider the concept of a cage fight.

“We largely ignore the much larger societal questions, like how it is that Musk — who re-tweets conspiracy theories and posts antisemitic tropes — now controls such an important cultural space, a channel that once served as a platform for foreign meddling in the 2016 election, as we direct our gaze toward that ridiculous and exhibitionist proposition.”

“Zuckerberg’s Facebook also played a shameful role in the 2016 election by publishing misinformation produced by what we now know to be a Russian troll farm,” reads the statement.

Who Has Joined Strings?

Sensor Tower and data.ai provided the media with data indicating that on its launch day, Threads was the most downloaded non-game app in a decade. As of July 6, it had amassed around 40 million overall downloads, as per Sensor Pinnacle.

While data.ai says Nintendo’s Mario Kart Visit was the quickest truly developing application, Strings came in second and its send off outperformed those of well known applications like Pokemon Proceed to Important mission at hand Portable. Zuckerberg revealed that Strings arrived at 30 million clients in under 24 hours.

According to data.ai, it took Instagram 15 months to reach 30 million downloads, whereas TikTok did so in just under two years. ChatGPT’s application, delivered toward the finish of last year, is barely short of 18 million downloads, data.ai says. The Business of Apps says that 368 million people visit to Twitter every day, so the early numbers still pale in comparison.

A significant piece of the stage’s allure is the way that for the vast majority, the networks they’ve fabricated online are promptly open — clients can without much of a stretch sign up through their current Instagram records and move over their following from photograph based application. Additionally, a significant number of well-known accounts were granted early access to Threads in order to assist in populating the platform prior to its launch. Bill Gates, Shakira, and Oprah Winfrey were among the early adopters, as were brands like Netflix.

Being a household name gives Threads Meta an advantage because it already has a lot of the social media infrastructure in place. It’s a benefit to be related with a major brand,” Darrell West, senior individual at the Brookings Foundation’s Middle for Innovation Development, told TIME beforehand. ” Strings won’t be a specialty player.”

Already, Threads is making you feel nostalgic. A few clients have contrasted the experience on the application with Twitter in its initial days.

It is not yet clear assuming String’s prosperity will proceed, Kevin Driscoll, colleague teacher at the College of Virginia’s Division of Media Studies, gave the current time. ” The fact that these highly centralized platforms’ primary focus is growth, scale, and early user acquisition means that there is less discussion of long-term sustainability, which is one of the issues that has plagued both Twitter and Facebook.

Some essential features, like a search function, hashtags, and a following feed, are still missing from the app. The organization got some pushback for a strategy that would require clients attempting to erase their Strings record to likewise erase their Instagram profile. In a Threads post, Meta’s chief technology officer Andrew Bosworth stated that the business is working on fixing it.

Due to regulatory concerns, Meta also faces difficulties launching Threads in European Union countries. The district is a major market for Meta. Europe represented generally 22% of Meta’s $28 billion in promoting income during the principal quarter of 2023, as per the Money Road Diary.

Twitter’s Reaction

In the midst of the application’s initial achievement, Meta’s President Imprint Zuckerberg, didn’t avoid taking swipes at Strings’ fundamental rival. Zuckerberg stated in a post that Threads would be “focusing on kindness,” implying that Twitter had been lacking in this regard. That is one motivation behind why Twitter never prevailed however much I figure it ought to have, and we believe should do it any other way,” he said.

Many have described the new app as a “Twitter-killer,” posing a serious threat to X-Corp, which Musk founded and merged with Twitter earlier this year. Only hours after String’s send off, X-Corp’s lawful group sent a letter to Zuckerberg-communicating “serious worries that Meta has taken part in orderly, will, and unlawful misappropriation of Twitter’s proprietary advantages and other protected innovation” Semafor covered Thursday.

A spokesperson for Meta reportedly responded by posting: Nobody in the Strings designing group is a previous Twitter representative — that is simply not a thing.”

Musk criticized the app in a series of tweets on Thursday night, describing it as a “closed source, algorithm-only system,” implying that the “manipulation of what information people see is essentially undetectable” is possible. He wrote, “Any social media monopoly is despair,” in response to a tweet about Meta’s social media dominance.

After a string of high-profile scandals and missteps in recent years, Meta is currently riding a win. These include mass layoffs and criticism from activists and regulators regarding the company’s failure to protect users from harm on its platforms and mishandling of user data.

“This is as great of a beginning as we might have expected!” Zuckerberg posted on Strings. ” It feels like the beginning of a special thing.”

US Authors Sue OpenAI, Meta Over Copyright Infringement

Comedian and author Sarah Silverman, along with authors Christopher Golden and Richard Kadrey, have sued Sam Altman-run OpenAI and Mark Zuckerberg-owned Meta over dual claims of copyright infringement.

The lawsuits alleged that OpenAI’s ChatGPT and Meta’s LLaMA (a set of large language models) were trained on illegally-acquired datasets containing their works.

Their works were allegedly acquired from “shadow library” websites like Bibliotik, Library Genesis, Z-Library, and others, noting the books are “available in bulk via torrent systems,” reports The Verge.

“When ChatGPT is prompted, ChatGPT generates summaries of plaintiffs’ copyrighted works — something only possible if ChatGPT was trained on Plaintiffs’ copyrighted works,” the lawsuit claimed.

The lawsuit alleged that chatbot never bothered to “reproduce any of the copyright management information Plaintiffs included with their published works.”

In a separate lawsuit against Meta, it alleged the authors’ books were accessible in datasets Meta used to train its LLaMA models.

“Many of Plaintiffs’ copyrighted books appear in the dataset that Meta has admitted to using to train LLaMA,” it read.

Silverman owns a registered copyright in one book, called The Bedwetter while Golden owns registered copyrights in several books, including Ararat.

Kadrey owns registered copyrights in several books, including ‘Sandman Slim’.

In both lawsuits, the authors said that they “did not consent to the use of their copyrighted books as training material” for the companies’ AI models.

Each lawsuit contains six counts of copyright violations, negligence, unjust enrichment, and unfair competition.

The authors are looking for statutory damages, restitution of profits, and more.

The suits alleges, among other things, that OpenAI’s ChatGPT and Meta’s LLaMA were trained on illegally-acquired datasets containing their works, which they say were acquired from “shadow library” websites like Bibliotik, Library Genesis, Z-Library, and others, noting the books are “available in bulk via torrent systems”. (IANS)

Maneesh Media Honors Indo-Canadian 50 Under 50 Trailblazers and Next Gen Leaders!

Global publishing house Maneesh Media has recently launched its latest compilation, 50 Under 50: Young and Aspiring Indo-Canadians in Toronto amid great fanfare. A resounding success, this exceptional book was presented to Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau at his visit earlier this week to BAPS temple in Toronto, followed by a gala event held in the honor of all remarkable achievements of dynamic young Indo-Canadians featured in the book.

Picture : Asian Media USA

The grand event, on 30 June 2023 at the Courtyard by Marriott in Brampton, was held under the auspices of chief guest H.E. Sanjay Kumar Verma, the High Commissioner of India to Canada; guest of honor Hon’ble Apoorva Srivastava, the Consulate General of India; and distinguished guests, the illustrious Dr. Vaikuntam Iyer Lakshmanan, recently bestowed with Order of Canada; Dr. Sankar DasGupta, the Co-Founder & CEO of Electrovaya and Adjunct Professor at the University of Toronto.

Dr. Lalita Malhotra, an eminent obstetrician and philanthropist from Prince Albert; Chandra Arya, Member of Parliament – Nepean; and Colin Carrie, Member of Parliament – Oshawa also graced the occasion with their presence along with other dignitaries like business leaders Kuldeep Sharma, Chairman & CEO of Crown Group of Hotels, and Norton Kothari, Chairman – Kothari Group.

MP Arya said, “As a growing community in Canada, with over two-million strong Indians, I believe we play an integral role in shaping the present and future of this county. With the global technology-based economy, you young achievers are positive role models for your peers and for generations to come.”

Picture : Asian Media USA

Hon’ble Apoorva Srivastava said that it was a privilege to be present on such a momentous occasion and added, “Today, we celebrate these 50 young individuals who have made India and Canada proud. But let us also acknowledge their families as their support has been instrumental in their success. The featured individuals in this book will continue to inspire the younger generation and make a lasting impact.”

H.E. Sanjay Kumar Verma echoed Srivastava’s sentiments. “It’s not just your individual journey that is being acknowledged but that of your entire family. Many of you have pursued professional excellence without seeking recognition, making both the Indo-Canadian community and both countries proud.”

Other dignitaries that spoke at the gala evening included Dr Vaikuntam Iyer Lakshmanan and Dr. Lalita Malhotra. Dr Lakshmanan paid a glowing tribute to the 50 individuals who he said had accomplished much more at 50 that he had in his 83 years. Dr. Malhotra highlighted the importance of healthcare and education in India and Canada and lauded the technological advancements in both nations in this regard. She added, “However, in both healthcare and education, the human factor is essential. While intelligence and artificial intelligence have their place, I, as a physician, believe that human touch and eye contact are essential. We must decipher moments not just in black or white, but also in shades of grey.”

The man of innovation, Dr. Sankar DasGupta said, “In science, aerodynamics signifies forward motion, and similarly, we look at these 50 achievers, who will inspire and propel others forward.” Indeed, the 50 visionaries, featured in 50 Under 50: Young and Aspiring Indo-Canadians, are true inspirations and icons, who are redefining success and making significant contributions to Canada’s growth and its multicultural fabric.

These narratives chronicle the remarkable odysseys of these exceptional individuals, bridging their ancestral homes in India to a new land, igniting a flame of motivation for future generations.

Maneesh Media’s Chairman Chandmal Kumawat said, “We at Maneesh Media understand the profound impact of inspiration and motivation on the lives of individuals. With a firm belief in uplifting our nation and its people, especially the young generation, Maneesh Media aims to inspire through the extraordinary success stories of those, who have triumphed over immense challenges.”

About Maneesh Media

Founded in 1999 in Jaipur, India, Maneesh Media has expanded its operations to Canada and the US. As a distinguished book publishing house, it specializes in capturing the intricacies of the Indian diaspora, weaving inspiring narratives that Connect Beyond Boundaries. Maneesh Media’s vision is rooted in fostering heart-to-heart communication and bridging gaps, enabling a global bond. With a global presence and esteemed reputation, it is recognized for its exclusive publications and has had the privilege of collaborating with illustrious figures who have added to our glory, including accomplished industrialists, influential politicians and distinguished leaders.

How India’s Modi Has Extended Hindu Nationalist Sway Over The  Media

(RNS) — The format of a segment that aired last month on India’s Republic News Service, commenting on a recent documentary on Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s alleged role in a massacre of Muslims two decades ago, would have been familiar to American cable news viewers: The talking heads in Zoomlike boxes were arrayed around the show’s host, Arnab Goswami, dapper in a suit and fashionable glasses, as he excoriated Modi’s critics for “attempting to spread misinformation by willfully spreading falsehoods.”

The increasingly authoritarian Modi government’s latest proposal is a fact checking unit that will strike social media content deemed ‘fake or misleading,’ causing fears that the scope of government censorship on news organizations is expanding.

The segment, spurred by a local nongovernmental organization’s lawsuit against the BBC, the documentary’s producer, was titled, “BBC Gets Notice over PM Modi Documentary: A Lesson For Western Media?”

Under Modi, however, India’s TV news channels have readily followed the lead of their American counterparts, devoting hours of prime-time coverage to politicized coverage. Republic is not alone in adopting a Hindu nationalist line, in accord with Modi’s policies. Minorities are depicted as causing problems for the broader population and facts are twisted to fit the narrative.Hate speech is so pervasive on TV news that India’s Supreme Court said in September 2022 that it was poisoning the fabric of the country and needed to be regulated.

The Modi government, on the other hand, is rarely criticized, and anchors, like Goswami, go out of their way to condemn anyone who does so.

Seema Chisti, editor of one of India’s most prominent independent news websites, The Wire, told Religion News Service, “All values cherished by journalists, of either journalism or even basic democracy and accountability, have been pushed aside in the current environment.”

Since Modi came to power in 2014, press freedom has taken a turn for the worse, with India slipping to 161 out of 180 countries in the 2023 World Press Freedom Index report compiled by Paris-based media watchdog Reporters Without Borders. In 2016 India ranked 133rd.

In this March 7, 2021, file photo, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi addresses a public rally ahead of West Bengal state elections in Kolkata, India. (AP Photo/Bikas Das, File)

News organizations and journalists critical of the government have seen raids on their offices and homes by income-tax authorities, including the New Delhi offices of the BBC after the release of the documentary. Other journalists have been arrested under colonial-era sedition laws.

More recently, the Modi government has proposed setting up a fact checking unit that will force social media platforms to take down content deemed to be “fake or misleading.” Many journalists have expressed concerns that it would expand the scope of government censorship on news organizations.

News organizations have pulled back on their reporting as a result and even cut reporting staff. Hartosh Singh Bal, editor of The Caravan magazine, one of the few publications that has continued to report despite harassment from the government, said that in India today, “There is no mainstream media that is independent.”

Modi himself avoids talking to the press and has held no news conferences since taking office. He instead communicates directly with the public via statements and announcements on social media platforms such as Twitter. The government often uses its posts to troll and abuse journalists, particularly minority and women journalists. Access to government functionaries has been completely cut off for those media outlets not considered favorable to the government.

Indian media do not enjoy the kind of protections afforded the press in the West. Kalyani Chadha, an associate professor of journalism at Northwestern University’s Medill School, explained that unlike in the U.S., where the First Amendment grants an absolute freedom of the press, “the Indian Constitution has a more qualified framework.”

The media are also financially susceptible to government control, as outlets rely heavily on advertising revenue from the government. What that means is that, in a way, the media in India are subsidized by the government, explains Chadha.

Under Article 19 (1) (a) of the Indian Constitution that came into force in 1950, press rights were accorded as part of free speech guarantees. That was amended a year later to include “reasonable” restrictions, which included national security concerns. This has allowed governments in the past to muzzle the press. In the most infamous case, then-Prime Minister Indira Gandhi clamped down on the media in 1975, arresting hundreds of journalists.

Successive governments have used these restrictions in their own way. Abhinandan Sekhri, co-founder and CEO of Newslaundry, an independent news website, said he faced several roadblocks with the Manmohan Singh regime, which preceded Modi. “No government is fond of a truly independent media.”

Adding to the challenges is the increasing corporatization of media as well as shrinking profits and ownership changes. In 2014, India’s largest company, Reliance Industries, owned by billionaire Mukesh Ambani, took over one of India’s largest media companies, Network18 Media, which co-owns CNN-IBN with Warner Bros., and other channels.

More recently, Gautam Adani, India’s richest man, acquired a majority share in the TV news network NDTV that was long respected for its balanced journalism. Many senior journalists were forced to leave.

But Modi has put the most pressure on television; though he avoids meeting the press, he seems to realize that no politician can exist without television. He also uses it to reach his supporters directly. Sandeep Bhushan, a television journalist and author of “The Indian Newsroom,” said Modi knows the power of the medium and weighs his attire and even his demeanor carefully when appearing on TV. “He knows the camera is a performance driven medium,” said Bhushan, “and he also knows that previous governments have lost elections as a result of media coverage.”

Modi’s friends in television, whether wealthy media barons or popular hosts, know that Modi’s message can deliver viewers. As in the U.S., they have been complicit in muddying the concepts of objectivity and truth in televised journalism.

The result is what some journalists say is the worst period for press freedoms in memory, and by implication for freedom in the country as a whole. “We claim to be a democracy but the ability to express views in the media has taken a big hit,” said Chisti, whose news organization has faced difficulties with the Modi government. “Media is the only institution that can be a check on the government and tell people clearly all that is going wrong or the government is getting wrong, but it has been muzzled. Any sort of government criticism can lead to a vicious backlash.”

Institutional Framework & Press Freedom In India Under Threat : Rahul Gandhi

Congress leader Rahul Gandhi said that there was definite capture of institutions in India, while speaking to the media at the National Press Club in Washington, DC on June 2nd, 2023.

Rahul Gandhi who is on a three-city tour in the US said, “There is a clampdown on the institutional framework that enabled conversations between many cultures and social groups,” adding that “press freedom is crucial for a democratic society”.

Opening up on the issue during a free-wheeling conversation with scribes in the US capital, Mr Gandhi said press freedom is very critical for a functional democracy and one should be open to criticism. He alleged that there was a clampdown on the institutional framework, which enabled the national discourse.

“There is definitely a weakening of press freedom in India. It is apparent in India and the rest of the world can see it too. Press freedom is very critical for a democracy. One should be open to criticism. There is a clampdown on the institutional framework that allowed India to talk and Indian people to negotiate. I view India as a negotiation between its people, between different cultures, languages and histories. Mahatma Gandhi set up the framework to enable that negotiation fairly and freely. That structure, which allows this negotiation, is coming under pressure,” he said.

He alleged further that was a “definite capture of institutions and press” back home.”I don’t believe everything I hear. I walked across India and spoke to millions of Indians, they didn’t seem very happy to me. They agreed that there were serious issues such as inflation,” Rahul Gandhi said.

At his first public appearance after landing in the United States, Congress leader Rahul Gandhi told an invite-only audience at the University of Santa Cruz’s Silicon Valley campus in Santa Clara, California that India is like an ocean facing a storm, and that this too shall pass. He was responding to specific question on what is often viewed as social engineering in the country, led by the governing BJP’s Hindutva principles.

“India is like a huge ocean,” Gandhi said. “And all oceans will have storms. When the storm comes, one way of looking at it is that this is a huge disaster, and it’s the end of the road. I think the correct way of looking at it is, India is facing a storm, and the storm is going to pass. Let us face the storm bravely and effectively. And let us make sure that when the storm passes, we have a new India, a forward-looking India, in place.”

Congress leader Rahul Gandhi said that a country must have independent institutions which are not pressurized by anyone, at a media interaction in Washington. He arrived in the US on May 30 for a three-city tour.

Citing his Bharat Jodo Yatra, he said that when he walked across the country, there was angst among the people. “I walked across India, from Kanyakumari to Kashmir, and spoke directly to millions of Indian people. They didn’t seem happy to me; there were serious issues with rising unemployment and inflation. There was angst among the people,” he said.

Hitting out at the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party, he said that the BJP was promoting a polarising vision in the country which was damaging India. On a question about the Opposition in India, Rahul said that opposition parties in the country are pretty united. “We’re having conversations with all the Opposition. I think quite a lot of good work is happening,” he said. “It’s a complicated discussion because there are spaces where we have competing also with (other) Opposition (parties). So, it’s a little bit of give and take as required. But I’m confident that that will happen,” he said.

Last week, Indian Overseas Congress chairperson Sam Pitroda said Rahul Gandhi’s visit is aimed at promoting shared values and a vision of “real democracy”. “The purpose of his (Gandhi’s) trip is to connect, interact and begin a new conversation with various individuals, institutions and media, including the Indian diaspora that is growing in numbers in the United States and abroad to promote the shared values and vision of the real democracy with a focus on freedom, inclusion, sustainability, justice, peace and opportunities world over,” Pitroda said in a statement.

Rahul Gandhi is an Indian politician and leading figure of the Indian National Congress (Congress Party). He was born the son of Rajiv Gandhi, a grandson of Indira Gandhi, and a great grandson of Jawaharlal Nehru, all of whom served as prime ministers of India. His mother, Sonia Gandhi, also played a leading role in the Congress Party after the assassination of Rajiv Gandhi.

Rahul Gandhi entered politics in 2004 when he was elected to the Lok Sabha for the first time. In 2013 he was named the Congress Party’s vice president and became its de facto (though never official) candidate for prime minister in the 2014 polls.

He became head of the Congress Party in late 2017 after Sonia Gandhi decided to retire from leadership. The Congress party’s poor performance in the 2019 elections in the Lok Sabha, prompting him to step down from leading the party. In March 2023 Gandhi was convicted of defamation and sentenced to two years in prison for his comment that referred to people with the surname “Modi” as thieves—the same surname as the India’s Prime Minister Narendra Modi. A day after his conviction, Gandhi was disqualified as the member of the Indian parliament.

Rahul Gandhi arrived in the United States on May 30 on a three-city visit. He is slated to conclude his trip with a public gathering in New York on June 4. The interaction would take place at the Javits Center in New York.

USAID Launches Program To Protect Journalists From Legal Threats And Defamation Lawsuits

News media across the globe, operating under both authoritarian and democratic systems, are constantly subjected to fierce assaults and political interference.

“Press freedom serves as the bedrock of democracy and justice, providing us with the information we need to form opinions and challenge authority. However, press freedom is under siege worldwide,” said UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres on World Press Freedom Day, May 3. Journalists and media personnel face direct threats both online and offline as they conduct their crucial work, enduring routine harassment, intimidation, detention, and imprisonment.

In 2022, a staggering 67 media workers lost their lives – a 50% increase compared to the previous year. The UN reports that nearly three-quarters of female journalists have encountered online violence, while one in four has faced physical threats. Additionally, non-physical attacks are on the rise, such as defamation lawsuits aimed at undermining media organizations’ legitimate right to free expression.

Last week, the US Agency for International Development (USAID) introduced Reporters Shield, an innovative membership program designed to safeguard journalists worldwide who report in the public interest from defamation lawsuits and legal intimidation. Established by the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project (OCCRP) and the Cyrus R. Vance Center for International Justice as a U.S.-based nonprofit organization, Reporters Shield is hailed as a “first-of-its-kind global program that defends investigative reporting around the world from legal threats intended to muzzle critical voices.”

USAID, which boasts an extensive history of nurturing independent media globally, intends to collaborate with Congress to allocate up to $9 million in seed funding for this groundbreaking initiative supporting media outside the United States, as stated in a May 2 press release. According to a statement released last week by USAID, investigative journalists and civil society organizations that report in the public interest increasingly face lawsuits aimed at silencing and harassing them by burdening them with the expenses and time associated with legal defense until they abandon their stories or go out of business entirely.

Reporters Shield aims to mitigate risks by offering training, pre-publication review, and funding for legal representation to combat lawsuits and other legal actions meant to intimidate and financially strain journalists. To maintain sustainability, member organizations participating in Reporters Shield will pay reasonable annual fees based on various factors, such as the outlet’s location and annual story output.

Membership in Reporters Shield requires organizations to be legally registered, focus primarily on news, public interest, and/or investigative reporting; publish in print and/or online; maintain non-profit status or transparent ownership; remain independent from political, commercial, or other undue influence; and adhere to professional editorial standards with editorial independence. Reporters Shield is accepting applications globally and will review them in phases, with some regions receiving benefits in the coming months and others added later this year and in 2024. Organizations interested in applying can visit reporters-shield.org for more information.

Reporters Shield’s development has been supported by pro bono legal assistance from law firms Proskauer, Primmer Piper Eggleston & Cramer PC, and Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP. Mandeep S. Tiwana, Chief Programmes Officer at CIVICUS, a global alliance of civil society organizations (CSOs), remarked that media freedoms are facing challenging times due to disinformation, attacks on civic space, deepening authoritarianism, populism, and oligarchic wealth consolidation.

Investigative journalists and civil society activists are finding it increasingly dangerous and costly to expose serious human rights violations and high-level corruption. “This initiative comes at a critical time when few companies are willing to sign the Anti-Strategic Lawsuits Against Public Participation (SLAPP) pledge, and cunning politicians are undermining the independence of judiciaries,” Tiwana declared.

According to Global Citizen’s Anti-SLAPP pledge, SLAPPs are not a legitimate business strategy. Functioning democratic societies respect freedom of expression, allowing everyone to express their views without fear. Lawsuits and legal tactics aimed at silencing civil organizations and human rights defenders harm societies and companies alike. Companies that stifle free expression limit their ability to manage risk related to operations and global supply chains.

Committed to operating in societies where people can exercise fundamental rights, Global Citizen pledges to define SLAPPs as lawsuits and legal tactics designed to silence critics and abridge citizens’ rights; refrain from engaging in SLAPPs against human rights and environmental defenders and supporting civil society organizations; recognize the crucial role of civil society organizations and human rights defenders in creating a profitable business environment; and encourage partners and suppliers within their value chain to abstain from engaging in SLAPPs to suppress legitimate activism.

Sue-Lin Wong and David Rennie Win Osborn Elliott Journalism Prize

Asia Society is pleased to announce that the 2023 Osborn Elliott Prize for Excellence in Journalism on Asia is being awarded to Sue-Lin Wong and David Rennie of The Economist for their China coverage. The $10,000 cash award is presented annually by an independent jury to the best example of journalism about Asia during the previous calendar year.

In announcing the award, the Osborn Elliott Prize Jury issued the following statement: “We are pleased to award the 2023 Osborn Elliott Prize to The Economist’s Sue-Lin Wong and David Rennie for their deeply reported, engagingly accessible coverage of China. In an eight-part podcast, ‘The Prince,’ Wong explained how Xi Jinping skillfully navigated his way to power, drawing on the personal history and circumstances that shaped his world. Rennie’s definitive primer on what Xi’s rising, sometimes righteous, often resentful Communist Party-led China wants offers insight into looming geopolitical and economic challenges.”

“Rennie and Wong recognize China’s many recent historical achievements, but also have experienced the limits of life under Xi. Wong, who also poignantly reports on how Beijing has shorn once-freewheeling Hong Kong of its autonomy, has had to leave the city. Rennie, who writes about Xi’s drive for absolute command of society, spent nearly two years separated from his wife and child by China’s draconian COVID lockdowns.”

The two will be honored at an awards ceremony and discussion at Asia Society in New York, on Tuesday, June 6.

Sue-Lin Wong is The Economist’s South-East Asia correspondent. She was previously China correspondent and host of “The Prince”, a podcast about Xi Jinping. Prior to joining The Economist, she was South China correspondent at the Financial Times covering politics, business and technology in Hong Kong and mainland southern China. Before that, she was a correspondent at Reuters with beats including the Chinese economy and North Korea. She opened the Shenzhen bureaus of the Financial Times and Reuters. She is a graduate of the Australian National University.

David Rennie is Beijing bureau chief of The Economist. He is the author of its weekly “Chaguan” column on China and co-host of the “Drum Tower” podcast. He joined The Economist in 2007. From 2007-10 he was the EU correspondent and “Charlemagne” columnist, based in Brussels. From 2010-12 he was British political editor and “Bagehot” columnist, in London. In the summer of 2012 he moved to Washington DC. He was “Lexington” columnist 2012-17, and Washington bureau chief 2013-18. In May 2018 he moved to China as Beijing bureau chief, launching “Chaguan” that year. He has written special reports for The Economist on China and the world order, on the China-U.S. relationship, on Hispanics in America, and on the enlargement of the EU to take in formerly communist countries.

Previously, he was on the foreign staff of the Daily Telegraph, with postings in Sydney, Beijing, Washington DC and Brussels. From 2006 until he joined The Economist he was also a contributing editor to the Spectator. He is a contributing panelist on the “1A” program on NPR/WAMU. He is a graduate of Cambridge University.

The Jury praised a number of other entries this year. Their citations follow:

“Uditha Jayasinghe and Devjyot Ghoshal of Reuters, reporting from Sri Lanka, dispassionately captured the country’s tragic descent into economic crisis, as a nepotistic government made a series of bad decisions that left farmers without fertilizer, hospitals without life-saving drugs, and petrol stations without fuel. They then covered the massive protests that eventually overturned the government, leading to a China vs. India rivalry for influence that emerged in the revolution’s wake.”

“Nikkei Asia’s Cheng Ting-Fang and Lauly Li, two of the world’s most knowledgeable tech reporters, delivered an extraordinarily detailed package of coverage that demonstrated the futility of efforts to shorten and nationalize semiconductor supply chains, a critical national-security and economic question for many countries.”

The People’s Archive, from India, published a detailed, important look at the difficulties many of the 200 million Indians living in Uttar Pradesh have accessing healthcare, often because of reasons of caste or socioeconomic status.”

The jury for the Osborn Elliott Prize is chaired by Marcus Brauchli, managing partner of North Base Media and the former top editor of both The Washington Post and The Wall Street Journal. Jurors for the 2023 prize are: Barbara Demick, journalist, author, and 2006 Osborn Elliott Prize winner; Dorinda Elliott, Executive Director of the Fairbank Center for Chinese Studies at Harvard University and formerly with Newsweek; Nisid Hajari, author, member of the Bloomberg editorial board and a former top editor at Newsweek; and Norman Pearlstine, media executive and advisor and former top editor at the Los Angeles Times, Time Inc., and The Wall Street Journal.

The Osborn Elliott Prize for Excellence in Journalism on Asia, affectionately referred to as the “Oz Prize,” honors the late Osborn Elliott, legendary journalist, author and former editor-in-chief of Newsweek. Elliott was a leading figure in the field of journalism who became one of the earliest practitioners of “civic journalism”—the deliberate focusing of the journalistic enterprise on urgent issues of public policy.

Find out more about the Oz Prize at AsiaSociety.org/OzPrize.

India Slips To 161 Position Out Of 180 In World Press Freedom Index

India’s ranking has fallen to 161 in the World Press Freedom Index-2023 in the list 180 countries. It is for the second year India is slipping in the ranking. According to the report by global media watchdog Reporters Sans Frontiers (RSF) alias Reporters without Borders, India is down 11 points in the index this year. The situation has gone from “problematic’’ to ‘very bad’ in three countries, including India and Tajikistan, it added.

World Press Freedom Index 2023 is revealed by the overseer of Media Industry, Reporters Without Borders (RSF). This is the 21st edition of the annual report, according to which, Norway acquired the topmost position whereas the lowest was North Korea. Norway has a self-regulated press and it is for the 7th time that this Northern European Country remained dominant.

Reporters Without Borders is a non-profit organisation that examined 180 nations across the world and highlighted their working conditions in terms of Journalism and Mass Media. India has shown a disheartening performance in the index as it got a poor global score of 36.62.

Picture : Human Rights Watch

In its annual report, the Reporters Sans Frontiers (RSF) assessed the state of freedom for media countries. In 2021, India’s ranking was 150, down from a ranking of 142 on the press freedom index. The report also stated that violence against journalists, the politically partisan media and the concentration of media ownership all demonstrate that press freedom is in crisis in the world’s largest democracy.

The RSF released the report on Wednesday with details of media freedom collected from across 180 countries. Pakistan is ranked at 150, seven points up, while Nepal is at 95. Sri Lanka is up 11 points at 135, while Myanmar at 173 has moved 3 points higher. The report has stated that the Indian media landscape is like India itself–huge and densely populated–and has more than 1,00,000 newspapers including 36,000 weeklies, and 380 TV channels.

“Originally a product of the anti-colonial movement, the India press sued to be seen as fairly progressive, but things changed radically when Narendra Modi became prime minister and engineered a spectacular rapprochement between his party, the BJP and the big families dominating the media.”

In 2022, India reached the 150th rank and now it lost 11 positions to get down to 161 which is quite bad for the journalism environment. RSS is of the view that the situation is worse than it seems. The organisation evaluated the situation as “very serious” in 31 countries and “difficult” in 42.

Not only this, the status of the press is termed as “problematic” across 55 nations and “good” or “satisfactory” in 52. Only 3 out of 10 nations reveal satisfactory results in the worldwide record of 2023.

The report said that Mukesh Ambani owns more than 70 media outlets across India that are followed by at least 800 million Indians. “Indian journalists who are too critical of the government are subjected to all-out harassment and attack campaigns”, the report stated.

It further said: “At the national level, the Central government has seen that it can exploit this to impose its own narrative, and is now spending more than 130 billion rupees a year on ads in the print and online media alone.”

The list focuses on the quality of the mass media environment around the globe which has declined in the past few years. It explains disturbances and changes that are simultaneously occurring in the Media Industry. These revolutions can be social, political and technological considering today’s scenario.

World Press Freedom Day was held on May 03 (Wednesday) this year and the report of the global rankings was also published on the same day. India got the 161st position out of all 180 countries that were given global scores as well.

Acknowledging False Claims, Fox News Agrees To Pay $787.5 Million In Dominion’s Defamation Lawsuit

Fox News settled Dominion Voting Systems’ blockbuster defamation lawsuit just as it was about to go to trial, agreeing to pay it $787.5 million, media reports stated. “The parties have resolved this case,” Delaware Superior Court Judge Eric M. Davis said in court Tuesday afternoon.

It is the largest publicly disclosed settlement for a defamation lawsuit in US history. Davis, who has been presiding over the case, previously decided to push back the start of the case one day, giving lawyers for both sides an extra day to devote to settlement discussions.

Dominion CEO John Poulos criticized Fox for broadcasting lies about the company and thanks election officials throughout the US. “Fox has admitted to telling lies about Dominion that caused enormous damage to my company, our employees, and the customers that we serve,” he said. “Nothing can ever make up for that.”

In a statement, Fox News said it was “pleased to have reached a settlement” which it claimed represented a commitment to journalistic standards. “We acknowledge the Court’s rulings finding certain claims about Dominion to be false,” a Fox spokesperson said in an emailed statement. “This settlement reflects FOX’s continued commitment to the highest journalistic standards. We are hopeful that our decision to resolve this dispute with Dominion amicably, instead of the acrimony of a divisive trial, allows the country to move forward from these issues.”

The settlement is a victory for Dominion, which no longer has to contend with the prospect of a six-week trial and potentially years of grueling appeals if it had won. But it also means that Fox News’s many detractors won’t get to see the right-wing media network’s biggest executives and stars — including Rupert Murdoch, Tucker Carlson, and Sean Hannity — grilled on the witness stand.

Fox News hosts will not be required to issue retractions or many any other statements under the terms of the agreement, a person familiar with its terms told Insider. In a press conference after Davis announced the settlement, Justin Nelson, an attorney for Dominion, said the $787.5 million payout represented “vindication and accountability.”

“People across the political spectrum can and should disagree on issues even of the most profound importance,” he said. “For our democracy to endure for another 250 years and hopefully much longer, we must share a commitment to facts.”

Settlement talks have been brewing

On Sunday night, Davis pushed back the trial’s start from Monday to Tuesday. Several outlets reported that both sides were in settlement discussions.

At the same time, on the court docket, each side slung filings arguing over technical issues that could determine how much Dominion would be able to claim in damages in the trial.

On Tuesday morning, the case still seemed headed to trial as Davis completed jury selection. Dominion and Fox each had about two dozen lawyers present in court.

But Davis extended the jurors’ lunch break by more than two hours as he retreated to his chambers — beckoning attorneys from both parties to join him — and gave rise to more speculation among the journalists assembled in court that a settlement was imminent.

Dominion filed its lawsuit against Fox News and its parent company, Fox Corp., in March 2021. It alleged the network defamed it when its hosts Jeanine Pirro, Maria Bartiromo, and Lou Dobbs brought on conspiracy theorist lawyers Rudy Giuliani and Sidney Powell as guests.

Trump hired Giuliani and Powell to challenge his loss in the 2020 election. The two spun a fantastical, false tale claiming Dominion — in cahoots with rival election technology company Smartmatic — rigged the election by switching votes from Trump to now-President Joe Biden.

Fox News hosts, Dominion alleged, either endorsed or didn’t sufficiently push back against those claims when they invited Powell and Giuliani on their shows.

Davis had already ruled it was “CRYSTAL clear that none of the Statements relating to Dominion about the 2020 election are true,” and that Dominion only had to prove Fox acted with “actual malice” — the legal standard for defamation cases involving public figures. Fox, for its part, claimed it was simply reporting the news and that its broadcasts were protected by the First Amendment. First Amendment experts overwhelmingly believed it was Dominion’s case to lose.

In brief remarks on Tuesday afternoon, Davis thanked the jurors for their service and praised attorneys from both Fox and Dominion for their professionalism and the quality of their legal briefs. “I’ve been on the bench since 2010, and I think this is the best lawyering I’ve ever had — ever,” he said.

Fox News’s secrets have already been spilled

Two years of litigation have already dealt Fox heavy blows. In court filings leading up to the trial, Dominion shared excerpts from numerous depositions, texts, and emails from Fox’s executives, hosts, and producers. They depicted a newsroom desperately trying to stay on Trump’s good side while fending off competition from Newsmax, a further-right media network that more explicitly embraced his election lies. Fox News was more interested in protecting its viewership ratings than reporting the news, Dominion argued.

Internal messages showed that Powell shared an email demonstrating her claims of election fraud relied in part on someone claiming to be a time-traveling headless ghost. Carlson, Hannity, Laura Ingraham, and multiple producers all privately believed she had taken leave of her senses, though they didn’t say as much on air and were slow to accept Biden’s electoral victory anyway. People close to Murdoch believed Giuliani, for his part, was frequently drunk. Ingraham called him an “idiot.”

Carlson — the Fox News host with the highest primetime ratings — said in texts that he “passionately” hated Trump and thought him a “demonic force” who nonetheless had the capacity to “destroy” the network. He and Hannity tried to get a Fox News reporter fired when she fact-checked Trump on Twitter.

“We are very, very close to being able to ignore Trump most nights,” Carlson wrote as he lost the 2020 election. “I truly can’t wait.” Murdoch had recognized that Fox News’s audience was in Trump’s thrall and said it “would have been stupid” to alienate them. After the January 6, 2021, insurrection at the US Capitol, he said it was time to make Trump a “non-person.”

Throughout this period, Dominion sent Fox 3,600 fact-checking messages, which it said were widely circulated throughout the network. One executive “received Dominion’s fact check so many times that on November 14 he wrote a colleague: ‘I have it tattooed on my body at this point,'” Dominion lawyers wrote in a filing.

After being told that Dobbs ran false information about election fraud on one of his shows, one producer responded, “Jesus Christ. Does anyone do a fucking simple google search or read emails?” according to a filing. A top executive said “the North Koreans do a more nuanced show” than Dobbs.

As for airing ads from Mike Lindell — the MyPillow CEO who shared an even more outlandish conspiracy theory about Dominion and Smartmatic than the one pushed by Powell and Giuliani — Murdoch agreed in a deposition that he was happy to take his money.

The case has also been beset by late twists. The judge has admonished Fox’s lawyers for withholding certain discovery evidence until right before the start of the trial. And Abby Grossberg, a former producer for Carlson and Bartiromo, alleged that Fox’s attorneys coached her answers in a deposition given for Dominion’s lawsuit. “They’re activists, not journalists,” Grossberg said of Fox News producers in court filings.

It was a common sentiment on Twitter: Fox News has disgraced American democracy by pushing lies that the 2020 election was stolen, Fox’s detractors say. A reckoning in a courtroom, where a judge has no patience for falsehoods, is an important way to bring a reckoning, these people say. A settlement — on the eve of a trial, no less — would let Fox News escape accountability once again, the argument goes.Fox is not out of the woods

The prospect of shareholder lawsuits may complicate any payout to Dominion. One such lawsuit, already working its way through Delaware Chancery Court, alleges Fox Corp. breached its fiduciary duties by allowing Fox News to broadcast election lies and expose it to litigation from Smartmatic and Dominion.

A settlement, First Amendment experts say, may also make Fox the target of future defamation lawsuits from plaintiffs who believe they’ll get a payout. Murdoch already has a record of settling lawsuits: A Washington Post analysis found his companies paid out nearly $750 million over the past 13 years to settle legal claims, including sexual harassment and hacking allegations.

potentially greater risk is a case from Smartmatic, which asks for $2.7 billion in damages. That lawsuit, filed in New York state court, also names Giuliani as a defendant. (The company’s lawsuit against Powell is progressing through a court in Washington, DC, for jurisdictional reasons.) Court filings indicate that Smartmatic has drawn on some of the evidence in the Dominion lawsuit for its own case.

“Dominion’s litigation exposed some of the misconduct and damage caused by Fox’s disinformation campaign. Smartmatic will expose the rest,” Smartmatic attorney J. Erik Connolly said in a statement Tuesday. “Smartmatic remains committed to clearing its name, recouping the significant damage done to the company, and holding Fox accountable for undermining democracy.”

India’s Supreme Court Blasts Government For Denying People’s Rights

A media outlet cannot be muzzled just because it criticizes the government, India’s Supreme Court said on April 5th, as it lifted curbs on a Malayalam news channel, ordered by the centre on “national security” grounds. “National security can’t be raised to deny people their rights… it was raised by the Home Ministry in a cavalier manner in this case,” the Supreme Court said.

The court said that the channel MediaOne’s criticism of the government’s policies and actions cannot be construed as anti-national or anti-establishment, and that an independent press is essential for a vibrant democracy.

Scrapping an order by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting that refused to renew the channel’s broadcast license for want of security clearance, the Supreme Court pulled up the Home Ministry for raising national security claims out of “thin air”.

“National security can’t be raised to deny people their rights… it was raised by the Home Ministry in a cavalier manner in this case,” the court led by Chief Justice DY Chandrachud said, overruling the Kerala High Court which had upheld the centre’s decision.

The judges said the center had failed to show any material facts or evidence to justify its decision to impose the broadcast ban on MediaOne, which was one of the few channels that reported extensively on the anti-Citizenship Amendment Act protests in 2020 and the riots in Delhi that it spawned.

“There is nothing to show terrorist links. National security claims cannot be made on the basis of thin air. It is seen that none of the material is against national security or threatens public order,” the court said.

The court observed that the government cannot be allowed to have a stand that the press must support the government. It said criticism of the government cannot be a ground to revoke the license of a TV channel.

Coming down heavily on the center’s attempt to keep its rationale under wraps, and file them under “sealed cover”, the court said, “Sealed cover proceedings cannot be adopted to avoid the harm caused by public immunity proceedings. We are of the opinion that public immunity proceedings are a less restrictive means to safeguard the public interest.”

“There cannot be a blanket immunity to the government for disclosure of information to the other parties in a proceeding before the court… All investigation reports cannot be termed secret as these affect the rights and liberty of the citizens,” the Supreme Court said.

MediaOne, which had several run-ins with the BJP-led government at the centre, had gone off the air last year on January 31 after its name was removed from the list of permitted channels by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting. On March 15 last year, the Supreme Court had put the Kerala High Court order, which had backed the center’s decision, on hold.

Modi Is Trying To Silence The Media

India’s tax crackdown on the BBC, weeks after it aired a documentary critical of Prime Minister Narendra Modi, has made news around the world. But foreign correspondents based in the country say this is not the first act of hostility by the Modi government.

Privately, since 2019, they allege they have been facing visa uncertainty, denial of travel permits, even deportation threats, prompting them to conduct internal surveys to capture the extent of the harassment.

These surveys, which Scroll has seen, paint a picture of growing intimidation, which many respondents attributed to their critical reporting of the government. They said the government wanted to suppress coverage of the persecution of religious minorities in India and regions such as Kashmir and Assam.

Many left anonymous comments in the surveys stating that they had been “summoned” by officials and ministers and shown “files” and “spreadsheets” detailing their “negative coverage”.

A journalist working for a European news organisation recounted an instance of the Indian embassy in their home country emailing the publication, asking it “not to cover Muslim persecution”. (Scroll has reviewed this email sent by a senior Indian diplomat to the news organisation in 2020. Identifying details are being withheld on request.)

The Foreign Correspondents’ Club in Delhi has shared the findings of these surveys with the Ministry of External Affairs, officials on the board of the club said. “The discussions are ongoing,” one of them said, requesting anonymity. “The ministry has told us they will be taking up the issues with the relevant authorities.”

Scroll has sought a response from the ministry to the allegations made by the foreign journalists in the surveys. The ministry is yet to respond.

Restricting access

The surveys were conducted by journalists based in Delhi, who are members of the Foreign Correspondents’ Club, among foreign correspondents all over the country. The first survey was carried out among 40 journalists in January 2020, in the aftermath of major upheavals in Jammu and Kashmir and Assam.

In August 2019, the Indian government revoked the special status of Jammu and Kashmir. As foreign journalists prepared to travel to report on the impact of the move, they were told by the external affairs ministry that they had to seek prior permission to travel anywhere in Jammu and Kashmir, including the capital, Srinagar.

Picture : Digital Photo Pro

Until then, only “parts of Jammu and Kashmir” were included in the government’s list of restricted and protected areas for which foreign journalists require travel permits from the home ministry. Even the partial restriction on travel to J&K had gone largely unenforced, barring a brief period in 1990, according to journalists who have been in the country for decades.

The noose, however, had started tightening since 2016. In May that year, the external affairs ministry sent an email to foreign correspondents “reiterating” that travel permits were required for visiting Nagaland, Sikkim, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, and parts of Manipur, Mizoram, Arunachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh, Rajasthan and Jammu and Kashmir. Two years later, it sent another reminder on similar lines.

But in August 2019, it extended the restrictions to the whole of Jammu and Kashmir, which has resulted in a near-total ban on foreign reporting from the former state that is now directly governed by New Delhi. No foreign correspondent has since independently gone on a reporting trip to the Kashmir valley.

In October, the Indian government arranged a Kashmir tour for select members of a European Union parliamentary delegation. Photo: PTI

Around the same time, Assam was updating its National Register of Citizens – a highly contentious exercise that critics said targeted religious and linguistic minorities. Although Assam was not officially on the list of places that foreign correspondents required a permit to visit, a foreign journalist was allegedly put back on a plane by state authorities in September 2019.

The January 2020 survey attempted to capture the extent of this clampdown. Of the 30 foreign journalists who had applied for travel permits in 2019 – most to report from Kashmir and Assam – 21 never heard back. (https://scroll.in/article/1044558/modi-is-trying-to-silence-the-foreign-press-heres-how)

Karthik Subramaniam Wins National Geographic’s 2023 ‘Pictures Of The Year’ Award

Karthik Subramaniam of Indian descent, hobbyist photographer is winner of National Geographic’s “Pictures of the Year” Contest. His photo, titled ‘Dance of the Eagles,’ shows a trio of bald eagles battling for a spot on a branch in Alaska’s Chilkat Bald Eagle Preserve. Subramaniam told National Geographic about how he camped out near the shore of the preserve for a week in order to capture the perfect shot.

“Every year in November, hundreds of bald eagles gather at Chilkat Bald Eagle Preserve near Haines, Alaska to feast on salmon. I visited there last two Novembers to photograph them,” he said. Subramaniam began experimenting with wildlife photography during the pandemic, when he explored local nature reserves and city parks while businesses and travel were halted.

Selected from nearly 5000 entries, Subramaniam’s winning image, “Dance of the Eagles” depicts a bald eagle battling its fellows for a prime spot on a tree in the Chilkat Bald Eagle Preserve in Alaska, the magazine announced in a Feb 17 press release.

Subramaniam told National Geographic how he camped out near the shore of this preserve for a week to capture the perfect shot.

Picture : Digital Photo Pro

“Wherever there’s salmon, there’s going to be chaos,” he said. On the last day of Subramaniam’s week-long trip, he watched as bald eagles “swooped in and out of the fishing ground.”

Subramaniam chose a spot near a log where a few birds lingered — and trained his lens on a nearby branch. He was in the right place when he caught an incoming eagle sweep in to bump his bird buddy out of a prime spot on a branch.

He captured the maneuver and named it “Dance of the Eagles,” after George R.R. Martin’s novel “A Dance with Dragons.”

“Every year in November, hundreds of bald eagles gather at Chilkat Bald Eagle Preserve near Haines, Alaska, to feast on salmon. I visited there last two Novembers to photograph them,” Subramaniam said.

“Studying their behavior patterns helped me anticipate some of their actions. For example, when an eagle drags salmon to a dry spot, other eagles in the area would inevitably fly there to claim their share, and that leads to chaotic action.”

“They also seemed to have some favorite spots to hang out, and usually, commotion ensues when an eagle wants an already occupied spot. This photo was taken during one such commotion.”

Subramaniam first began experimenting with wildlife photography while sequestered in his San Francisco home during the coronavirus pandemic. During that time he explored local nature reserves and walked city parks to search for birds and other wildlife.

In recognition of his work, Subramaniam will have his photo featured in the May issue of National Geographic magazine, alongside Nat Geo’s leading photographers, and receive a six-month digital subscription to the magazine.

Nine additional photos were selected as honorable mention winners: Alex Berger, An Li, Bruce Taubert, Eric Esterle, Rhez Solano, Riten Dharia, Tayfun Coskun, Tihomir Trichkov and W. Kent Williamson.

The honorable mention winners will be showcased on National Geographic’s Your Shot Instagram page to more than 6.5 million followers, in addition to receiving a six-month digital subscription to the magazine.

Subramaniam’s “Dance of the Eagles” photo was named grand-prize winner after a rigorous vetting process by a team of seasoned Nat Geo photo editors, it said.

Tied to the brand’s annual Pictures of the Year list featuring National Geographic’s top images of the year — 118 out of more than 2 million total — the photo contest invited aspiring photographers from across the country to submit their own favorite image captured in 2022, broken into four categories: Nature, People, Places and Animals.

India’s Supreme Court Denies Gag Order For Media On The Adani Issue

The Supreme Court of India has rejected a plea seeking to gag the media from reporting on the Adani-Hindenburg issue till the court pronounces its order. Rejecting the petition filed by advocate M L Sharma, a bench headed by CJI DY Chandrachud said, “We are not going to issue any injunction to the media.”

The apex court had reserved its order on February 20 on a batch of PILs on the recent Adani Group shares crash triggered by Hindenburg Research’s fraud allegations.

Significance

The top court on February 17 had refused to accept in a sealed cover the Centre’s suggestion on a proposed panel of experts for strengthening regulatory measures for the stock market.

Observing that it wants to maintain full transparency in the interests of investors, it said it would rather not accept the Centre’s suggestion in a sealed cover.

Investors’ interests

On February 10, the top court had said the interests of Indian investors need to be protected against market volatility in the backdrop of the Adani Group stock rout and asked the Centre to consider setting up a panel of domain experts headed by a former judge to look into strengthening the regulatory mechanism.

Till now, four PILs have been filed in the top court on the issue. Adani Group stocks have taken a beating on the bourses after the Hindenburg Research made a litany of allegations, including fraudulent transactions and share price manipulation, against the business conglomerate.

The Adani Group has dismissed the charges as lies, saying it complies with all laws and disclosure requirements.

Survey Or Raid Has No Difference To BBC

The word survey means “to examine and record the area and features of a place so as to construct a map, plan, or description”. It also means “to collect data over a period in order to assess them and reach a conclusion”.

The word raid means “a rapid surprise attack on an enemy by troops, aircraft, or other armed forces”. In the civil context, it means sending a large number of officers to an office or home to collect evidence, without giving time to the people concerned to hide or camouflage wealth or data”.

The Income Tax Department says it did not conduct a “raid” on the offices of the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) in Delhi and Mumbai. What it conducted was a “survey”. What exactly did the department do? It did not give any advance notice to the BBC about the “survey”.

What happened was that a large number of Income Tax officers descended on the two buildings and started searching the offices. The staff, including journalists, were not allowed to make telephone calls, hold meetings or leave the offices. Their computers were opened and they were asked so many questions. The “survey” continued for two days.

How can this be called a survey when it resembles a “raid”? The government wanted to give the impression that what it did was a routine “survey” of the two offices and there was nothing more than met the eye in the action. Let it be made clear that only fools can be misled in this manner.

There was a report circulated by Hindenburg Research, which the mainstream media tried to ignore when it came out. But when it became viral on social media, the media was compelled to take notice of it. What did the report say?

It said that the Adani Group, headed by Gautam Adani, was using devious means to achieve its growth rate. It mentioned how it saved money on tax, how it parked money abroad and how it used the parked money to re-invest in the company and how the company used the expansion process to become richer and richer, day by day.

Adani was just a small company when, in 2014, he gave Narendra Modi his commodious helicopter to campaign all over the country. He is a good investor and he knew that the investment he made in providing a helicopter with full tank aviation fuel and staff throughout the period of the campaign would fetch him rewards.

What a proud moment it was for Adani when Modi arrived in Delhi to take over as the Prime Minister of India in his aircraft! Modi was very grateful to him. Whenever he went abroad, he took with him a group of businessmen in his special aircraft.

He stopped the practice of letting journalists travel with him. Among the businessmen who accompanied him on such trips was Gautam Adani. Neither JRD Tata nor Dhirubhai Ambani had the privilege of travelling with Prime Minister.

Adani used the connections so well that he began to outstep every company in the country. The Tatas, the Birlas, the Ambanis and the Mahindras were all overtaken by the Adani Group in no time. When Covid struck the nation and the government imposed a lockdown on the country, millions of people lost their livelihood.

We saw tens of thousands of people leaving cities like Mumbai, Delhi and Ahmedabad and walking all the way to their villages in Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, etc. It was the period when even middle class people were dipping into their savings to manage their day-to-day affairs, as many companies were closed or could not pay salaries.

One extraordinary thing was happening in the country during this period. The Adani Group was growing by leaps and bounds. Everyday its assets were increasing by about Rs 1700 crore. Did Adani invent a new product like a car which can run 10,000 miles on a single litre of petrol?

No, he was doing what a good trader always does. He was fleecing the customer, in this case, the Indian state. He was bypassing every law of the land to become richer. The government helped him in the process by letting him have the contracts for new airports and new seaports.

Suddenly, Gautam Adani became the richest person in India, richer than Mukesh Ambani. What’s more, he became the richest person in Asia that includes China. He also became the third richest person in the world, overtaking Amazon founder Jeff Bezos.

Speculations already began when he would become the world’s richest person. That is when the Hindenburg Research report came. It was just a prick for the over-aired Adani balloon. Within days, he came down from the position of the third richest person to the 24th richest person!

Social media is full of stories of how he cheated investors and the government to become so rich. All his wealth was based on cooked-up figures. The Group tried to brave the challenge by going forward with its follow-on-public offer worth Rs 20,000 crore.

As was required, some shares were earmarked for the employees of Adani. Who knows the company better than the employees? Is it, therefore, any surprise that only 50 per cent of the shares earmarked for the staff were sold? Only 11 per cent of the shares meant for the general public were lifted?

It means that the people believe in the Hindenburg Research report that the Adani Group used “brazen stock manipulation and accounting fraud”. What the report said was known to everyone who matters in the country. If one searches Parliament records, he will know how Opposition MPs had pointed their accusing finger at the Adani Group.

The company was forced to withdraw its follow-on-public offer. It offered to return the money invested to the investors. If the investors were various outfits of the same Group, it could be treated as a coincidence.

As the controversy over the Adani saga filled the minds of the people, one person remained silent. He is Narendra Modi. Even when he was asked specific questions in Parliament, he preferred to attack the Congress for what it did in the hoary past.

A sensible government would have ordered a check of all the institutional mechanisms to ensure that if the Adani Group went down the Sabarmati River, it would not affect the general public, especially those whose money is deposited in banks like the State Bank of India and public sector companies like the Life Insurance Corporation of India.

Instead, a raid-like survey of the BBC was ordered. Ideally, the Income Tax authorities should have conducted the raid on the Adani Group offices to find out the truth contained in the Hindenburg Research report that the people in general believe. Why did it choose BBC, instead?

Let there be no mistakes. It is a retaliation in the context of the two-part documentary the BBC broadcast on the Gujarat riots of 2002 and later developments in the country titled “India: The Modi Question”. Officially what the IT Department said was that the BBC was indulging in “transfer pricing” and “diversion of profit”.

In these days when the Income Tax Department has access to all the banking transactions of a person or a company, it is not difficult to find out if there are any suspicious transactions. In any case, the BBC is a public broadcaster which runs on the licence fee every British citizen pays to listen to or watch its programmes.

Its offices in Delhi do not have transactions which are worth even a fraction of the transaction of the Adani Group which is now under a cloud. The BBC is not new to India.

Former Defence Minister A.K. Antony’s son was so perturbed over the BBC documentary that he even risked his membership in the Congress to attack the BBC.

He asked rhetorically whether the BBC had not shown the Indian map, showing Kashmir as a disputed territory? Did he not know that Britain and the US did not give Modi a visa to visit their countries when he was the chief minister of Gujarat?

Did he not know that the BBC has been reporting India even before his father was born, i.e., when the Rashtrapati Bhavan was known as the Viceroy’s House and the Union Jack received the salute of the Indian Army. If tomorrow India occupies what the Pakistanis call Azad Kashmir and what we call Pakistan Occupied Kashmir, the BBC will show the map differently to indicate that Muzaffarabad and Gilgit are now part of India.

I would have been happy to know Antony Junior’s response to the raid on the BBC, which Rajiv Gandhi tuned into to confirm whether the Intelligence Bureau report about her mother’s assassination was correct or not. Modi was once an unabashed admirer of the BBC when All India Radio was known as All Indira Radio! It is a different matter that Modi evaded arrest and went abroad when the Emergency was clamped on the country.

Even a child knows that the IT survey was related to the BBC documentary which critically examined the riots in Gujarat in 2002, even giving the views of the ruling party. The overall impression it gave to the viewers was that the leadership in Gujarat at that time had a lot to explain for its acts of omission and commission. Modi was the chief minister at that time.

The commentary was a compilation of facts, figures, videos and statements that could be left to the people to reach their own conclusions. The aggrieved parties like the BJP could have come out with their own version of how and why the “pogrom” happened, particularly when the Union Home Minister Amit Shah himself claims credit for the achievements that flowed from the riots.

Even before the second part of the documentary was released, the Government ordered online media platforms to disable the links they had given to the first part of the documentary under rules which should not have been invoked at all.

It also ordered blocking of all tweets that had links to the documentary. Such a hyper-active reaction was unwarranted. It only raised doubts about the government’s own credibility. It is against this backdrop that the people in general have reservations about the IT Survey.

Nobody argues that if the BBC violated Indian tax laws, it should be let off simply because it is a multinational broadcaster with enormous clout. However, there are established ways in which its transgressions, if any, could have been dealt with. The survey was certainly not the way.

It is not the first time that government agencies like the CBI, the IT Department and the Enforcement Directorate have been used to pressurise media organisations which had either critically examined government policies or exposed some wrong-doing.

Organisations like NDTV, NewsClick, the Dainik Bhaskar Group of Publications and the organisation that funds the Centre for Policy Research have over the last few years experienced the high-handedness of such agencies. What the BBC has been undergoing is a similar kind of treatment.

Perhaps, the government wants to proclaim that it can get even with any organisation that embarrasses it, even if it is by way of espousing the truth. Revenge has now become a state policy!

A few years ago, the BBC did a documentary on the Uighars of the Xinjiang province of China, which was not to the liking of the government there. It brought to limelight the problem of missing Muslims. The broadcaster was condemned for what it did.

However, there is a fundamental difference between India and China. While it is a dictatorial regime that rules China, India takes pride in the fact that it is the largest democracy in the world.

A nation cannot be considered democratic, if it does not have a vibrant media that can critique the government. The media serves the purpose of a watchdog and if it is bridled, it will cease to be a democracy.

Ask any media person in Delhi and he will tell you how the government has stopped journalists from visiting the Central hall of Parliament to interact with political leaders. He will also tell you how the government has imposed more restrictions on journalists covering Parliament.

In short, the media has become “unwanted” in the country. Modi believes that he can communicate directly with the people through his tweets and Mann Ki Baath, little realising that a controlled media can play havoc, as it would give credence to rumours. Indira Gandhi realised the danger of controlling the media. Modi too will realise it, sooner than later.

See how the secrecy that surrounded the Adani companies finally brought it down when a mirror was shown to it by Hindenburg Research. (Courtesy: The Indian Currents)

India’s Supreme Court Intervenes On BBC Film Ban Case

The Supreme Court of India has directed the Central Government led by Narendra Modi to produce original records relating to its decision to block a BBC documentary on the 2002 Gujarat riots. However, it turned down a plea for an interim order to direct the government to make public its gag order and said the matter would be examined on the next date of hearing.

Petitions

The top court issued notices to the government and others on pleas filed by veteran journalist N Ram, Trinamool Congress MP Mahua Moitra, activist-lawyer Prashant Bhushan and lawyer M L Sharma.

Emergency powers

The SC asked the petitioners why they did not approach the high court in the matter. Senior advocate CU Singh, appearing for Ram and the others, submitted that the government has invoked the emergency powers under the Information Technology (IT) Rules to block the documentary. The Supreme Court said it is also a fact that people have been accessing the documentary.

‘Arbitrary & unconstitutional’

One of the petitioners has also alleged that the ban on the documentary ‘India: The Modi question’ was “malafide, arbitrary and unconstitutional”.

Freedom of press

Ram and others, in their pleas, have sought a direction to restrain the government from curbing their right to “receive and disseminate information” on the documentary.

The contents of the BBC documentary are protected under Article 19(1)(a) (freedom of speech and expression) of the Constitution, the plea said, adding that the contents of the series do not fall under any of the restrictions specified in Article 19(2).

Reacting strongly after Ram filed his plea, India’s Law Minister Kiren Rijiju had tweeted, “This is how they waste the precious time of Hon’ble Supreme Court where thousands of common citizens are waiting and seeking dates for justice.”

The Top 50 Most Visited Websites In The World

If we were to rank all of these websites according to their traffic numbers, we would see a classic power law distribution. At the low end, the vast majority of these websites would be inactive, receiving little to no traffic. On the upper end of the ranking though, a handful of websites receive the lion’s share of internet traffic.

Estimates vary, but there are upwards of two billion websites in existence in 2023. This visualization, using data from SimilarWeb, takes a look at the 50 websites that currently sit at the top of the ranking.

Which Websites Get the Most Traffic?

Topping the list of most-visited websites in the world is, of course, Google. With over 3.5 billion searches per day, Google has cemented its position as the go-to source for information on the internet. But Google’s dominance doesn’t stop there. The company also owns YouTube, the second-most popular website in the world. Together, Google and YouTube have more traffic than the next 48 websites combined.

The power of YouTube, in particular, is sometimes not fully understood. The video platform is the second largest search engine in the world after Google. As well, YouTube has the second highest duration-of-visit numbers in this top 50 ranking. (First place goes to the Chinese video sharing website, Bilibili.)

But Google and YouTube aren’t the only big players on the internet. Other websites in the top 50 ranking include social media giants Facebook, Instagram, and TikTok. In particular, TikTok has seen a surge in popularity in recent years and is now one of the most popular social media platforms in the world.

Here’s the full top 50 ranking table form:

Rank Website Monthly Traffic Category Country
#1 google.com 85.1B Search Engines U.S.
#2 youtube.com 33.0B Streaming & Online TV U.S.
#3 facebook.com 17.8B Social Media Networks U.S.
#4 twitter.com 6.8B Social Media Networks U.S.
#5 instagram.com 6.1B Social Media Networks U.S.
#6 baidu.com 5.0B Search Engines China
#7 wikipedia.org 4.8B Dictionaries & Encyclopedias U.S.
#8 yandex.ru 3.4B Search Engines Russia
#9 yahoo.com 3.3B News & Media Publishers U.S.
#10 whatsapp.com 2.9B Social Media Networks U.S.

Showing 1 to 10 of 50 entries

Notable companies that have fallen out of the top 50 since our last version of this visualization are Walmart and PayPal. Notable entrants into the top 50 are Samsung and the New York Times.

The Geography of the 50 Most-Visited Websites

The United States is still home base for many of the world’s biggest websites, taking up 30 spots on this ranking. Of these 30 websites, half are operated by Big Tech companies such as Microsoft, Amazon, Alphabet, Meta, and Netflix.

Russia, China, Japan, and South Korea round out the top five.

Things get interesting in the “other” category, which includes six websites. Two spots are taken up by Aaj Tak and Globo, which are large media publications in India and Brazil, respectively.

The remaining four websites—XVideos, PornHub, XHamster, and XNXX—specialize in adult content, and are located in a variety of countries. These are often referred to as “tube sites” since they are built on the YouTube model.

Realsrv, the only adult-oriented site in the top 50 located in the U.S., is interesting to delve into as well, since it’s far from a household name. The website essentially supports advertising efforts by redirecting users away from the content they were viewing over to another page (generally premium adult content). This is one of the key ways that adult websites earn revenue.

Parveen Chopra’s Wellness And Spirituality Magazine Launched In New York

Renowned Indian American media personality, Parveen Chopra’s new wellness and spirituality magazine was launched in a ceremony hosted by the Indian Consulate in New York on January 21, 2023.

The new venture, Lotus in the Mud, offers insights and inspiration for people to be healthy, happy and peaceful, a news release noted. The online site, alotusinthemud.com offers insights and inspiration for people to be healthy, happy and peaceful, according to a press release from Chopra, who explained that the name, ‘Lotus in the mud’ is a key concept in Hinduism and Buddhism, signifying that one may get caught up in problems, but that people have an inherent capability to emerge in full bloom.

At the launch event, India’s Consul General Randhir Jaiswal called the initiative “another slice of India in America promoting wellness through yoga, right food habits, etc, and which people should benefit from.”

Consul General Randhir Jaiswal unveiled the website during the ceremony, describing it as “another slice of India in America promoting wellness through yoga, right food habits, etc, and which people should benefit from.”

Chopra said Lotus In The Mud carried the collective wisdom  of many like-minded writers, experts and advisers. “We tap the world’s religious and spiritual traditions for wisdom as well as modern medical and scientific research to present content for people to be fully productive and successful and yet be healthy, happy and centered,” he explained.

Picture : TheUNN

Subjects covered on the site range from ‘The big questions of life as answered by Hinduism, ‘The 4 happy hormones and how to boost them’, ‘Practical uses of faith – a Zoroastrian perspective’, and ‘Beware  the frozen food convenience’ etc. It also offers short meditations,  personality quizzes and space for visitors to share their experiences of healing and personal/spiritual growth.

Guest speakers at the event included Nitin Ajmera, chairman of the Parliament of the World’s Religions; Arvind Vora, founder of Shanti Fund that promotes Mahatma Gandhi’s ideals among school children in Long Island, NY; Reverend Tom Goodhue, emeritus Executive Director of Long Island Council of Churches; and Dr Bhaswati Bhattacharya, author of the bestselling book Everyday Ayurveda.

Chopra’s biography describes him as a trained teacher of meditation, founder of  Life Positive, India’s first body-mind-spirit magazine from New Delhi in 1996. In the United States, he has edited The South Asian Times for more than a decade and One World Under God interfaith journal. The web magazine is published by American Center for Wellness & Spirituality Inc, a non-profit established by Chopra.

The Lotus launch at the Consulate followed felicitation of The South Asian Times (TSAT) Person of the Year 2022, Anil Bansal, former president of the Federation of Indian Associations NYNJCT.

Journalist Angad Singh Blacklisted For Role IN BBC Documentary On Modi

The Indian Government led by the Hindu nationalist Party, Bharatiya Janata Party has informed the Delhi High Court that Angad Singh, a US-based journalist with Vice News, has been blacklisted despite being an Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) card holder.

On December 7, 2022, a bench of Justice Prathiba M. Singh had directed the Central government to file a response in a suit filed by Singh against his deportation from Delhi to New York in August last year. He has also challenged the refusal to grant him a Special Permit.

Appearing for the Centre, advocate Anurag Ahluwalia told the court that as Singh has violated Section 11A of the Foreigners Order, 1948, which prohibits a foreigner from producing any picture, film or documentary without permission in writing from the Centre, he is a blacklisted subject. He had allegedly depicted India in a negative manner in the “India Burning” documentary.

Singh has covered important issues in his documentaries, including the Shaheen Bagh protests, the farmers’ protests and the Covid-19 pandemic in India, among others. Ahluwalia submitted that Singh was entering India on his journalist visa for a personal visit but he wasn’t issued a visa for that.

The FRRO, in an affidavit, told the court that Singh was blacklisted at the instance of the Consulate General of India in New York.

On January 7, Ahluwalia had said that the affidavit will explain why the petitioner was denied entry into the country. Advocate Swathi Sukumar, representing Singh before the court said that Singh’s OCI card is still valid and has not yet been cancelled.

To this, Ahluwalia sought time to obtain instructions and file a response on whether any show cause notice or proceedings were started against Singh for the cancellation of his OCI card.

The court then granted two weeks’ time to Ahluwalia to file the affidavit. In his plea, Singh has mentioned that his fundamental right under the Citizenship Act, 1955, is being violated by not letting him into India. He has also asked the court to restrain the government from violating his rights.

Earlier, Singh’s counsel had sought a declaration that his deportation from the government was illegal and disclosure of all the materials and data available with the government related to him.

His mother, through a Facebook post, had claimed that he had come to India to meet his family in Punjab and it was because of his journalism that he was deported.

India’s Use Of Emergency Laws Banning BBC Documentary On Modi Sheds Light On Fragile And Fractious Media Freedom

Days after a BBC documentary examining the role that Narendra Modi, now prime minister of India had played in 2002 communal riots in Gujarat was released, India’s Information Ministry announced that all links to the footage were to be banned on social media.

The BBC has said its documentary was “rigorously researched according to highest editorial standards”.

India’s federal government described the two-part documentary India: The Modi Question as “propaganda” and invoked an emergency law to block it on YouTube and Twitter. The response by the Indian government was quick and draconian. Emergency laws brought in by the Modi government just two years ago were used to enforce the ban.

Both Twitter and YouTube quickly complied with the government’s censorship requests. Posts on about 50 Twitter accounts were removed, with activists, politicians and even Hollywood actors among those affected, as well as an unspecified number of YouTube channels. Widely shared clips of the documentary, which alleged that Modi, in his role as chief minister of Gujarat at the time, had enabled and then did nothing to stop the violence in which almost 1,000 Muslims were killed, quickly disappeared from Indian social media.

It is not the first time the Modi government has used the 2021 information technology rules to censor online content critical of the administration. However, the action taken over the BBC documentary is among the most high-profile use of the legislation and sheds light on the fragile and fractious place that social media such as Twitter now occupy in India and directly pits the vow of the platform’s new billionaire owner, Elon Musk, to be a “free speech absolutist” against increasingly authoritarian laws governing the country’s online sphere.

Widely criticized by human rights groups and digital activists, the 2021 IT rules give the government power to remove any content it deems to threaten “the unity, integrity, defense, security or sovereignty of India”.

Even before the passing of the legislation, legal demands made by the Modi government to remove content from Twitter increased by 48,000% between 2014 and 2020, according to the analysis of the company’s transparency reports.

The two-part BBC series documenting the rise of Modi has proved highly controversial in India, despite it only being released in the UK, prompting allegations from the Indian foreign ministry that it was “biased propaganda” that showed a “blatant colonial mindset.”

Kanchan Gupta, a spokesperson for the information ministry, called the documentary “hostile propaganda and anti-India garbage” and students who arranged a screening at a university in Kerala this week were accused of being “treasonous”.

At Delhi’s prestigious Jawaharlal Nehru University, students who tried the same were hit with an electricity and internet blackout and had stones thrown at them by others from rightwing groups. New Delhi police, clad in riot gear and equipped with tear gas, arrested nearly a dozen students at Jamia Millia Islamia (JMI) university ahead of a planned screening. Authorities at the University of Hyderabad are also investigating a screening of the documentary on Saturday.

A local branch of the opposition Congress Party in the southern state of Kerala screened the banned BBC documentary about Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s role in the 2002 anti-Muslim riots in Gujarat, NDTV reported.

The documentary aired Jan. 17 and charts Modi’s political rise through the ranks of the Hindu nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) and becoming chief minister of the western state of Gujarat.

It focuses at length on the 2002 Gujarat riots—one of the worst outbreaks of religious violence in India’s recent history—that took place while he led the state. After a train carrying Hindu pilgrims was set on fire in the state, and 59 people were killed, grieving citizens blamed Muslims. Revenge attacks led to over 1,000 deaths.

The documentary highlighted an unpublished report from the U.K. Foreign Office that claims Modi was “directly responsible” for the “climate of impunity” that enabled the violence. Modi denies accusations of personal responsibility for the riots, and his supporters cite a 2013 Supreme Court ruling of there being insufficient evidence to prosecute him.

The BBC also uncovered memos showing that Modi’s conduct was criticised at the time by western diplomats and the British government, including in a government report which found that the riots had “all the hallmarks of an ethnic cleansing”.

Modi has been haunted for decades by allegations of complicity in the violence that took place during the Gujarat riots, which broke out after 59 Hindu pilgrims died on a train that had been set on fire. The fire was blamed on the state’s Muslim population.

Many have cited their compliance with the online censorship of the documentary as an example of how Twitter and YouTube are helping to further erode freedom of speech in India, in order to appease the Modi government and not compromise access to the vast and increasingly online Indian population. There are over 40 million Twitter users in India, making it their third largest market after Japan and the US.

“This use of an emergency law as a censorship mechanism is a very worrying development but it’s far from the first time this has happened,” said Prateek Waghre, the policy director at the advocacy group the Internet Freedom Foundation in India. According to a statement to parliament in July, action was taken against 94 YouTube channels, 19 social media accounts and 747 URLs on the government’s request since the IT rules were passed.

Before Musk’s takeover, Twitter had pushed back – though somewhat inconsistently – against the Modi government’s increasingly heavy-handed approach towards social media. Twitter had restored some of the accounts the administration had demanded the removal of and in July last year filed a lawsuit in Indian courts alleging New Delhi had abused its power by ordering the company to arbitrarily and disproportionately take down accounts belonging to government critics.

Yet for all his protestations to be a crusader for free speech, there are indicators that Musk’s Twitter might be far less bullish in standing up to the Modi government. When Musk was trying to back out of the deal to buy the platform, he made it clear in the court filings that he was unhappy with the lawsuit against the Indian government, saying he believed moderation should Media/Technology“hew close to the laws of countries in which Twitter operates.”

“We’re talking about pressures on freedom of speech in the world’s largest democracy,” Waghre said. “Musk’s pledge has rung hollow everywhere, but in India the impact will certainly be larger.”

The decision to block the documentary comes amid an increasingly challenging environment for media and freedom of the press under the Modi government, with critical journalists and media subjected to state and judicial harassment. Last year, India slipped eight places in the press freedom index to 150 out of 180 counties, its worst position on record. (https://www.theguardian.com/world/2023/jan/25/india-ban-on-bbc-modi-film-elon-musk-twitter-free-speech-emergency-laws)

AAPI’s 17th Global Healthcare Summit Announced During Curtain Raiser in Delhi

(New Delhi, India: January 11, 2023) “After the highly successful Global Healthcare Summit in Visakhapatnam last weekend, I am happy to announce that the 17th annual Global Healthcare Summit will be held in New Delhi from January 2nd to 4th, 2024,” Dr. Anjana Samadder, President-Elect of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) announced here during a Curtain Raiser held at the prestigious Constitution Club in New Delhi on January 9th, 2023.

Organized under the leadership of Dr. Udaya Shivangi, Women’s Forum Chair of AAPI, the kickoff event and press conference was attended by nearly 50 journalists from the nation’s capital and several leaders of APPI, who had come all the way from the United States to be part of this important ceremony. Prominent among those who attended the event included Dr. Seema Arora, past BOT Chair of AAPI, Dr. Raghu Lolabhattu, vice chair of AAPI BOT, Dr. Sreeni Gangasani, Dr. Gautam Samadder, past president of AAPI, Dr. Amit Chakrabarty, Dr. Raj Bhayani, and Dr. Joseph Chalil. Dr. Sampat Shivangi, Chair of AAPI’s Legislative Chair joined the meeting through a message of felicitation sent to the media and AAPI leadership.

In her address, Dr. Anjana Samadder said, the theme for the next global healthcare summit will be “Maa Bachao,” meaning, protecting the mother, which will be a great way to strengthen families and humanity as a whole.

Dr. Sushi Singh, chief guest at the event said, saving the mother and giving her due respect and honor is essential today more than ever. She pointed to the high infant mortality rate in India and urged all sections of society to work together to save girl children.

Picture : TheUNN

Shri. Karthikeyan, a decorated former IPS Officer, in his keynote address,  shared of the many sacrifices and contributions by the fraternity of doctors, and lauded them for their services to humanity, especially during the covid pandemic. He shared with the audience his personal experiences working with the most vulnerable people across society and urged everyone to work compassionately towards the poor and help uplift their lives.

In a message, Dr. Ravi Kolli, president of AAPI said, “The Global Healthcare Summit held annually in India across several states, has become a major contributing factor, where Indian American Doctors focus on various programs and policies in their efforts to make a huge difference in the delivery of healthcare in India.”

“Coming from a nation that has given us so much, today Physicians of Indian origin have become a powerful influence in healthcare across the world,” said Dr. Shivangi.  “Nowhere in the world is their authority more keenly felt than in the United States. The overrepresentation of Indians in the field of medicine is striking – in practical terms, one out of seven doctors in the United States is of Indian Heritage. We provide medical care to over 40 million of the US population.”

During an interactive session with the media persons who had filled the meeting venue, the leaders of AAPI shared with them of the numerous initiatives taken up by AAPI during the course of the past four decades in India as well as in the United States.

“We the physicians of Indian origin are proud of our great achievements and contributions to our motherland, India, our adopted land, the US, and in a very significant way to the transformation of Indo-US relations and help India to have a cost-effective, efficient and advanced healthcare delivery benefitting India’s 1.4 billion people,” they pointed out.

The Global Health Summit held annually in India has been a major contributing factor by Indian American Doctors, focusing on various programs and policies, and making a difference in the delivery of healthcare in India.

In addition to educational seminars/workshops on current topics, the GHS includes a well-organized CEO forum with a panel of eminent healthcare leaders from the US and India, reinforcing the need for preventive care rather than disease management, to control the non-communicable diseases which are the biggest silent killers.

Areas of ongoing skill training, investment in infrastructure, modernizing healthcare delivery, and private-public collaboration specific to each state in the healthcare sector are discussed and specific plans laid out, which are sent in a White Paper report for follow up in the coming months.

Over the past 17 years and beyond, AAPI leadership has been able to establish Collaboration and multiple medical organizations – ACP – FSMB – ECFMG – NMC (India) – IMA (India)  GAPIO – UNICEF – Red Cross Society – CWC – Lifestyle Medicine – MDTok – Apollo Groups, only to name a few. These connections and collaborations are vital for us to stay connected and make a powerful impact on our communities.

Picture : TheUNN

Through AAPI’s charitable activities with service to our motherland as the motto, AAPI has several programs in India and the United States.  Despite the Covid challenges of Delta and Omicron waves, in spite of limited resources, AAPI blood donation drives were done in several cities with several of them organizing multiple events. .

Among several other initiatives, AAPI’s “Adopt a village” Rural Preventive Healthcare Screening Initiative in India, where free health screening camps with free physician consultations were done in several Indian rural villages in the middle of Covid pandemic.

Continuing the efforts towards the Covid-19 Fund – Post-Covid Relief Activities, AAPI has raised over $5 million during the delta wave in India. The ongoing Covid-19 relief work in India is in progress, donating lifesaving equipment to support critically ill patients – Biochemical Analyzers, Ventilators, Oxygen Flow Meters, and Oxygen Plants. The funds will continue to support Covid patients in rural hospitals.

Since its inception 40 years ago, AAPI has served as a link to foster stronger US-India relations and has been lauded by the governments of both nations for their great achievements and contributions.

While proposing vote of thanks, Dr. Gautam Samadder, former President of AAPI said, “Thank you very much for attending the press conference . We appreciate all the efforts media does to promote awareness including health care.
we do hope you will be a integral part of the actual conference next year.”

“We urge you to be part of this event in January 2024 and help create awareness and reach our services to the neediest in India and the United States,” said Dr. Anjana Samadder. For more details about AAPI and its many noble initiatives, please visit: www.aapiusa.org

Fox News Leads Cable Ratings For 7th Consecutive Year

Fox News Channel was the most-watched cable television network in the nation for the seventh consecutive year in 2022, according to Nielsen Media Research data, in a year competitors saw their viewership fall. In total day viewers during the year, Fox averaged 1.4 million compared to 733,000 who watched MSNBC and 568,000 who watched CNN, according to Nielsen Media Research figures.

In the advertiser-rich weekday prime-time slot, Fox came in first with an average of 2.3 million viewers in 2022, with MSNBC netting 1.2 million and CNN coming in third with an average of 730,000.

Each of the three top cable networks experienced a decline in prime-time viewership in 2022, but Fox made up a slight dip in prime time from 2021 with high ratings for “The Five,” which earned cable news’ largest audience in 2022 with an average of 3.4 million viewers and nearly half a million daily in the key 25-54 age demographic.

Picture : Yahoo Fiance

The three cable networks made a number of programming and personnel moves this year in hopes of growing their audience ahead of the 2022 midterm elections. Fox gave pundit Jesse Watters, who is also a co-host of “The Five,” his own prime-time show in January and has heavily promoted comedian and commentator Greg Gutfeld’s late-night show, which finished the year as the second highest rated late-night program in the country.

MSNBC has gone through significant changes in prime time, rehiring Alex Wagner to host a show four days a week during its 9 p.m. hour in place of longtime pundit Rachel Maddow and tapping anchor Stephanie Ruhle to host a news and analysis program during its 11 p.m. hour.

CNN has gone through the most change of any of the networks in 2022, with new President Chris Licht moving pundit Don Lemon out of prime time to host a revamped morning program. Licht has also used a rotating cast of fill-in hosts to occupy the 9 p.m. time slot vacated by Chris Cuomo after his firing late last year.

The most-watched cable show was Fox’s The Five, which had an audience of 3.4 million viewers and is the first non-primetime program to rank first in total viewers for the year.

Fox is just one part of billionaire Rupert Murdoch’s media empire that also includes the The Wall Street Journal and The Times of London. Australian-born Murdoch inherited a newspaper in Adelaide, Australia, at age 22 when his father, a former war correspondent, died. Murdoch acquired smaller outlets across Australia and New Zealand before expanding into the U.K. and the U.S. Murdoch founded Fox News in 1996. His publications are known for having a conservative tilt. Murdoch’s son, Lachlan Murdoch, is the CEO of Fox Corporation.

Prannoy, Radhika Roy Resign As RRPR Directors After Adani Acquires NDTV

New Delhi Television Ltd (NDTV.NS) said late on Tuesday founders Radhika Roy and Prannoy Roy had resigned as directors on the board of the promoter group vehicle RRPR Holding Private Ltd.

This comes hours after RRPR Holding, the promoter entity of NDTV, transferred 99.5% of its equity share capital to Vishvapradhan Commercial Pvt. Ltd. (VCPL), which is owned by AMG Media Network Ltd. (AMNL), the media arm of the Adani group, taking the billionaire Gautam Adani-led conglomerate a step closer to taking over the media firm.

Prannoy Roy and Radhika Roy, founders and promoters of NDTV, resigned as directors on the board of RRPR Holdings Private Limited. RRPR, which was founded by the Roys and bears their initials in its name, was acquired by the Adani Group, along with the company’s 29.18 per cent stake in NDTV recently, media reports stated. 

NDTV, founded in 1988 and owned by husband-and-wife team Prannoy Roy and Radhika Roy, had previously said the takeover move “was executed without any input from, conversation with, or consent of the NDTV founders”.

The promoter group vehicle, which owns 29.2% and is the largest shareholder of NDTV, approved the appointment of Sudipta Bhattacharya, Senthil Sinniah Chengalvarayan, Sanjay Pugalia as directors on its board, NDTV said in a regulatory filing.

Earlier this year, the Adani Group announced that it would indirectly take over control of 29.18% of NDTV in lieu of unpaid debt 

ew Delhi Television Ltd. (NDTV) on Tuesday, November 29, 2022, told the stock exchanges that it had been informed by promoter group entity RRPR Holding Pvt. Ltd. that Prannoy Roy and Radhika Roy had stepped down as directors. 

In a regulatory filing on Monday, NDTV said that RRPR had issued 99.5% shares to the Adani Group that would give the latter a 29.18% stake in the media firm. Adani is also conducting an open offer running up to December 5 for an additional 26% stake in NDTV.

NDTV’s promoters and their holding entity Radhika Roy Prannoy Roy Holding (RRPR) had taken an interest-free loan of a little more than ₹400 crore from Vishvapradhan Commercial Pvt. Ltd. (VCPL), a firm indirectly controlled by billionaire Mukesh Ambani’s Reliance Industries, in separate tranches, in 2009 and 2010. According to the loan agreement, the Roys transferred a portion of their shares to RRPR such that RRPR in effect owned 29.18% of NDTV. 

As per reports, warrants were also issued to VCPL allowing the entity to acquire 99.9% of the equity in RRPR in case the loan was unpaid. Before the loan, the Roys owned a majority stake of about 55% in NDTV. Right now, Radhika Roy and Prannoy Roy together hold about 32.26% of the company in their individual capacities. 

In August, AMG Media Networks, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Adani Group’s flagship Adani Enterprises Ltd. bought VCPL from its current owners for ₹113.74 crore and immediately exercised the warrants to acquire a 29.18% stake in NDTV and announced an open offer to buy an additional 26% stake.

Viji Sundaram Receives Society Of Professional Journalists Award

Viji Sundaram, an Indian American journalist, has been honored by the Northern California chapter of the Society of Professional Journalists (SPJ) for a series of reports on domestic abuse in California for the San Francisco Public Press. 

Sundaram won the health reporting award from the Northern California chapter of the Society of Professional Journalists (SPJ) for a series, titled “Coercive Control: Abuse That Leaves No Marks”, on domestic abuse in California for the San Francisco Public Press. 

The three stories from her series that won the award focused on “expanding the definition of domestic abuse in California and its uneven application in family court,” SPJ said. She has received several fellowships and won 11 journalism awards, including one for her expose on McDonald’s use of beef in its so-called vegetarian fries.

An SPJ press release stated that the Indian American won a health reporting award for three stories from the series Coercive Control: Abuse That Leaves No Marks. It focused on broadening the definition of domestic abuse in California and its inconsistent application in family court.

The SPJ, formerly known as Sigma Delta Chi, is the oldest organisation representing journalists in the United States. The stated mission of SPJ is to encourage and defend the first amendment guarantees of freedom of speech and freedom of the press, promote high standards and ethical behaviour in journalism practice, and foster and support diversity in journalism.

Viji Sundaram’s profile on the Associated Press website mentions that she was a former health editor of New America Media in San Francisco and worked as a reporter for several publications, including India-West, the Cape Cod Times, the Providence Journal, and the New Bedford Standard-Times. She covered a wide range of topics, including immigration, crime, and social issues, especially relating to women. Sundaram has received many fellowships and won 11 journalism awards, including one for an expose on McDonald’s use of beef in its so-called vegetarian fries.

Furthermore, Sundaram co-founded Narika, a Berkeley-based helpline for South Asian women, and is a passionate animal rights activist. Her professional affiliations include the Association of Health Care Journalists, the South Asian Journalist Association, and Professional Journalists.

BBC’s Anti-Hindu And Anti-India Bias Must End: Hindus To Launch MASSIVE PROTESTS In London

Investigations found that Muslim youth were found to be terrorising Hindu families into leaving Leicester in a replay of the ethnic cleansing of the Hindus and Sikhs in Kashmir. The Muslim youth reportedly carried out `Muslim Patrols` in front of Hindu homes and posted such photographs on social media.

Dozens of British Hindu organisations are protesting against the BBC for what they call the international broadcaster`s `anti-Hindu and anti-India bias` running nonstop for many years. The protest will take place at 11 am UK time today in front of the BBC headquarters in London `against Hinduphobia and Indiaphobia.

It is similar to the one organised by the British Hindus against The Guardian newspaper in September, where the community said the newspaper`s coverage of Leicester was based on `biased and fake news.` The protesters will also hand over a memorandum to the BBC Director-General Tim Davie. They allege that the BBC has an inherent anti-Hindu bias in its coverage which has become worse over the last 18 years. 

In an extraordinarily strong condemnation of the BBC, a statement by the organisers said: `The BBC`s coverage of the violent attacks on Leicester Hindus by Islamists was the worst reporting seen so far and has contributed to the concealment of an attempt to ethnically cleanse Leicester of Hindus.` 

The groups say they are determined to protest till `the BBC cease its unrelenting vilification and dehumanisation of Hindus globally and of `licence-fee paying` British Hindus especially.` Some of the organisers of the `BBC Protest` include well-known people like Dr Vivek Kaul, Dr Sneh S. Kathuria, Pt Satish K. Sharma, Nitin Mehta MBE and Darshan Singh Nagi. 

Citing biased coverage by the BBC, the organisers point out Alasdair Pinkerton`s research for the 2008 edition of the peer-reviewed Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television, saying, Alasdair Pinkerton `analysed the coverage of India by the BBC from India`s 1947 independence from British rule to 2008. Pinkerton observed a tumultuous history involving allegations of anti-India bias in the BBC`s reportage, particularly during the Cold War, and concluded that the BBC`s coverage of South Asian geopolitics and economics showed a pervasive and hostile anti-India bias because of the BBC`s alleged imperialist and neo-colonialist stance.` 

Picture: PGURUS

Mentioning an article, `Beaten and humiliated by Hindu mobs for being a Muslim in India`, The organisers said the headline is designed to create conflict and disorder. `It is irresponsible identitarian `divide and run` cheap, gutter journalism. It is self-evident that reports of this nature cause further inter-communal tension and stigmatise Hindus.` 

The organisers said the BBC is routinely producing hateful content, adding, `When a lie is repeated again and again, it gains credibility. A country which has given shelter to persecuted Parsis, Jews, Tibetans, Bahais and many more has been stigmatised as intolerant!` 

Pointing out to the BBC`s limited vocabulary used to describes Hindus, they said that its reporting only contains the terms, `Fear, Hate, Violence, Hindu Muslim, Kashmir, Cow, Mob and Protest` to describe India.

The organisers also claimed that increasing numbers of licence fee-paying British citizens and even the British Government feel the BBC is habitually peddling fake narratives on India and Hindus. `Your biased reporting on the world`s largest democracy and one of the biggest economies of the world is clearly against the national interests of India & the United Kingdom…` 

Anger against British media houses was ignited by the sporadic but continuing violence from August till September which targeted Hindus shops, homes, temples and cars. Fake information from social media was published by The Guardian`s and the BBC`s reporters without cross-verifying turning the Hindus into aggressors. 

In a big shock for the British government, the violence in Leicester also injured dozens of police officers, making Home Secretary Suella Braverman rush to the city. Even the newly-anointed King Charles III inquired about the serious unrest in the city. 

Investigations found that Muslim youth were found to be terrorising Hindu families into leaving Leicester in a replay of the ethnic cleansing of the Hindus and Sikhs in Kashmir. The Muslim youth reportedly carried out `Muslim Patrols` in front of Hindu homes and posted such photographs on social media.

The under-pressure police later debunked most of the fake messages posted by Muslims groups against Leicester`s Hindus. It also found that Muslim youth came from outside Leicester to fan the violence. 

(The sole responsibility for this article’s contents lies with news agency IANS and their content partners indianarrative.com. TheUNN has made no editing to the contents of this article)

The Role Of Alternative Social Media In The News And Information Environment

Free speech ideals, heated political themes prevail on these sites, which draw praise from their users and skepticism from other Americans

In recent years, several new options have emerged in the social media universe, many of which explicitly present themselves as alternatives to more established social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter and YouTube – especially by opposing free speech restrictions they say are rife at those sites.

These newer sites have created a small but satisfied community of news consumers, many of whom say one of the major reasons they are there is to stay informed about current events, according to a new Pew Research Center study. The study included a survey of U.S. adults along with an audit of seven alternative social media sites – BitChute, Gab, Gettr, Parler, Rumble, Telegram and Truth Social – and a detailed analysis of prominent accounts and content across them.

Although fewer than one-in-ten Americans say they use any of these sites for news, most who do say they have found a community of like-minded people there. And news consumers on the four sites with large enough numbers to be analyzed individually – Parler, Rumble, Telegram and Truth Social – largely say they are satisfied with their experience getting news on the sites, that they find the information there to be mostly accurate, and that the discussions are mostly friendly.

At the same time, however, the study finds signs that these sites may be another symptom of the increasingly polarized public discourse – and Americans’ partisan divisions in the broader news media environment.

A majority of those who regularly get news from at least one of the seven alternative social media sites (66%) identify as Republicans or lean toward the Republican Party, in contrast with the news consumers on more established social media sites, who largely identify as Democrats or lean Democratic. And this trend is common among prominent accounts as well, with about a quarter of these accounts (26%) identifying as conservative or Republican or supportive of former President Donald Trump or his “Make America Great Again” movement. In addition, many prominent accounts express other values such as patriotism and religious identity.  

Several sites are linked to conservative backers – including Truth Social, which was launched by Trump about a year after he was “indefinitely” and “permanently” suspended from Facebook and Twitter. This is not a unique phenomenon: The study found a noteworthy percentage of prominent accounts on these seven newer sites (15%) have been banned or demonetized elsewhere on social media.

Perhaps connected to that, Americans who have heard of these sites but do not use them as sources for news are skeptical of them. When asked for the first thing that comes to mind when thinking about alternative social media sites, people in this category commonly cite inaccuracy and misinformation, political bias and the political right, and extremism and fringe ideas.

Other elements of the study speak to some of these associations. A small but measurable share of prominent accounts across these sites (6%) mention a connection to the set of conspiracy theories known as QAnon. And an analysis of recent content posted by prominent accounts on these sites finds that the most common phrases include some that are controversial and even inflammatory such as wariness toward vaccines and negative associations with LGBTQ people. Moreover, one of the most prevalent destinations for links found in these posts is The Gateway Pundit, a digital outlet that has been criticized for publishing false information.

These are some of the key themes to emerge from this major new study, which was designed to look at multiple aspects of the world of alternative social media. It examines those who turn to these sites for news, explores how the sites present themselves, and reports on the kinds of accounts that draw the most attention and the types of conversations taking place there.

For the first component, researchers conducted a survey of news consumers on seven sites: BitChute, Gab, Gettr, Parler, Rumble, Telegram and Truth Social. Four of these – Parler, Rumble, Telegram and Truth Social – had enough news consumers to do a deeper dive.

Next, researchers conducted an audit of all seven sites that explored elements of how the sites present themselves, privacy features, and other characteristics. Researchers then analyzed 200 prominent accounts sampled from those with the highest number of followers on each of these sites. They examined these 1,400 accounts for several attributes, including how they describe themselves in their profiles. Finally, researchers collected all 585,470 posts published by these accounts in June 2022 and examined their key phrases, themes and the links included in the posts. For more details, see the methodology. The rest of this overview discusses the key findings of the study in more detail.

Alternative social media sites have small, largely Republican audiences; prominent accounts tend to emphasize right-leaning identities and religious and patriotic values

These sites have become a refuge for some who feel they do not have a home on the more established sites.

Still, relatively few Americans use these alternative social media sites for news – though larger portions have heard of each of them. Parler is the best known of the seven sites named in the survey, with 38% of U.S. adults saying they are familiar with it. The share who get news on these sites is much smaller: Just 6% of Americans get news from at least one of the seven sites mentioned, and no single site is used for news by more than 2% of U.S. adults.

The news consumers on these sites lean heavily Republican. A majority of those who get news from at least one of the seven alternative social media sites (66%) are Republican or lean Republican. This is in contrast with more established social media sites, where news consumers are more likely to be Democrats or lean Democratic. (For more about news consumers on these more established sites, read our Social Media and News Fact Sheet.)

This report also looks at a sample of 200 of the prominent accounts on each site – those with the greatest number of followers – to determine what kinds of accounts tend to gain the most traction on alternative social media.

Roughly half (54%) of prominent accounts appeal to some kind of value or political orientation in their profiles. The most common of these values was right-leaning – 26% of prominent accounts expressed some kind of right-leaning or pro-Trump appeal – more of which centered around Trump or his “Make America Great Again” movement than with the Republican Party or conservative ideology.

Other expressed values included appeals to a religious identity (21% of prominent accounts), patriotism/pro-America views (21%), freedom and liberty (7%), pro-gun or pro-Second Amendment positions (6%), and support for the set of conspiracy theories known as QAnon (6%).

A close look at who is behind the prominent accounts shows that about eight-in-ten (83%) are run by individuals. That can mean either a single person with a noted affiliation to an organization or one without any organizational affiliation. Another 12% are organizations, including news organizations, nonprofit groups and others.

Along with a prevalence of conservative values and identities in prominent account profiles, political topics were common in the content posted there. This study collected all posts published by the 1,400 prominent accounts in June 2022 and identified those that were about five politically oriented topics: abortion; guns, gun control and shootings; the Jan. 6, 2021, attack on the U.S. Capitol and subsequent congressional hearings; LGBTQ issues; and vaccines.

The discussion around these issues often reflects fringe and controversial worldviews on the political right. For instance, some of the most common terms in posts about the Jan. 6 attack on the U.S. Capitol include “political prisoner,” “DC gulag,” “unselect committee,” “witch hunt” and “sham hearing.” Meanwhile, posts about vaccines indicate a deep and consistent concern about the impact of vaccination. These posts regularly refer to a small group of influential vaccine skeptics. 

The most common terms in these posts point to a widespread fear of real but rare impacts of vaccination (“side effect,” “adverse reaction,” “blood clot,” “heart inflammation”) but also diseases or symptoms for which the medical literature finds little evidence of being tied to vaccines (“[sudden adult] death syndrome,” “sperm count”). And posts about LGBTQ issues commonly referred to drag queen “story hour” (a common target of anti-LGBTQ groups) or derisive allegations toward gay and transgender individuals, such as “pedo” and “groomer,” implying that they prey on children.

Most alternative social media news consumers feel a sense of community on these sites, which prominently identify themselves as havens of free speech

About two-thirds of individuals who get news on at least one of the seven alternative social media sites (65%) say they have found a community of like-minded people there.

In a related finding, those who get news from Rumble, Parler, Truth Social and Telegram are far more likely to see these spaces as friendly than unfriendly. About half or more of those who get news on each of them – ranging from 53% to 69% – characterize the discussions they see on these sites as mostly friendly, while no more than a third of each site’s news consumers say the conversation there is mostly unfriendly (the rest say conversation is about an equal mix of friendly and unfriendly).

In some cases, the activity on these sites moves beyond the digital realm. One-third of alternative social media news consumers (33%) say they have participated in an in-person political rally or other political activity they learned about on these sites, and a similar share (36%) have donated money to accounts they follow on these sites.

A central way these sites depict themselves, one that may help give users that sense of community, is as welcoming havens for free speech as well as antidotes to the censorship and “cancel culture” they say exist on more established social media sites. Indeed, all of the seven sites examined explicitly state that they support free speech.

That message has clearly resonated with those turning to those sites for news. When users of alternative social media sites were asked to describe, in their own words, the first thing that comes to their mind in connection with these sites, 22% mentioned something related to the concept of freedom of speech, anti-censorship and an alternative to more established social media – far more common than any other type of response.

Alternative social media news consumers are particularly supportive of these concepts. Compared with Americans overall, alternative social media news consumers are more likely to say that freedom of information should be protected – even if it means allowing false information and offensive content online – than they are to say technology companies should take steps to restrict false information. For example, nearly two-thirds of alternative social media news consumers (64%) favor the protection of free speech even if it brings with it some false content, while the majority of all U.S. adults (61%) prefer that tech companies take steps to restrict this kind of content even if it limits freedom of information.

15% of prominent accounts on alternative social media sites were banned elsewhere

The free speech philosophies of these alternative social media sites have attracted some user accounts that were banned elsewhere. This may be connected to the perception among Americans who are aware of these sites but don’t get news there that the sites host misinformation.

Indeed, 15% of prominent accounts across the seven sites, including Trump’s account, have been indefinitely or permanently suspended, banned or demonetized on more established social media. This is particularly common on BitChute, a video-focused site, where about a third of prominent accounts (35%) have been banned or demonetized elsewhere.

In a number of cases the banning or demonetization was based on evidence that they had spread misinformation and inaccurate information (one example being COVID-19 vaccine skeptic Dr. Robert Malone).

That perception clearly exists among the larger segment of the public that does not use these alternative social media sites for news. When asked to name the first thing that comes to mind when they think of alternative social media sites, adults who have heard about these alternative social media sites but do not get news on them most commonly voice thoughts of inaccuracy and misinformation: 16% of responses. Another 11% of these U.S. adults cite political bias or associate the sites with the political right, and 6% associate alternative social media with extremism or consider them dangerous. Those who get news on these sites are less likely to mention these ideas and more likely to associate them with a lack of censorship or as alternatives to Big Tech.

The content on these sites also raises some questions about the credibility of the information found there. In June 2022, the most prominent accounts commonly linked to digital-only outlets such as The Gateway Pundit, Rebel News, Zero Hedge and Breitbart – each of which have been banned or demonetized by technology companies or other social media sites for misinformation or hate speech. Overall, during this period, there was a clear preference for material from other social media (45% of links) and relatively new, digital-only news sites (20%) rather than legacy news organizations like print publications (4%), radio or podcast sites (1%) or television (1%) sites. In fact, the same share of links went to The Gateway Pundit as to all print publications combined (4%).

Almost all alternative social media sites studied moderate content to some extent and also give users the option to do so

Notwithstanding their allegiance to free speech, almost all of the sites analyzed have at least some restrictions on content.

Every one of the sites, with the exception of Gab, moderates user content beyond the existing legal requirements to remove illegal content and cooperate with law enforcement requests.1 In some cases, sites have agreed to certain restrictions due to outside pressure from governments or mobile app stores like Apple’s App Store or the Google Play Store. This moderation includes removing posts that may contain violent, racist or offensive content and, in some cases, for the political viewpoint expressed.

In addition, almost all these sites give their users options to control the content they see. Five sites let users block or mute other users from their news feed, six sites let users report either accounts or posts, and four of the sites allow users to block explicit content.

Alternative social media news consumers largely satisfied with news they find there, which is often government and political news they wouldn’t have seen elsewhere

For many users, these sites are an important source of information about current events – often government and politics news – and they report finding news that they wouldn’t necessarily find elsewhere.

A majority of those who get news on at least one of the seven sites (56%) say a major reason they go to these sites is to stay informed about current events and issues. And much of what they see is government and political news: 52% say this is the most common type of news they come across on these sites.

In general, alternative social media news consumers like their experience there. About half or more of news consumers on Rumble, Truth Social, Telegram and Parler say they are very or somewhat satisfied with the experience of getting news there, and this overall satisfaction extends to their perception of the accuracy of the information they find. Fewer of the news consumers on each of these sites – roughly a quarter or less – say they are dissatisfied with the experience, while the rest say they are neither satisfied nor dissatisfied.

These news consumers also say that much of the news they see on alternative social media sites is information they wouldn’t find elsewhere. Roughly half of news consumers who get news on at least one of the seven sites (52%) say they at least fairly often come across news on these sites that they would not have seen elsewhere, with an additional 32% who sometimes encounter unique news there. (PEW Research)

Elon Musk Likely To Strike Deal For $54.20 Per Share To Acquire Twitter

Musk and Twitter are reported to have agreed to enter the courtroom this month, with Twitter seeking an order directing Musk to close the deal at $54.20 per share.

Elon Musk is proposing to buy Twitter Inc. for the original offer price of $54.20 a share, potentially avoiding a courtroom fight over one of the most contentious acquisitions in recent history. Musk made the proposal in a letter to Twitter, according to people familiar with the matter, who asked not to be identified discussing confidential information. Shares in Twitter climbed as much as 18% on the news, and is now halted. Representatives for Musk and for San Francisco-based Twitter didn’t immediately respond to requests for comment.

Musk’s proposal to match the original deal terms means Twitter is facing a future under the leadership of a mercurial billionaire who has spent months publicly criticizing its management and questioning its value. It also means that his claims — about how many of Twitter’s users are bots, for instance — are not likely to be scrutinized in a courtroom.

Musk had been trying for months to back out of his contract to acquire Twitter, signed in April. Musk began showing signs of buyer’s remorse shortly after the deal was announced, alleging that Twitter had misled him about the size of its user base and the prevalence of automated accounts known as bots.

Musk formally quit the accord in July and Twitter sued him in Delaware Chancery Court to force him to go forward with the purchase. A trial is scheduled to begin Oct. 17. In the weeks-long run-up to that showdown, lawyers for both sides have fired cannonades of subpoenas at each other aimed at teasing out testimony and evidence.

Musk’s side needed to demonstrate that Twitter violated the terms of the deal. Twitter alleged that Musk used the bots issue as a pretext for backing out a deal he no longer found economically sound.

Musk’s legal team was getting the sense that the case was not going well, as Judge Kathaleen St. J. McCormick sided repeatedly with Twitter in pre-trial rulings, according to one person familiar. Even with the late emergence of a Twitter whistleblower who alleged executives weren’t forthcoming on security and bot issues, there were concerns Musk’s side would not be able to prove a material adverse effect, the legal standard required to exit the contract.

Twitter shareholders voted Sept. 13 to accept the buyout offer as Musk submitted it. The company said at the time that 98.6% of the votes cast were in favor of the deal. Musk, Twitter’s largest shareholder, didn’t vote at all, according to two people familiar with his decision. Musk owned almost 10% of Twitter — more than 73 million shares — when he agreed to acquire the company.

Musk was scheduled to answer questions about the deal in Austin, Texas on Oct. 6-7, according to a court filing Tuesday. Twitter Chief Executive Officer Parag Agrawal was scheduled to sit down for his deposition Monday.

Devika Bulchandani Named Global CEO Of Ogilvy

Devika Bulchandani has been appointed Global Chief Executive Officer Ogilvy, aglobal leader in creative marketing that “inspires brands and people to impact the world.” In this role she will be responsible for all aspects of the creative network’s business across 131 offices in 93 countries and spanning its Advertising, Public Relations, Experience, Consulting, and Health units. She will also join WPP’s Executive Committee as she takes on her new role.

Devika Bulchandani said: “David Ogilvy changed the industry 74 years ago when he founded this iconic agency. As we write the next chapter in the history books of Ogilvy, we will do it together with our clients, using creativity to push the boundaries of what’s possible. I am honored and humbled to take on this role, and to do it with all our incredibly talented people all over the world.”

The Indian origin Devika most recently served as Global President and CEO of Ogilvy North America. She takes the helm from Andy Main who is stepping down as Global CEO and will serve as a Senior Advisor until the end of the year.

Over the last two years the creative network has deepened and grown relationships with current clients while winning new business with brands including Absolut, Enterprise Holdings, World of Hyatt, TD Bank, FEMA, New York Philharmonic, and Audi of America. Ogilvy also played a key role in WPP being named as The Coca-Cola Company’s Global Marketing Network Partner.

Recently Ogilvy earned the coveted position of Network of the Year at the 2022 Cannes Lions International Festival of Creativity for the first time since 2016 and secured the same honor from The One Show and Campaign magazine. Additionally, Ogilvy also became the only agency network to secure top rankings on both WARC’s Creative 100 & Effective 100 lists.

Mark Read, CEO of WPP, said: “Over the last two years, under Andy’s leadership, Ogilvy has seen a transformation in its creative and business performance. This stems from the consistently outstanding quality of work from Ogilvy’s teams around the world, the investment in attracting and developing talent across the business, and the strong and more diverse leadership team Andy has built. With the agency’s transformation a year ahead of the schedule we originally envisioned, Andy has decided that now is the right time to seek a new challenge and he is moving on with my personal thanks and best wishes.

“Devika is a champion of creativity who brings passion, purpose, and an uncompromising focus on generating impact to everything she does. In partnership with Andy and Liz Taylor, she has been instrumental in Ogilvy’s recent growth and development. Her love for our industry, deep understanding of clients’ needs, and track record of delivering growth for agencies and brands, make her the perfect choice to lead Ogilvy to even greater success.”

Andy Main said: “When I joined Ogilvy, my goal was to build on the company’s incredible heritage, raise its ambitions, and deliver growth for our clients through work that has impact. Our progress is a testament to all the talented people across the network and our amazing clients for whom I have the deepest gratitude and respect. David Ogilvy spoke about the importance of hiring giants and Devika is truly one of the giants in the industry. It has been an honor being a part of this company’s rich history and I know Devika will continue accelerating the momentum our team has built.”

Prior to joining Ogilvy, Devika spent 26 years at McCann in various leadership roles including President of McCann North America. As a leader who believes in the power of creativity to make a positive impact on society, Dev’s proudest achievements have occurred at the intersection of the social causes she champions and brand-building efforts on behalf of clients. She was the driving force behind Mastercard’s long-running “Priceless” campaign as well as “True Name,” a first-of-its-kind feature launched in 2019 that empowers transgender and non-binary people to display their chosen name on their Mastercard. Known for ideas that capture the cultural zeitgeist, Dev also helped launch “Fearless Girl,” an iconic and beloved symbol of women’s equality; the campaign became one of the most awarded campaigns in the history of the Cannes Lions International Festival of Creativity.

Next month Dev will be honored by New York Women in Communications (NYWIC) at the 2022 Matrix Awards, which honors women who are making a difference, building community, and inspiring the next generation of female leaders in their field. She has previously received a range of other honors including, NY Power Woman by Moves Magazine; US Advertising Agency Head of the Year by Campaign Magazine; Working Mother of the Year by She Runs It; and ADCOLOR Innovator. She has been the recipient of multiple 4As Jay Chiat Awards for strategic planning. Dev serves on the board of the ERA Coalition. She is also a founding member of Times Up Advertising and serves on the boards of the Ad Council, the 4A’s, and the Advertising Club.

Ogilvy inspires brands and people to impact the world. We have been creating iconic, culture-changing, value-driving ideas for clients since David Ogilvy founded the company in 1948. We continue building on that rich legacy through our borderless creativity—operating, innovating, and creating at the intersection of talent and capabilities. Our experts in Advertising, Experience, Public Relations, Health, and Consulting work fluidly across 131 offices in 93 countries to bring forth world-class creative solutions for our clients. Ogilvy is a WPP company (NASDAQ: WPPGY). For more information, visit Ogilvy.com

Hostile Takeover Bid On India’s Oldest Private TV Operation By Asia’s Richest Billionaire

When Asia’s richest man and that too an Indian with undisguisedly close ties with Prime Minister Narendra Modi to boot, makes a predatory takeover move on one of the country’s most high-profile news channels, it is a matter of great interest and concern.

The richest Indian in question is Gautam Adani, with the latest net worth of $137.5 billion, and the media company he is making a hostile move on is New Delhi Television or NDTV, the country’s first private television news operation founded in 1988 by the husband-and-wife team of Radhika and Prannoy Roy.

Adani, who has been close to Prime Minister Modi since the latter’s days as both their home state Gujarat’s Chief Minister, has turbocharged his business empire in the last eight years. Since Modi’s rise as prime minister in 2014 Adani’s wealth of $2.8 billion has multiplied close to 50 times. The takeover of NDTV barely two years before India’s next general elections in 2024 is seen by many as part a strategy to overwhelmingly dominate the media discourse in favor of the prime minister.

Jairam Ramesh, a prominent spokesperson of the opposition Congress Party, tweeted, “The news of a deeply over-leveraged company owned by the PM’s ‘khaas dost’ (special friend) making a hostile takeover bid of a well-known TV news network is nothing but the concentration of economic and political power, and a brazen move to control and stifle any semblance of an independent media.”

Notwithstanding its many weak moments over the years, NDTV has attempted to remain an independent media voice at a time when a vast majority of TV networks have just truckled into the often outrageous demands of the ruling dispensation.

Adani’s AMG Media Networks (AMNL), acquired Vishvapradhan Commercial for 1.14 billion rupees ($14.3 million). That gave the company a 29.2% stake in NDTV, according to a regulatory filing. Adani has said he intends to buy another 26% for 4.93 billion rupees, offering shareholders 294 rupees a share.

Sanjay Pugalia, CEO of AMG Media, was quoted as saying in a statement, “This acquisition is a significant milestone”  that will “pave the path of new age media across platforms.” AMG Media was founded in March and in less than six months it has made the biggest media takeover move in India.

That the Adani move was a hostile one became immediately clear yesterday after the Roys issued a statement that said it “was executed without any input from, conversation with, or consent of the NDTV founders.”

However, what jumps out in the statement is the following:

“VCPL has exercised its rights based on a loan agreement it entered with NDTV founders Radhika and Prannoy Roy in 2009-10.”

On its part, VCPL feels justified to do so because it has the rights to convert warrants of RRPR Holding Private Limited (RRPRH), the company owned by the Roys. At the heart of the hostile takeover is a reportedly interest-free loan amounting to 4.03 billion rupees dating back to 2009-10. That loan originally came from a company associated with Adani’s rival billionaire Mukesh Ambani, also a close ally of the prime minister.

VCPL came on the scene in 2012 when it acquired a 29.18 percent stake in the company that owns NDTV with the provision of converting the warrants into nearly complete ownership of RRPR. A decade hence Adani seems set to complete the takeover irrespective of the Roys’ protests. He has offered another 4.9 billion rupees to acquire an additional 26 percent stake in the media company making him the majority stakeholder.

Beyond the complex ownership restructuring necessitated by the 2009-10 loan there are larger issues of media independence at play. Of course, in a sense, the interest-free loan from some 12 years ago from an entity which had originally nothing to do with Adani, has come back to bite the Roys and NDTV in their behind.

While it is legitimate to debate what the NDTV takeover will do to the already disastrous media scene in India, it is equally important to remember that a great deal of money—4.03 billion to be precise—is behind the debacle for the Roys. Once people discover these complex facts, the Roys protestations related to media independence may lose much of its validity. The fact that an independent media company chose to take an interest-free loan from an entity they probably knew may not be eventually friendly towards them is problematic.

One can speculate that since at the time when the Roys took the loan, India was very much under the leadership of Prime Minister Manmohan Singh who was broadly hands-off with media control and management unlike the current government, the turn of events may not have been obvious to them. The Roys may have felt it was a safe bet to build their enterprise under a benign gaze of a government generally amiable to the media.

That they let the loan be unpaid for so long as to mutate into a predatory takeover holds a lesson for the tiny sliver of independent Indian media. (Courtesy: Indica News)

NY Times Rebuts Critics About Story On Delhi Govt’s Education Model

The New York Times (NYT), whose front page report lauding the AAP-led Delhi government’s much-touted education model became a major sub-plot of recent CBI raid against Manish Sisodia – Delhi’s deputy chief minister who also holds the education portfolio – dismissed allegations its report was a ‘paid article’.

“Education is an issue that the NYT has covered over many years. Our report about efforts to improve Delhi’s education system is based on impartial, on-the-ground reporting,” the newspaper’s director for external communications, Nicole Taylor, said in an email to news agency PTI.

“Journalism from the New York Times is always independent, free from political or advertiser influence,” Taylor added. On the same story being published in the Khaleej Times as well, she said that other news outlets ‘routinely license and republish our coverage’.

The report, published on the front page of NYT’s international edition on August 18, became a major sub-plot of Friday’s CBI raid against Manish Sisodia, the deputy CM of Delhi who also holds the education portfolio.

The response by the London-based Taylor, who, according to her LinkedIn profile is responsible for the daily’s communications in global markets outside the US, came after PTI wrote to her, seeking a clarification on the matter.

On Friday, as the CBI raided Sisodia’s residence in connection with alleged regularities in the Delhi government’s excise policy, several leaders of his AAP, including the party’s national convenor and Delhi chief minister Arvind Kejriwal, and Punjab CM Bhagwant Mann, described him as the ‘best education minister of independent India’.

Pointing to the NYT’s story, the party said the fact that the central agency’s action against the senior minister came just a day after the report was published, showed that the opposition BJP, to whose government at the Centre the CBI and other central agencies report, was rattled by the rise of the AAP, and, in particular, that of Arvind Kejriwal.

It also challenged the saffron party to get an article published in the NYT by paying money, if possible. The AAP’s retort came after the BJP, pointing to the same story appearing in Khaleej Times (the paper credited NYT), said this proved that the report was a ‘paid promotion’.

Don’t Dawdle With Latest Iphone Update. Here’s Why And How

(AP) — Apple regularly issues updates to the software powering the iPhone, and sometimes it’s OK to dawdle when it comes to installing them. But that’s not the case with its latest — an upgrade that Apple released Wednesday to close a security hole that could allow hackers to seize control of iPhones and several other popular Apple products.

Security experts are warning that everyone with an iPhone should install the update as soon as possible to protect all the personal information many people store on a device that’s become like another appendage for many.

Without the latest update, a hacker could wrest total control of Apple devices, allowing the intruder to impersonate the true owner and run any software in their name.

The company also issued fixes to block the security threat on iPads and Macs. The flaw may already have been “actively exploited,” according to the company, which has had to fix other security problems with the earlier this year.

HOW DO I FIX THIS?

The good news? There’s an easy fix: you should be able to find easily. Start with the Settings app, the one with an icon featuring what looks like gears in an old watch. Go into the “General” section, then “Software Update.” The page you see will offer simple instructions or, if your device has already updated, a message to that effect. The whole process typically only takes a few minutes, according to security experts. .

WHY IS UPDATING YOUR APPLE DEVICE SO URGENT?

Commercial spyware companies such as Israel’s NSO Group are known for identifying and taking advantage of such flaws, exploiting them in malware that surreptitiously infects targets’ smartphones, siphons their contents and surveils the targets in real time. It’s a risk that’s best to avoid.

WHY DOESN’T MY APPLE DEVICE DO THIS FOR ME?

Apple devices are set to automatic updates by default, but it can take some time before they get around to it. Updates also don’t usually trigger unless can be done and it usually won’t happen unless the iPhone is plugged into a power outlet at the time. It’s quicker just to check for the latest updates and do it manually.

DOES THIS MEAN APPLE ISN’T DOING A GOOD JOB PROTECTING ITS USERS?

No. The reality is that hackers are constantly looking for ways to gain unauthorized access to phones, tablets, computers, and other internet-connected devices for a wide range of malicious and illegal purposes. Apple’s products tend to be a prime target because they’re popular, making them an attractive target.

“Apple is no different to any technology company in that they’re constantly dealing with vulnerabilities,” said Jamie Collier, senior threat intelligence advisor for the cybersecurity firm Mandiant and an associate fellow at the Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies. “This is really a function of the fact that they’re innovating. They’re constantly developing, they’re constantly improving services, improving their technology, improving their software. That means they’re constantly rolling out new things.”

WHAT APPLE DEVICES ARE AFFECTED?

The affected devices include the iPhone6S and later models; several models of the iPad, including the 5th generation and later, all iPad Pro models and the iPad Air 2; and Mac computers running MacOS Monterey. The flaw also affects some iPod models.

OW DO I UPDATE IPADS AND MACS?

You can update your iPad using the same process outlined above: go to “Settings,” click “General” and click “Software Update.” On the Mac, go to “System Preferences,” then “Software Update.”

WHAT’S THE RISK THAT MY PHONE WAS COMPROMISED?

Unless you’re a journalist, political dissident or human rights activist, the chances are extremely low. The kinds of spyware created to exploit vulnerabilities of this type are expensive and typically reserved for targeted hacking.

“If you keep the systems updated, you’ll be absolutely fine,” Collier said. “Typically, when vulnerabilities in, say, phones and iPhones, for instance, are exploited, they tend to be pretty targeted, pretty focused on a small subset of individuals. So we’re unlikely to see anything that’s really widespread at this stage.”

World Photography Day

A day to celebrate the creativity and nuances of photography that have mesmerised us for years. Photography is a timeless medium of storytelling that beautifully captures the authenticity of time, emotions, culture, history, and more.

World Photography Day is celebrated annually on August 19 and is dedicated to the art, craft, science, and history of photography. To commemorates this medium, let’s checkout these mesmerizing images which are part of MAP’s exquisite collection of iconic photographs by renowned photographers like Jyoti Bhatt, Karen Knorr, T. S. Satyan, Mitter Bedi, and more.

Rajasthan by Jyoti Bhatt, 1973, Silver gelatin print, Rajasthan, India, PHY.00596

This image was photographed by Jyoti Bhatt in Rajasthan in 1973. It shows a clever juxtaposition representing the relationship between prey and predator using art and everyday life.

The Queen’s Room, Zanana, Udaipur City Palace, Udaipur by Karen Knorr, 2010, Archival pigment print, Udaipur, India, PHY.01765

This image forms part of the project ‘India Song’, which was started by British-American photographer Karen Knorr in 2008. It shows a digitally inserted peacock standing in a passage of the Zenana Mahal in the City Palace, Udaipur.

The project seeks to explore ideas of caste, femininity and hierarchy intertwined with the rich cultural heritage of Rajasthan by connecting the royal spaces to the animal world with a harmonious combination of digital and analogue photography.

This photograph by Sebastiao Salgado shows three coal workers from one of the coal mines of Dhanbad in Bihar, India. Forming part of Salgado’s social documentary oeuvre, the image provides a glimpse of the working communities and the state of their immediate environments.

This is a portrait of H. H. Maharaja of Jaipur Ram Singh, G.C.S.I. Photographed by one of the oldest photography studios in the world, Bourne & Shepherd, the image shows Maharaja Sawai Ram Singh II of Jaipur. Accessioning as king at the age of sixteen months, Sawai Ram Singh was known as a reformist ruler. He was also an avid photographer, with an interest in portraiture and landscapes, having gained the reputation of the ‘Photographer Prince’.

This is a studio portrait of Maharaja Sir Bhagwati Prasad Singh of Balrampur taken by the studio Johnston & Hoffmann. The royal portrait presents an excellent example of hand-painted photographs, where the artists have beautifully brought out the beauty and richness of clothes, jewels and the furniture.

This photograph is part of a collaborative project between Pushpamala N and Claire Arni called ‘Native Women of South India: Manners and Customs’. Belonging to the sub-series called ‘The Native Types’, the images in the collection look at popular tropes and representations of women from South India through a performative angle. This particular image called ‘Lakshmi’ is modeled after an oleograph by late modernist painter Raja Ravi Varma.

This studio photograph is from the extensive work of Suhag Studio in Nagda, Madhya Pradesh, India, owned and operated by photographer Suresh Punjabi. The image shows a woman posing with a bunch of fake grapes. It was common practice for photo studios to keep props and costumes for customers, providing them with the space and opportunity to be playful, wishful and explore their own imagery.

This photograph taken by the late Indian photographer T. S. Satyan shows women at work in the Indian Telephone Factory, Bangalore in the late 20th century. The women appear to be assembling telephones on their stations. The image shows a great example of women’s workforce in technical fields in a rapidly transforming India.

This photograph was taken by late Indian photographer Mitter Bedi that shows an industrial setup of possibly Hindustan Unilever from 1961. Mitter Bedi was India’s most notable commercial and industrial photographer who paved the way for the upcoming generations. In a time, when India as a newly independent nation was going through a rapid phase of industrialization, Mitter Bedi became the most sought after photographer to chronicle this growth in various sectors like oil, textile, paper, sugar, mining etc. with his photography.

This image shows the Manikarnika Ghat on the bank of river Ganga with the Gyanvapi Mosque visible in the view. The mosque was built by Mughal ruler Aurangzeb in 1669. In the foreground, large stacks of firewood can also be seen, which were possibly used for cremation purposes. (IANS)

Teens, Social Media And Technology 2022

TikTok has established itself as one of the top online platforms for U.S. teens, while the share of teens who use Facebook has fallen sharply.

The landscape of social media is ever-changing, especially among teens who often are on the leading edge of this space. A new Pew Research Center survey of American teenagers ages 13 to 17 finds TikTok has rocketed in popularity since its North American debut several years ago and now is a top social media platform for teens among the platforms covered in this survey. Some 67% of teens say they ever use TikTok, with 16% of all teens saying they use it almost constantly. Meanwhile, the share of teens who say they use Facebook, a dominant social media platform among teens in the Center’s 2014-15 survey, has plummeted from 71% then to 32% today.

YouTube tops the 2022 teen online landscape among the platforms covered in the Center’s new survey, as it is used by 95% of teens. TikTok is next on the list of platforms that were asked about in this survey (67%), followed by Instagram and Snapchat, which are both used by about six-in-ten teens. After those platforms come Facebook with 32% and smaller shares who use Twitter, Twitch, WhatsApp, Reddit and Tumblr.1

Changes in the social media landscape since 2014-15 extend beyond TikTok’s rise and Facebook’s fall. Growing shares of teens say they are using Instagram and Snapchat since then. Conversely, Twitter and Tumblr saw declining shares of teens who report using their platforms. And two of the platforms the Center tracked in the earlier survey – Vine and Google+ – no longer exist.

There are some notable demographic differences in teens’ social media choices. For example, teen boys are more likely than teen girls to say they use YouTube, Twitch and Reddit, whereas teen girls are more likely than teen boys to use TikTok, Instagram and Snapchat. In addition, higher shares of Black and Hispanic teens report using TikTok, Instagram, Twitter and WhatsApp compared with White teens.2

This study also explores the frequency with which teens are on each of the top five online platforms: YouTube, TikTok, Instagram, Snapchat and Facebook. Fully 35% of teens say they are using at least one of them “almost constantly.” Teen TikTok and Snapchat users are particularly engaged with these platforms, followed by teen YouTube users in close pursuit. A quarter of teens who use Snapchat or TikTok say they use these apps almost constantly, and a fifth of teen YouTube users say the same. When looking at teens overall, 19% say they use YouTube almost constantly, 16% say this about TikTok, and 15% about Snapchat.

When reflecting on the amount of time they spend on social media generally, a majority of U.S. teens (55%) say they spend about the right amount of time on these apps and sites, while about a third of teens (36%) say they spend too much time on social media. Just 8% of teens think they spend too little time on these platforms.

Asked about the idea of giving up social media, 54% of teens say it would be at least somewhat hard to give it up, while 46% say it would be at least somewhat easy. Teen girls are more likely than teen boys to express it would be difficult to give up social media (58% vs. 49%). Conversely, a quarter of teen boys say giving up social media would be very easy, while 15% of teen girls say the same. Older teens also say they would have difficulty giving up social media. About six-in-ten teens ages 15 to 17 (58%) say giving up social media would be at least somewhat difficult to do. A smaller share of 13- to 14-year-olds (48%) think this would be difficult.

Beyond just online platforms, the new survey finds that the vast majority of teens have access to digital devices, such as smartphones (95%), desktop or laptop computers (90%) and gaming consoles (80%). And the study shows there has been an uptick in daily teen internet users, from 92% in 2014-15 to 97% today. In addition, the share of teens who say they are online almost constantly has roughly doubled since 2014-15 (46% now and 24% then).

These are some of the findings from an online survey of 1,316 teens conducted by the Pew Research Center from April 14 to May 4, 2022. More details about the findings on adoption and use of digital technologies by teens are covered below.

Smartphones, desktop and laptop computers, and gaming consoles remain widely accessible to teens

Since 2014-15, there has been a 22 percentage point rise in the share of teens who report having access to a smartphone (95% now and 73% then). While teens’ access to smartphones has increased over roughly the past eight years, their access to other digital technologies, such as desktop or laptop computers or gaming consoles, has remained statistically unchanged.

The survey shows there are differences in access to these digital devices for certain groups. For instance, teens ages 15 to 17 (98%) are more likely to have access to a smartphone than their 13- to 14-year-old counterparts (91%). In addition, teen boys are 21 points more likely to say they have access to gaming consoles than teen girls – a pattern that has been reported in prior Center research.3

Access to computers and gaming consoles also differs by teens’ household income. U.S. teens living in households that make $75,000 or more annually are 12 points more likely to have access to gaming consoles and 15 points more likely to have access to a desktop or laptop computer than teens from households with incomes under $30,000. These gaps in teen computer and gaming console access are consistent with digital divides by household income the Center has observed in previous teen surveys.

While 72% of U.S. teens say they have access to a smartphone, a computer and a gaming console at home, more affluent teens are particularly likely to have access to all three devices. Fully 76% of teens that live in households that make at least $75,000 a year say they have or have access to a smartphone, a gaming console and a desktop or laptop computer, compared with smaller shares of teens from households that make less than $30,000 or teens from households making $30,000 to $74,999 a year who say they have access to all three (60% and 69% of teens, respectively).

Almost all U.S. teens report using the internet daily

The share of teens who say they use the internet about once a day or more has grown slightly since 2014-15. Today, 97% of teens say they use the internet daily, compared with 92% of teens in 2014-15 who said the same.

In addition, the share of teens who say they use the internet almost constantly has gone up: 46% of teens say they use the internet almost constantly, up from only about a quarter (24%) of teenagers who said the same in 2014-15.

Black and Hispanic teens stand out for being on the internet more frequently than White teens. Some 56% of Black teens and 55% of Hispanic teens say they are online almost constantly, compared with 37% of White teens. The difference between Hispanic and White teens on this measure is consistent with previous findings when it comes to frequent internet use.

In addition, older teens are more likely to be online almost constantly. Some 52% of 15- to 17-year-olds say they use the internet almost constantly, while 36% of 13- to 14-year-olds say the same. Another demographic pattern in “almost constant” internet use: 53% of urban teens report being online almost constantly, while somewhat smaller shares of suburban and rural teens say the same (44% and 43%, respectively).

Slight differences are seen among those who say they engage in “almost constant” internet use based on household income. A slightly larger share of teens from households making $30,000 to $74,999 annually report using the internet almost constantly, compared with teens from homes making at least $75,000 (51% and 43%, respectively). Teens who live in households making under $30,000 do not significantly differ from either group.

The social media landscape has shifted

This survey asked whether U.S. teens use 10 specific online platforms: YouTube, TikTok, Instagram, Snapchat, Facebook, Twitter, Twitch, WhatsApp, Reddit and Tumblr.

YouTube stands out as the most common online platform teens use out of the platforms measured, with 95% saying they ever use this site or app. Majorities also say they use TikTok (67%), Instagram (62%) and Snapchat (59%). Instagram and Snapchat use has grown since asked about in 2014-15, when roughly half of teens said they used Instagram (52%) and about four-in-ten said they used Snapchat (41%).

The share of teens using Facebook has declined sharply in the past decade. Today, 32% of teens report ever using Facebook, down 39 points since 2014-15, when 71% said they ever used the platform. Although today’s teens do not use Facebook as extensively as teens in previous years, the platform still enjoys widespread usage among adults, as seen in other recent Center studies.

Other social media platforms have also seen decreases in usage among teens since 2014-15. Some 23% of teens now say they ever use Twitter, compared with 33% in 2014-15. Tumblr has seen a similar decline. While 14% of teens in 2014-15 reported using Tumblr, just 5% of teens today say they use this platform.

The online platforms teens flock to differ slightly based on gender. Teen girls are more likely than teen boys to say they ever use TikTok, Instagram and Snapchat, while boys are more likely to use Twitch and Reddit. Boys also report using YouTube at higher rates than girls, although the vast majority of teens use this platform regardless of gender.

Teens’ use of certain online platforms also differs by race and ethnicity. Black and Hispanic teens are more likely than White teens to say they ever use TikTok, Instagram, Twitter or WhatsApp. Black teens also stand out for being more likely to use TikTok compared with Hispanic teens, while Hispanic teens are more likely than their peers to use WhatsApp.

Older teens are more likely than younger teens to say they use each of the online platforms asked about except for YouTube and WhatsApp. Instagram is an especially notable example, with a majority of teens ages 15 to 17 (73%) saying they ever use Instagram, compared with 45% of teens ages 13 to 14 who say the same (a 28-point gap).

Despite Facebook losing its dominance in the social media world with this new cohort of teens, higher shares of those living in lower- and middle-income households gravitate toward Facebook than their peers who live in more affluent households: 44% of teens living in households earning less than $30,000 a year and 39% of teens from households earning $30,000 to less than $75,000 a year say they ever use Facebook, while 27% of those from households earning $75,000 or more a year say the same. Differences in Facebook use by household income were found in previous Center surveys as well (however the differences by household income were more pronounced in the past).

When it comes to the frequency that teens use the top five platforms the survey looked at, YouTube and TikTok stand out as the platforms teens use most frequently. About three-quarters of teens visit YouTube at least daily, including 19% who report using the site or app almost constantly. A majority of teens (58%) visit TikTok daily, while about half say the same for Snapchat (51%) and Instagram (50%).

Looking within teens who use a given platform, TikTok and Snapchat stand out for having larger shares of teenage users who visit these platforms regularly. Fully 86% of teen TikTok or Snapchat users say they are on that platform daily and a quarter of teen users for both of these platforms say they are on the site or app almost constantly. Somewhat smaller shares of teen YouTube users (20%) and teen Instagram users (16%) say they are on those respective platforms almost constantly (about eight-in-ten teen users are on these platforms daily).

Not only is there a smaller share of teenage Facebook users than there was in 2014-15, teens who do use Facebook are also relatively less frequent users of the platform compared with the other platforms covered in this survey. Just 7% of teen Facebook users say they are on the site or app almost constantly (representing 2% of all teens). Still, about six-in-ten teen Facebook users (57%) visit the platform daily.

Across these five platforms, 35% of all U.S. teens say they are on at least one of them almost constantly. While this is not a comprehensive rundown of all teens who use any kind of online platform almost constantly, this 35% of teens represent a group of relatively heavy platform users and they clearly have different views about their use of social media compared with those who say they use at least one of these platforms, though less often than “almost constantly.” Those findings are covered in a later section.

Larger shares of Black and Hispanic teens say they are on TikTok, YouTube and Instagram almost constantly than White teens. For example, Black and Hispanic teens are roughly five times more likely than White teens to say they are on Instagram almost constantly.

Hispanic teens are more likely to be frequent users of Snapchat than White or Black teens: 23% of Hispanic teens say they use this social media platform almost constantly, while 12% of White teens and 11% of Black teens say the same. There are no racial and ethnic differences in teens’ frequency of Facebook usage.

Overall, Hispanic (47%) and Black teens (45%) are more likely than White teens (26%) to say they use at least one of these five online platforms almost constantly.

Slight majorities of teens see the amount of time they spend on social media as about right and say it would be hard to give up

As social media use has become a common part of many teens’ daily routine, the Center asked U.S. teens how they feel about the amount of time they are spending on social media. A slight majority (55%) say the amount of time they spend of social media is about right, and smaller shares say they spend too much time or too little time on these platforms.

While a majority of teen boys and half of teen girls say they spend about the right amount of time on social media, this sentiment is more common among boys. Teen girls are more likely than their male counterparts to say they spend too much time on social media. In addition, White teens are more likely to see their time using social media as about right compared with Hispanic teens. Black teens do not differ from either group.

This analysis also explored how teens who frequently use these platforms may feel about their time on them and how those feelings may differ from teens who use these sites and apps less frequently. To do this, two groups were constructed. The first group is the 35% of teens who say they use at least one of the five platforms this survey covered – YouTube, TikTok, Instagram, Snapchat or Facebook – almost constantly. The other group consists of teens who say they use these platforms but not as frequently – that is, they use at least one of these five platforms but use them less often than “almost constantly.”

When asked how they feel about the time they spend on social media, 53% of teens who almost constantly use at least one of the platforms say they are on social media too much, while about three-in-ten teens (28%) who use at least one of these platforms but less often say the same.

Teens who are almost constantly online – not just on social media – also stand out for saying they spend too much time on social media: 51% say they are on social media too much. By comparison, 26% of teens who are online several times a day say they are on social media too much.

When reflecting on what it would be like to try to quit social media, teens are somewhat divided whether this would be easy or difficult. Some 54% of U.S. teens say it would be very (18%) or somewhat hard (35%) for them to give up social media. Conversely, 46% of teens say it would be at least somewhat easy for them to give up social media, with a fifth saying it would be very easy.

Teenage girls are slightly more likely to say it would be hard to give up social media than teen boys (58% vs. 49%). A similar gap is seen between older and younger teens, with teens 15 to 17 years old being more likely than 13- and 14-year-olds to say it would be at least somewhat hard to give up social media.

A majority of teens who use at least one of the platforms asked about in the survey “almost constantly” say it would be hard to give up social media, with 32% saying it would be very hard. Smaller shares of teens who use at least one of these online platforms but use them less often say the same.

The teens who think they spend too much time on social media also report they would struggle to step back completely from it. Teens who say they spend too much time on social media are 36 percentage points more likely than teens who see their usage as about right to say giving up social media would be hard (78% vs. 42%). In fact, about three-in-ten teens who say they use social media too much (29%) say it would be very hard for them to give up social media. Conversely, a majority of teens who see their social media usage as about right (58%) say that it would be at least somewhat easy for them to give it up.

Assault On The Media Continues Across The Globe

There are many forces that are assaulting journalism around the world: misinformation, intimidation, pressures on revenue models, and a growing trend of autocrats attacking press freedom

“Finally it is also an important right in a free society to be freely allowed to contribute to society’s well-being. However, if that is to occur, it must be possible for society’s state of affairs to become known to everyone, and it must be possible for everyone to speak his mind freely about it. Where this is lacking, liberty is not worth its name,” Peter Forsskål, a philosopher, theologian, botanist and orientalist wrote in his pamphlet, Thoughts on Civil Liberty, published in Stockholm in 1759.

And, it’s noteworthy that The World Press Freedom Day in Helsinki in 2016 adopted the Access to Information and Fundamental Freedoms, which is the right of every human being around the world, and its three perspectives: freedom of information as a fundamental freedom and a human right; protecting press freedom from censorship and surveillance overreach; and ensuring safety
for journalism online and offline.

Freedom of expression is a fundamental human right, and a prerequisite for several other democratic rights. It is a right, but it implies responsibility and respect for the rights of others. The role of media has been changing rapidly, especially in recent times, with the advent of social media platforms where not only the news and views of the trained and well-established journalists are published, but anyone has the right reports, post a comment and be appreciative or critical of people, programs and policies for their worth.

The media is expected to be the “watchdog” of the other three branches of the government. Promoting the safety of journalists and combatting impunity for those who attack them are central elements within UNESCO’s support for press freedom on all media platforms. Media is described as the Fourth Estate after the executive, legislature, and judiciary and

However, media has been constantly criticized, intimidated and their rights taken away for being the “watchdog.’ There are many forces assaulting journalism around the world: misinformation, intimidation, pressures on revenue models, and a growing trend of autocrats attacking press freedoms. Journalists are attacked, and imprisoned and their rights to disseminate news and views taken away in numerous countries across the globe.

According to UNESCO, on average, every five days a journalist is killed for bringing information to the public. Attacks on media professionals are often perpetrated in non-conflict situations organized crime groups, militia, security personnel, and even local police, making local journalists among the most vulnerable. These attacks include murder, abductions, harassment, intimidation, illegal arrest, and arbitrary detention.”

The 2020 UNESCO Director-General’s Report on the Safety of Journalists and the Danger Impunity stated that with 22 killings each, Latin America and the Caribbean, together with Asia and the Pacific, registered the highest number of fatalities among journalists.

These organized crimes and strategies to prevent journalists, media and media platforms are not unique to the Third World or autocratic/tyrant rule d states alone. They are occurring on a daily basis well-established democracies, using so called “democratic laws” as well as in those nations and their rulers who have no regards for freedom of speech and do not tolerate dissent or criticism.

It’s noteworthy, after four years of contestant attacks on the media by his predecessor, President Jose Biden of the United States has kept the media at arm’s length while being decidedly less combative than his predecessor with reporters, an approach that was on display when he attended the White House Correspondents’ Association dinner this year.  It’s an approach that administration officials say is deliberate, and that Democrats say is part of Biden’s effort to return the White House to a more normal rapport with the media.

Meanwhile, the US Department of Justice and Federal Trade Commission (FTC) under the Trump and Biden administrations are now going after tech giants in antitrust lawsuits, based on deals that were solidified under Obama’s watch. The FTC’s case against Facebook seeks to undo the company’s acquisitions of WhatsApp and Instagram that were approved under the former president.

Filipino American media executive and Nobel Peace Prize laureate Maria Ressa, founder of the digital media outlet Rappler in the Philippines in 2012, has become the target of a series of attacks. Ressa has been arrested several times. This month, with the new administration of Bongbong Marcos in place, Rappler was ordered to shut down, for being the voice of the people.

Rana Ayyub, a senior journalist summarized the state of today’s journalistic fraternity: “The burden of bearing witness and speaking truth to power comes at great personal risk for journalists in many countries around the world. They live a relentless struggle, slapped with lawsuits and criminal cases for sedition, defamation, tax evasion and more. Their lives, and too often the lives of their families, are made miserable.”

Ayyub points to the heinous crimes inflicted on “Gauri Lankesh, Daphne Caruana Galizia and Jamal Khashoggi—all journalists with a profile, all brazenly killed in broad daylight. Their murders dominated the front pages of international publications. But their killers, men in power, remain unquestioned not just by the authorities but often by publishers and editors who develop a comfortable amnesia when meeting those in power. They do not want to lose access to them.”

The Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ) Termed the recent murders of British journalist Dom Phillips and Indigenous issues expert Bruno Pereira, whom police suspect were killed by people with ties to illegal fishing in the Amazon, amounted to a “nightmare” come true. “Central African Republic authorities should investigate the threats made against journalist Erick Ngaba and ensure his safety,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator, in Durban, South Africa. “The security situation in the Central African Republic is worrisome enough for media professionals without additional online harassment.”

India’s record on violations against Journalists has been among the worst in recent times. A nation, said to be the “beacon of hope” and the “largest democracy” in the world dropped eight laces to 150 — out of 180 countries — on the World Press Freedom Index compiled by the Paris-based Reporters Without Borders (RSF) for 2022. The index’s report notes that “with an average of three or four journalists killed in connection with their work every year, India is one of the world’s most dangerous countries for the media.” In the current year alone, it states, while one journalist has been killed, another 13 are behind bars.

In fact in the last 20 years, India, which was ranked 80th on the index in 2002, has seen its press freedom ranking progressively plummet. The country profile by RSF on India also says that “the Indian press used to be seen as fairly progressive but things changed radically in the mid-2010s, when Narendra Modi became prime minister and engineered a spectacular rapprochement between his party, the BJP, and the big families dominating the media.”

Twitter’s latest transparency report, for July-December 2021 says that the country made the highest number of legal demands to remove content posted by verified journalists and news outlets on Twitter. Of the total 326 legal demands Twitter received globally, against 349 accounts of verified journalists, India sent in 114 legal demands. India in fact also raised the second highest number of information requests, after the US, accounting for 19% of global information requests and 27% of the global accounts specified. Information requests seek details about an account and are issued by law enforcement or government agencies.

Terming the Indian press as “a colossus with feet of clay”, RSF adds that Indian “journalists are exposed to all kinds of physical violence including police violence, ambushes by political activists, and deadly reprisals by criminal groups or corrupt local officials” by “supporters of Hindutva” with the situation “very worrisome in Kashmir where reporters are often harassed by police and paramilitaries.”

If the powerful rulers of the countries use their power to intimidate the media world, the public are not immune to such ill thought out and narrow views. For some it’s their ideology that motivates them, for others it’s the belief in their “leader” who spreads lies and the flock follow them blindly, and for some who are so called well educated and well informed, it’s their goals to attain power, position and prestige in the society.

Recently, I came across on a WhatsApp media posting, where a picture of half a dozen veteran, well respected and award-winning journalists meeting with a Justice of the Supreme Court of India were called as “traitors of India” because they criticize and point to the the ruling party for its policies that do not benefit the people of India, but the members of the ruling regime.

Speaking at a Stanford University event, former US President Barack Obama called the present as “another tumultuous, dangerous moment in history,” where social media platforms are well-designed to destroy democracies. “Disinformation is a threat to our democracy, and will continue to be unless we work together to address it,” he said.

According to analysts, while free speech is protected by both the EU Charter of Fundamental Rights and the European Convention on Human Rights, these legal instruments offer governments much greater leeway than the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution when it comes to defining categories, such as hate speech, that can be regulated.

Reports state. the European Union is in the midst of finalizing the Digital Services Act (DSA), an ambitious legislative attempt to create a “global gold standard” on platform regulation. After five trilogues, on April 23, the European Parliament and European Council reached a provisional political agreement on the DSA. As such, the DSA is likely to affect the practical exercise of free speech on social media platforms, whether located in Silicon Valley or owned by American tech billionaires.

Freedom of expression is a vital part of democracy, considering it does not cross the “Lakshman Rekha” of public order and morality, said former Chief Justice of India Ranjan Gogoi.
Gogoi, while expressing his views on action against individuals over social media posts, said, “Now on social media — is a critical part of healthy democracy, so long as it does not cross the Lakshman Rekha of public order and morality, be it against an individual or an institution. If the opinion is within the line (of public order), it should not be restrained…,” said Gogoi.

Adding that such an opinion should be based on facts and bonafide information, the former CJI said, “If it is an opinion not based on facts and disturbs public order and transgresses morality or creates distrust among the public for the institution, posing a threat to national interest, action needs to be taken. Nothing can be bigger than national interest.”

Gogoi also said that the present generation youth in the country are fortunate to have the power of social media. “It is a powerful tool, but it can be misused, which is unfortunate… Youth today, who wish to enter public life or politics must be aware that they cannot be successful unless they work hard and base their journey on facts. This is because it is very easy for misinformation to be spread…”

Media reports pointed out that in the first quarter of 2018, Facebook removed 2.5 million pieces of content for the transgression of community standards on hate speech. By the third quarter of 2021, the number had increased almost tenfold to 22.3 million. This was mainly the result of increased reliance on AI-based content-filtering algorithms. In 2018, AI caught 4 out of 10 transgressions before any user complaint, but in the third quarter of 2021, this rose to 96.5 percent.

“We’ve come a long way towards realizing freedom of expression, and other fundamental freedoms. The right to access to information is entrenched in law in over a hundred countries,” said Secretary-General Guterres of the United Nations during the 70th anniversary of the Geneva Association of UN Correspondents (ACANU). “But despite these advances, in recent years, civic space has been shrinking worldwide at an alarming rate.”

In the midst of all these, some recommend a model that would “encourage the implementation of human-rights standards as a framework of first reference in the moderation practices of large social media platforms. This would result in a social media environment that would be both more transparent and protective of users’ free speech on categories such as hate speech and disinformation. Using human rights law as the standard of content moderation would also provide platforms with norms and legitimacy to resist demands to censor dissent made by authoritarian states keen to exploit the well-intentioned but misguided attempts by democracies to rein in harmful online speech.”

Stating that Journalism and the media are “essential to peace, justice, sustainable development and human rights for all – and to the work of the United Nations,” Guterres noted, paying tribute to reporters who “go to the most dangerous places on earth, to bring us important information, to give a voice to people who are being ignored and abused, and to hold the powerful to account. Your work reminds us that truth never dies, and that our attachment to the fundamental right that is freedom of expressions must also never die… Informing is not a crime.”

A Proactive Approach Toward Addressing The Challenges Of The Metaverse

The metaverse promises to connect devices to humans and humans to each other in ways that threatens to transform economic and social relations.

When the science fiction writer Neal Stephenson first coined the term “metaverse” in 1992, the world of virtual reality-enabled computing that he imagined was still a long way off. But with virtual reality—and the computing infrastructure that enables it—making significant improvements in recent years, the interactive and embodied internet that Stephenson imagined is now closer to reality.

Today, computer science researchers conceive of the metaverse as a “network of interconnected virtual worlds” using three-dimensional platforms where humans interact with digital content and with each other, forming an “ecosystem where digital and physical worlds collide”. By relying on a combination of augmented, mixed, and virtual reality to move from the 2D version of the internet to a 3D shared space, the metaverse aims at an internet that is interoperable and synchronous.

The metaverse promises to connect devices to humans and humans to each other in ways that threatens to transform economic and social relations. As a result, it is critical that policymakers and technology companies collaborate to write the rules of the road for the metaverse. The potentially disruptive qualities of the metaverse are illustrative of how the technologies of the Fourth Industrial Revolution (4IR) will likely transform how humans work, entertain, conduct business, and socialize. The scale of this disruption means that policymakers need to adopt a proactive approach in thinking about how these technologies are likely to change our society rather than attempting to address harms once they are widespread. Especially given the recent drawdowns in the technology industry, the impending buildout of the metaverse also offers a rare opportunity to design a system that is more equitable from the start—in contrast to past paradigms like Web 2.0.

The promise of the metaverse

Depending on how it develops, the metaverse could have profound impacts on business and the global economy, though, so far, the development of the metaverse has been driven by applications in entertainment. Firms like Roblox, Epic Games, and, increasingly, Meta and Microsoft are pouring huge sums into developing interactive online spaces that have many of the characteristics of the metaverse. As the metaverse develops, it may provide useful applications in other fields.

Metaverse technologies can accelerate skill development, for example, through realistic, 3D simulations and can better connect regions and communities to these resources. Already, the UK government is investing in medical training using augmented reality for frontline nurses. As users live greater portions of their lives in the metaverse and carry out transactions there, a larger share of economic life may be transacted via cryptocurrencies, a shift that has the potential to transform the global economy.

Local governments can use the metaverse and its technologies to better serve their constituents in the short and long term by directly connecting more people to services and by having tools to better develop and update city infrastructure and plan for the future. By using “digital twins”—digital representations of real-world objects—metaverse technologies can be used to simulate proposals for urban redevelopment projects. The Boston Planning and Development Agency, for example, uses a digital twin of the city to simulate how water and sewer systems affect the physical landscape of the city, while Singapore uses a digital twin to visualize the effects of population increases on the city and its resources.

Given its uncertain future and lack of a concrete definition, it is difficult to estimate the economic impact of the metaverse, yet market research groups, investors, and banks have predicted high speeds of growth in the next 4 to 8 years, with estimates for the global market value of metaverse-related technologies ranging from $700 billion up to $13 trillion. Using a narrow definition of the metaverse, CitiBank estimates the total addressable market value of metaverse technologies will be between $1 and $2 trillion by 2030. Using a broader definition of the metaverse results in a market value between $8 and $13 trillion by 2030.

Wider accessibility to skills, as well as the blending of physical and digital worlds, will bring new and potentially more productive types of jobs and make them available to a wider range of people. Due to the pandemic, remote work opened up work opportunities for people around the world who no longer had to rely on being physically present. The metaverse has the potential to enhance these benefits and remove some of the drawbacks of remote work by increasing connection and collaboration between teams.

The metaverse could bring positive benefits for the planet as well, such as saving resources and reducing physical consumption and waste if social and business events are held virtually. Using the metaverse to create immersive and complex simulations related to biodiversity and climate change could better educate people about global change, increase access to and protect vulnerable biodiversity sites, and include more global and diverse voices in research and discussion about environmental science and sustainability.

The metaverse also can bring opportunities to address global challenges that require collaboration. Diplomacy through metaverse technologies could allow smaller or less powerful countries to be better connected to countries and people, allowing for new alliances, collaborations, and services. Barbados announced in 2021 that they will be the first country to open a virtual embassy within the metaverse platform, Decentraland, opening the possibility for other countries to embrace the metaverse as a means for international relations. None of these benefits are guaranteed, but using metaverse technologies to connect countries, communities, and individuals to resources and services in an immersive way has the potential to contribute to a more equitable and sustainable future across all aspects of society.

Challenges posed by the metaverse

The effects of the metaverse transcend borders and include risks to safety, privacy, work, resources, and inequality. These are issues raised by today’s technology as well, but the greater connectivity and integration of the metaverse threatens to either exacerbate or change their character.

Because the metaverse provides a more immersive experience, it is crucial that the safety concerns it raises are proactively addressed. The everyday abuse that users experience online today will only be worsened once such activities are experienced in VR and AR environments. Researchers have found that users experience abuse in these environments as “far more traumatic than in other digital worlds,” as the human brain can perceive virtual threats through immersive technology as actual threats. Online harassment, especially of women, has been prevalent since the internet’s inception and is happening in VR/AR environments already, with women reporting that they experience discrimination and violence in the virtual world more intensely than in other digital fora. At their best, advances in haptic and virtual technologies could help people feel more connected; at their worst, misuse could cause more realistic harm with little consequence to the perpetrator. Research has shown that online harassment disproportionately targets minorities, and these inequalities are likely to be replicated in the metaverse. Without policies to prevent such abuse, safety in the metaverse will likely be a barrier to widespread adoption.

The amount and type of data that is created and collected through metaverse technologies results in major privacy challenges. With users interacting with content and other users in a 3D environment, metaverse technologies are likely to collect highly detailed data on users and their interactions in a far more intrusive way than current online platforms. To describe the combination of behavioral and anatomical information collected in the metaverse, one Harvard researcher coined the term “biometric psychography” to describe how this data might provide insight into a user’s feelings and their potential causes. Data can be collected on eye tracking, facial scans, and other bodily responses that can be linked to an individual’s identity. When used for good, this data could lead to innovative and personalized experiences, but the potential exploitation and sale of this data leads to major privacy and human rights concerns. The potential value of this data creates major cybersecurity risks, as malicious hackers would be keen to obtain it.

The disruptions to work and the economy in the metaverse raises risks as well. The potential for further automation of jobs and the emergence of new jobs will be a challenge for those who are not prepared with adequate skills or guidance for transitioning out of these jobs. The widespread use of cryptocurrencies whose values are far from stable and that lack robust regulatory regimes may undermine trust in metaverse economies. The recent history of cryptocurrencies demonstrates that these digital currencies are quite vulnerable to theft, posing yet another barrier to adoption.

Given how computationally intensive metaverse technologies are, the energy demand to power these technologies is significant—so much so that one senior Intel executive predicted that the metaverse will require a 1000x increase on our current computing power. If the electricity to support this increase in computing power is not supplied by sustainable sources, the metaverse will drastically increase greenhouse gas emissions with extreme negative effects on the environment, making it critical that it is powered by alternative energy sources to manage its carbon footprint.

The metaverse also risks exacerbating global inequalities. Given its reliance on the interaction between new and existing technologies, the metaverse may first benefit countries, companies, and people who already in possession of its enabling technologies, infrastructure, and skills. This could result in early adopters capturing a majority of the benefits. Countries who supply the necessary infrastructure may also have greater control over the technology and how it develops. If the metaverse continues to grow and include more aspects of society from work to socializing, countries and communities already lagging behind in technology and internet adoption will be further isolated. As the metaverse attempts to create a virtual world that more accurately reflects the real world, already-existing power dynamics and inequality in the real world may be replicated in the metaverse.

The way toward a more equitable metaverse

The metaverse is currently not controlled by any one platform, and its early developers are operating under different incentives and regulations, which is likely to lead to market domination and insufficient privacy and safety protocols. To mitigate the evolving risks and capture the potential opportunities, key players—including the major tech companies, governments, developers, and users—must collaborate to co-develop regulations, align incentives, and create a governance framework now, rather than reacting to challenges that emerge later. Proactive strategies will be key to ensure that companies, users, governments, and experts are operating on a level playing field and create strategies to address safety and privacy concerns while still encouraging innovation.

Dealing with safety concerns within the metaverse will likely need a completely new approach—rather than adopting safety protocols from the currently existing internet. The immersive nature of the metaverse means that not only content but also behavior will need to be monitored and regulated. Regulation in other digital environments is often reactive and provides punishments after a violation, but the metaverse is likely to require incentives for positive behavior combined with effective mechanisms to report, prevent, and act on negative behaviorNorms may need to be created, agreed upon by users, and enforced by moderators. Balancing privacy with moderation will be a challenge, and moderation mechanisms should be discussed between platform developers, legal experts, and human rights experts.

Privacy mitigation will also need to be co-developed to ensure that data is safely handled. Companies and governments must examine potential vulnerabilities related to infrastructure and applications and adopt security practices such as breach notification and response, malware protection, and multi-factor authentication. As the metaverse and its platforms continue to develop across borders, data and privacy law will need to be examined and evaluated to address likely conflicts related to biometric data. Laws specific to metaverse technologies will likely need to be created and agreed upon internationally, instead of relying on existing statutes related to the internet. While laws and governance structures are developed, codes of conduct and voluntary constraints are likely to serve an important stop-gap function. Industry-wide codes of conduct could help provide a baseline for companies who are creating metaverse platforms or wish to be part of one to agree upon basic rules and be able to work together as they develop.

The rules of the metaverse are being written by its early adopters, which threatens to exclude key voicesOther players beyond tech-developers and governments have a role in the development of the metaverse as well, including financial institutions, mental-health professionals, sustainability experts, and civil rights activist. The scientific community will have an important role to play in studying regulatory mechanisms and governance structures, the effects of immersive technology on the brain, and sustainability. Maintaining diversity will be critical to preventing the metaverse from replicating the injustices and inequalities of the non-virtual world. Companies and governments alike should focus on policies that will contribute to a democratic approach in the development of the metaverse—including pushing for open-source standards and interoperability—to make sure the metaverse is not dominated by a select group of major technology companies whose incentives do not align with other members of society.

If developed with people and progress in mind, the metaverse and its technologies have the potential to enrich real lives with greater access to knowledge, experiences, and human connection. There is ample opportunity for accessibility, development, and equitable growth through the metaverse, but these can only be seized with proactive and strategic collaboration, planning, and action.

(Landry Signé is executive director and professor at the Thunderbird School of Global Management, a senior fellow in the Global Economy and Development Program and the Africa Growth Initiative at the Brookings Institution, a distinguished fellow at Stanford University, and founding director of the Fourth Industrial Revolution Initiative. Hanna Dooley is a policy analyst at Arizona State University.

Mandovi Menon Among Asia Society’s Class of 2022

Mandovi Menon, creative director, writer, and media entrepreneur from India is among the Asia Society’s 40 young leaders from across the world who will form the newest class of the Asia 21 Young Leaders Network, joining an unparalleled network of over 1,000 individuals in politics, business, arts, education, sustainability, and technology. 

The Class of 2022 features a diverse mix of leaders representing 26 different countries and includes journalists, human rights advocates, entrepreneurs, fiction writers, politicians, and more. Together, they will form an integral part of the Asia Society family as the newest cohort of its signature young leaders initiative, embody the organization’s mission to navigate shared futures, and actively contribute in taking the network to new heights. 

“Drawing on their personal expertise and leveraging the collective power of the Asia 21 network, the class of 2022 will actively contribute in shaping a more peaceful, prosperous, and secure future for all,” said Asia Society President and CEO Kevin Rudd. “We are delighted to play our part in connecting individuals who share common values and desire to make this world a better place.”

Other members of the incoming class include Hajra Khan, captain of Pakistan’s national football team and founder of the Fortis Sports Academy; Fumino Sugiyama, restaurateur and LGBTQ activist and co-representative of Tokyo Rainbow Pride; Si Thura, executive director of Myanmar’s Community Partners International; Mandovi Menon, creative director, writer, and media entrepreneur from India; Sopheak Chak, executive director of the Cambodian Center for Human Rights; Alexandre Chenesseau, managing director at Evercore; Guo Dong, associate director of the Research Program on Sustainability and Management at Columbia University; and James Griffin, minister of the environment, New South Wales, Australia. You can access biographies of all 40 members of the Class of 2022 at AsiaSociety.org/Asia21.

After a two-year hiatus caused by the coronavirus pandemic, the annual Asia 21 Young Leaders Summit will resume this year with an in-person convening hosted by Asia Society Japan from December 2 to December 4, 2022. The conference, centered around the theme of “leading in a world of competing values,” will include panel discussions, lectures, and special events in Tokyo, and will feature members of the new class as well as Asia 21 alumni. They will share best practices in leadership and explore opportunities to work collaboratively across borders and sectors to create positive impact. The sessions will also address diversity, equity, and integration through art, education, policy, leadership opportunities, and entrepreneurship.

According to LinkedIn, Mandovi is a creative director, writer and media entrepreneur who is passionate about using innovative storytelling to spark meaningful change. She believes that expressing creativity freely, with integrity, is at the heart of building a more inclusive world.

She is best known for having built multiple digital platforms and campaigns of repute over the past decade, which continue to create social impact and shape Indian youth culture significantly. In 2013, she co-founded her first media company, Homegrown—a pioneering platform that changed the way we speak to and about young Indians. Under her leadership, the platform earned a reputation for diverse, original storytelling that wasn’t afraid to take on the taboo, while continuously tackling pressing issues like juvenile justice, women’s rights, and sexual health. She conceptualised and led many digital campaigns and IPs for development sector clients like UNICEF, Dasra, & No Country For Women, as well as leading brands like Nike, adidas, HDFC Life and Puma (amongst others) during her time here.

Since moving on, she’s built three other first-of-its-kind media platforms, two of which focus specifically on children’s rights. One is Apalam Chapalam—a multi-lingual storytelling channel that caters to urban, underprivileged children in lockdown. In under a year, stories have been watched 200000+ times, and reached thousands of children in need. The second is ‘The Minor Project’—a dynamic public dialogue initiative to help end violence against children for Unicef India and Leher NGO. The third is a contemporary print publication from India called ‘The Dirty Magazine,’ where she helps create its vision as its Creative Director (Culture) & Features Editor.

Mandovi also continues to pursue various independent projects developing branding, identity & strategy for clients, as well as her own work as an artist and children’s book writer. She has a series of commissioned children’s stories and poetry due to be published in the coming year.

As a creative leader, she’s been honoured on Forbes Asia’s 30 under 30 list, Vogue Global Network’s ’50 Young Trailblazers Around The World,’ Lured Magazine’s ’15 Creatives Defining the New India’ amongst many other well-known publications for her work in Media, Communications and Culture-Building in India. She’s also regularly tapped as a credible source for how youth culture & youth identity is evolving in India today.

A Digital News Policy Overhaul In India

The government of India wants Big Tech majors Google, Meta, Microsoft, Apple, Twitter, and Amazon to pay Indian publishers and media companies from their revenues for using their content in a new move to overhaul the digital news business in India.

This comes over a year after the publishers in India decided to follow the examples of countries like Australia when they asked social media giants such as Google to pay for their content. The Indian Newspaper Society in February asked Google to compensate Indian newspapers for using their content and insisted that the global search giant increase the publisher share of advertising revenue to 85 per cent.

The move comes as the government aims to regulate digital media in India with the Registration of Press and Periodicals Bill that may be introduced in the upcoming Parliament session.

It proposes the registration, for the first time, of digital media, which has not been defined by any law or any government regulation till now, and also punitive action for “violations”.

Digital news publishers will now have to register with the Press Registrar General within 90 days of the law coming into effect. There will be an appellate board with the Press Council of India chairperson as its chief to redress any grievances.

An earlier attempt to regulate digital media by the government under Information Technology rules in 2019 had sparked a huge controversy. Back then, the draft bill had defined digital media news as news in digitised format that can be transmitted over the internet and includes text, video, audio and graphics.

If the Registration of Press and Periodicals Bill gets Parliament’s nod, it will replace the British-era Press and Registration of Books Act, 1867 that was meant for regulating newspapers and printing presses in India. (Courtesy: TOI)

Elon Musk’s Twitter Deal Likely To Fail

With Elon Musk issuing his most direct threat yet to walk away from his purchase of Twitter (TWTR) on June 6th, openly accusing the social media company of breaching the merger agreement by not providing the data he has requested on spam and fake accounts, the proposed deal is likely to fail, reports here suggest.

In a letter to Twitter’s head of legal, policy and trust, Vijaya Gadde, Musk alleged that Twitter is “actively resisting and thwarting his information rights” as outlined by the deal.  “This is a clear material breach of Twitter’s obligations under the merger agreement and Mr. Musk reserves all rights resulting therefrom, including his right not to consummate the transaction and his right to terminate the merger agreement,” an attorney representing Musk wrote to the company.

Musk’s letter speculated that Twitter may be “withholding the requested data due to concern for what Mr. Musk’s own analysis of that data will uncover.”

Meanwhile, Twitter Inc said on Friday last week that the waiting period under the HSR Act for Elon Musk’s $44-billion acquisition of the social media firm has expired. Completion of the deal is now subject to remaining customary closing conditions, including approval by Twitter stockholders and the receipt of applicable regulatory approvals, Twitter said.

The HSR Act, or the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act, requires parties to report large transactions to both the Federal Trade Commission and the U.S. Department of Justice Antitrust Division for review.

Musk has demanded that Twitter turn over information about its testing methodologies to support its claims that bots and fake accounts constitute less than 5% of the platform’s active user base, a figure the company has consistently stated for years in boilerplate public disclosures. Musk has also called for doing his own independent assessment based on Twitter data.

Shares of Twitter fell 5% in early trading Monday. Even before the latest development, Twitter stock was trading well below Musk’s takeover offer of $54.20 per share, likely indicating investor skepticism about the deal going through.

Twitter’s CEO, Parag Agrawal, has stood by his company’s longtime spam metric. In a statement Monday, the company said: “Twitter has and will continue to cooperatively share information with Mr. Musk to consummate the transaction in accordance with the terms of the merger agreement.” The company also said it intends to “close the transaction and enforce the merger agreement at the agreed price and terms.”

Musk has alleged that the true number of spam accounts is likely much more, potentially as high as 90%. Musk has previously said the acquisition “cannot move forward” until the company provides “proof” of its spam metric.

Some Wall Street analysts have said this pushback may be a case of buyer’s remorse and an effort to pressure Twitter into negotiating a lower price for the $44 billion deal. There have been questions from the start about how Musk would finance the acquisition. Social media stocks have also taken a hit in recent weeks amid broader market jitters.

The letter also claimed Twitter had sought to restrict access to the information by interpreting the merger agreement narrowly, such that providing the information would fall outside the scope of Twitter’s contractual requirements. But the letter charged that even by Twitter’s narrowed definitions, it still has an obligation to furnish the information.

In a separate securities filing, Twitter previously disclosed that Musk had waived a due diligence clause in the deal that could have made it easier for him to back out of the agreement; without it, Musk could face a tougher climb, and the prospect of litigation. In making the agreement to buy Twitter, Musk has made spam bots on the platform a central issue. He has vowed to defeat them or “die trying,” even as he has described Twitter as being vital to “the future of civilization.”

NDTV’s Sreenivasan Jain, Suparna Singh Win “Most Trusted” Awards

NDTV 24×7 has won the awards for being “India’s Most Trusted Brand for News” (English). Sreenivasan Jain, who has won several awards for his investigative reports, has been named “India’s Most Trusted News Anchor”.

Suparna Singh, President of the NDTV Group, has been awarded “India’s Most Trusted Leader”.

The awards for 2022 have been given by an organisation called WCRCINT, which evaluates brands in different countries.

These huge awards for “India’s Most Trusted News Brand”, the sixth such honour since 2019, prove that audiences rely on the NDTV Network for genuine news. These awards are also an acknowledgement of NDTV’s whole-hearted commitment to No-Hate-For-Profit.

“As always, we are so grateful to our television and online audience, and to our business partners, for their support of independent journalism,” NDTV wrote on its website.

Geetanjali Shree’s “Tomb Of Sand” Becomes First Novel Translated From Hindi To Win International Booker Prize

Geetanjali Shree’s ‘Tomb of Sand’, translated from Hindi by Daisy Rockwell, has won the International Booker, the first novel translated from Hindi to win the coveted
£50,000 prize.

Shree and Rockwell winning the prize not only marks the award’s first Hindi winner, but also the first time a book originally written in any Indian language has won, reports the Guardian.

Titled ‘Ret Samadhi’ (Rajkamal Prakashan) in Hindi, the book centers around a north Indian 80-year-old woman who slips into a deep depression after the death of her husband and then resurfaces to gain a new lease on life. Her determination to fly in the face of convention – including striking up a friendship with a transgender person – confuses her bohemian daughter, who is used to thinking of herself as the more ‘modern’ of the two.

To her family’s consternation, she insists on travelling to Pakistan, simultaneously confronting the unresolved trauma of her teenage experiences of partition, and re-evaluating what it means to be a mother, a daughter, a woman, and a feminist.

For someone who stormed the Hindi literary scene with her debut novel ‘Mai’, as a writer, it becomes part of one’s unconscious and subconscious to look, hear, smell, and see stories around you, in you. “So there is some, still inarticulated, but full life, circulating inside you all the time. And the moment happens, not quite by your choice when the muse bends over you and something begins to unravel and pen comes to paper.

Many variables come together and a work emerges, triggered by any small or big thing. In the case of ‘Ret Samadhi’, the image of an old woman lying with her back turned to everyone in a joint family and apparently with no interest in living any longer, set me off. My curiosity grew as to is she turning her back on the world and life or preparing to get up into a rejuvenated, reinvented new life! From there the novel took off. It was a long journey full of fun, pain, joy, anxieties, the works,” Geethanjali said in an earlier interview.

The author is clear that writing must never be extraneously motivated or influenced. “I write to express as best as I can, as creatively and sensitively as I can, and that is the only expectation I am propelled by. I let no one tell me what, when, how I must write.”

Adding that awards, praise and are extraneous to this basic activity, and are incidental, she said: “Of course, if they are positive, it adds a new dimension to my happiness and fulfilment, but, they are not and never will be my impetus.”

Shree, whose works have been widely translated into different languages including French, German, Korean and Serbian, feels that translation is dialogue and communication. It is never a fixed, frozen and complete exchange. “It is ongoing, live and enriching – some things are explained better, some remain confounding, just as in any communication. Some things may also get lost, but some things also get added. Just as when two people talk, they enrich each other and enlarge each other’s way of seeing, being, and experiencing, so is also the communication underway in translation.

The gains of it are immense. One cannot fear it for the risks that may be in there too. Communication is worth it, risky or not! Dialogue, which is what translation is, is the best thing in human life and the way forward.”

Stressing that it is extremely important that the author and translator share a rapport, Shree said: “You need a rapport which establishes that both of you share the same wavelength, sensibility, values. If a fanatic, narrow-minded, purist picks up my book for translation, it is, without doubt, a recipe for disaster.”

Speaking about her process, the author, who has also been actively associated with theatre – in 1989, a group of theatre artists, writers, musicians and painters got together to form ‘Vivadi’, said: “My writing is the process. Except that I must work regularly and for long hours, there are no rules about it. I have no set formula and like to let the dynamics of unfurling a beginning and issues it throws up take over and take me across a variegated terrain.”

Deriving her characters from the physical world and space within — “a mix of both. And such a mix that even if they relate to recognisable things/people somewhere, they are fictional,” she feels that there is a need not just for translations into English but also and as much for translations across South Asian languages.

“Is English going to be the only language in which all other literature has to be accessed? One, what about those who are not well versed in it; two, we surely want a multilingual, multicultural scene where many languages are in dialogue with many others, not English alone becoming the overarching big language and all others aspiring to get access within it.”

The author, who has also finished another novel, said: “For some years it has been sitting on my table, ready and waiting. One of these days I will pick it up and hand it to the publisher.”

NEWS 24 (BAG NETWORK) ANNOUNCES LAUNCH OF PODCAST 24- AWAAZ SABKI

A new digital platform called PODCAST 24- AWAAZ SABKI will cover news and stories from India on a variety of subjects including Politics, Bollywood, Crime, Women, Health, History, Education & Sports. It will also provide a platform to discuss and deliberate on a range of important and relevant social issues.

After the success of all its satellite channels and an impressive presence on social media, BAG Network, under the leadership of Ms. Anurradha Prasad, has now established its presence in the Podcast space to connect with its audience using this powerful digital platform.  As Ms. Anurradha Prasad puts it, “PODCAST 24- AWAAZ SABKI will bridge the gap between news and our listeners by curating content that is current and relevant to our audience”.
Millions of loyal viewers of NEWS 24 will now be able to listen to all the flagship programs of  NEWS 24 like ‘Itihaas Gawah Hai’ with Anurradha Prasad, ‘Ansune Kisse’ with Rajeev Shukla, ‘Sabse Bada Sawal’ with Sandeep Chaudhary, ‘Rashtra Ki Baat’ with Manak Gupta, ‘Mahaul Kya Hai?’ with Rajeev Ranjan,  on PODCAST 24.
Listeners can access the PODCAST 24 through all major podcast apps such as Spotify, Amazon, Google etc. The channel can also be accessed through the News 24 website.
The BAG Network invites everyone to be a part of this new and exciting journey.

IAPC Organizes Induction Of The New BOD And National EC And Awards Ceremony At Indian Consulate In New York

The Indo-American Press Club, the largest organization of Indian descent journalists and media persons working across North America, organized the swearing-in ceremony and inauguration of new office bearers on Saturday, May 21st during a solemn induction ceremony, organized at the Indian Consulate in New York.

Kamlesh C. Mehta was administered the oath of office as the Chairman of the IAPC Board of Directors by Ambassador Randhir Jaiswal, Consul General of India in New York, while Ginson Zachariah, Founding Chairman of IAPC administered the oath to IAPC’s new President Aashmeeta Yogiraj, while IAPC General Secretary CG Daniel and several others were given the oath virtually.

Four distinguished and accomplished community leaders/professionals were honored with the Lifetime Achievement Awards for their accomplishments and contributions to the larger society.

Ambassador Randhir Jaiswal, Consul General, was the chief guest, while New York Mayor De Blasio was the Special Guest of Honor during the ceremony. Mayor De Blasio presented award to Pamela Kwatra, a trailblazer and the only Indian American woman recipient of the prestigious Ellis Island Medal of Honor award in 2008, Pam Kwatra. She has a proud record of civic-social and professional accomplishments and recognition.

Dr. Anupama Gotimukula, the only 4th Woman elected to be the President of American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin in its nearly four decades-long history was honored fgor her visionary leadership of AAPI benefitting AAPI members and the larger societies in India and the United States.

Dr. Thomas Abraham, who has been honored with the Bharatvanshi Gaurav Award of Anthar Rashtriya Sahayog Parishad and Pravasi Bharatiya Samman for his services to the NRI/PIO communities for the last 49 years since he moved to New York as a graduate student at Columbia University, was another awardee whom IAPC honored today.

The other honoree whom IAPC recognized today was Sudhir M. Parikh, M.D., a physician by profession and currently the Chairman and Publisher of Parikh Worldwide Media Inc., the largest Indian-American publishing group in the United States, and Chairman of ITV Gold, a 24×7 TV news channel, and is one of the most honored Indian Americans with Padma Shri and Pravasi Bharatiya Samman, and the Ellis Island Medal of Honor.

Special Recognition at the event was given to: Ambassador Randhir Jaiswal, Consul General of India in New York for his vision, dedication and community service; Mayor Bill De Blasio, Former Mayor Of New York City, for Excellence in Public Service and Leadership; Dr. Prabhakar Kore, Member of Parliament, India, for his distinguished services in Education and Public Services; and Kevin Thomas, New York State Senator For excellence in Community Service and leadership.

In his address, while highlighting the many recent initiatives of the Government of India to lead India to prosperity and strength, Ambassador Jaiswal praised IAPC for its “significant contribution to promoting India-US friendship and the welfare of Indian diaspora in the United States. It has brought together people from the diaspora media fraternity under a cohesive umbrella so that the voice of the community could be heard in a meaningful manner.

We look forward to their continued support to bring developments from India to the readers in the US and carry all the excitement from the United States to the people of India. I invite Indo American Press Club to join hands with us in celebrating India@75, our Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav. I wish the Club steady growth, progress and success,” he said.

Former NYC Mayor Bill de Blasio, while congratulating Pam Kwatra on receiving the Lifetime Achievement Award, described her as a trailblazing businesswoman, a community leader, and a political force with executive chops. No wonder she worked with elan on important projects in my administration on my request.

I also came to know that her involvement with the community spans across culture, art & literature – preserving and promoting abroad the rich and varied culture of India.” While extending his greetings to IAPC, the Mayor said, “Congratulations are due to IAPC for doing a good job, to Kamlesh Mehta, its new Board Chairman, new committee members and all the honorees. We will continue to support this media organization.”

In his acceptance speech, Kamlesh Mehta said,  “These are unprecedented times for journalists and the media, when many have sacrificed their lives in the pandemic. At IAPC, we salute these brave men and women who risk their lives to bring to the world accurate reporting and being an effective voice of the media world.

IAPC envisages its vision through collective efforts and advocacy activities through its nearly one thousand members across the US and Canada, by being a link between the media fraternity and the world at large. We will work together with dedication to enhance the working conditions of our journalists, exchanging ideas and offering educational and training opportunities to our members, aspiring young journalists and media professionals around the globe.”

In her presidential address, Aashmeeta Yogiraj, Director – Programming & Marketing, JUS Broadcasting Corporation said, “I t is said that the media is the fourth pillar of democracy. Never was that statement truer than in the times we live in now. While media as an entity has certainly evolved to fit modern times, its invaluable service to society persists. As a member of the media, it is my honor to serve as President of the Indo-American Press Club. I look forward to furthering the principles of democracy alongside the rest of the IAPC leadership and team.” By becoming a member IAPC , she said,  You gain “access to a unique professional network, exclusive events with high-profile global influencers, cutting-edge Newswire services and an opportunity to network with others in the media industry.”

Ginsmon Zachariah, Founding Chair of IAPC BOD said, “Our homeland India is known to have a vibrant, active and free media, which plays a very vital role in the functioning and growth of the largest democracy in the world. And we recognize that as members of the media we have an important role to play in our adopted land. We are aware of our call to be a source of effective communication around the world. We as members of the media realize that we have a role to play in shaping our world to be a just and equitable place where everyone enjoys freedom and liberty.”

Providing the background to the formation of IAPC, Akay Ghosh, Founding President of IAPC  said, “We as individuals and corporations that represent the media world, consisting of print, visual, electronic and online, realize that we have a greater role to play. We have been working in this field for decades and often stand alone in a large media world. As individual members of the media, our voice is often drowned in the very large world of multi-media. We lack a collective voice to raise our voice, to pool our talents together and work as a cohesive group to reflect and respond to the challenges of the modern world. IAPC was  (IAPC), formed to fill this vacuum, and is committed to strive to be a common platform to raise the voice and explore the possibilities of helping shape the world to be a world that is fair, just and equitable for today and future generations.”

Eric Kumar, a major supporter to IAPC introduced Mayor Bill DeBlasio. In his address, he mentioned how closely Mayor Bill DeBlasio worked with the Indian American communities and made a law to support Ethnic Media. Famous Punjabi Singer Malkit Singh could not attend the event for delays in flight, he sent his gratitude for honoring him and best complements to IAPC for continued success.

The induction ceremony was attended by elite members and community leaders, including, Padma Shri Dr. Nori, Kenny Desai of FIA,  Girish Patel of BAPS, Girish Shah of Jain Samaj, Babu Stephen, former Chairman of IAPC, Shashi Malik of Long Island Association. Harish Thakkar of the American Indian Association, Ravi Bhooplapur of Xavier University,  Dr. Neeta Jain, Nilima Madan, Darshan Singh Bagga, Arvind Vora of Shanti Fund,  and Vipul Dev, the Consular  at CGI.

Parveen Chopra, past president of IAPC welcomed the audience. A souvenir with colorfully designed pages, depicting the history and objectives of IAPV, edited by Parveen Chopra and Dr. Mathew Joys was released.

A visual presentation of the Nine Years of IAPC history beautifully presented by Dr. Mathew Joys, IAPC BOD member from Las Vegas and Shan Justus from Texas provided a glimpse of the trajectory of IAPC’s growth since its inception in 2013. The closing ceremony included scintillating dances traditional folk dances and fast moving Bollywood dances by The Arya School of Dance and was followed by a sumptuous dinner. The hybrid event was also streamed simultaneously on social media platforms and watched live on YouTube by several members and supporters of IAPC.

Dr. Anupama Gotimukula, President Of AAPI Presented With The Lifetime Achievement Award By IAPC

Dr. Anupama Gotimukula, President Of American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) was honored with the Lifetime Achievement Award during a solemn awards ceremony jointly organized by The Consulate General of India in New York and The Indo-American Press Club (IAPC), the largest organization of Indian descent journalists operating in North America , at the Indian Consulate, New York, NY on Saturday, May 21st, 2022.

Ambassador Randhir Jaiswal, Consul General of India, who was the chief guest presented the award at the Grand Ballroom of the Consulate in New York, which was attended by several community leaders, elected officials, diplomats, media personnel and professionals.

Other awardees who were honored with the Lifetime Achievement Award included:  Dr. Thomas Abraham, Dr. Sudhir Parikh, and Pamela Kwatra. The event, which was attended by several dignitaries, including former New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio; Dr. Prabhakar Kore, Member of Parliament, India;  Kevin Thomas, New York State Senator; and several other elected officials.

The awards ceremony was part of the Induction Ceremony of IAPC’s new office bearers, including Chairman Kamlesh C Mehta and Secretary Ajay Ghosh of IAPC Board of Directors, and members of the IAPC National Executive Committee led by President Aashmeeta Yogiraj and General Secretary CG Daniel.

Dr. Anupama Gotimukula is the only 4th Woman elected to be the President of American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin in its nearly four decades-long history.

A resident of San Antonio, TX, Dr. Gotimukula  is a board-certified Pediatric Anesthesiologist, practicing since 2007, and is affiliated with Christus Santa Rosa, Baptist and Methodist Healthcare systems in San Antonio.

In her acceptance Speech, Dr. Gotimukula shared with the audience about the many initiatives AAPI has taken up during the past one year. Under her dynamic and inspiring leadership, “AAPI has grown and reached new heights. The Global Healthcare Summit in Hyderabad, held under challenging Covid situations has been historic in nature. The Blood Donation Drive in 75 Cities across the US commemorating the 75th anniversary of India’s Independence has been highly praised by all,” she said.

Her goals on “Prevention is better than Cure” are resonating in India through the “Adopt a Village” preventive healthcare screening initiative of non communicable diseases. A report from AAPI was submitted to the Indian Government to establish the “Indian Preventive Health Task Force “ to help frame screening guidelines for all non communicable diseases like Diabetes, Hypertension, cancer screening etc., sje said.

Under her leadership, several new programs have been initiated, benefiting AAPI members and the larger communities in the United States and India. Dr. Gotimukula urged the media to focus on the many positive things that are happening around the world, rather than focus on negativity that destroys human freedom, liberty and unity.

The closing ceremony included scintillating dances traditional folk dances and fast moving Bollywood dances by The Arya School of Dance and was followed by a sumptuous dinner. The hybrid event was also streamed simultaneously on social media platforms.

-+=